The URL can be used to link to this page

251 Gordon St 18-1923; POOLw CITY Of SFO-DT% APR 2 3 2018 FIRE pEPARTMENY ,+'• y Ily'lfiing & Fire Prevention Division PERMIT APPLICA TION N6p-Acatitn No: I '1 Documented Construction Value: $ 1 Z, Zo 0 , do Job Address:Historic District: Yes No Parcel ID: Residential Commercial Type of Work: News Addition Alteration EI Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: K;54 -1 ak0n Plan Review Contact Person: Sea^ PdC(er Phone: 23y - 35) - 3003 Fax: Title: a 4 Email: s'eot- P k P Ka- ole0 a Co iv\ Property Owner Information N,eor,` L / l;- o D Name Phone: k4 i- Street: (,,_, prJov S-V- Resident of property? City, State Zip: n&'aa'cy h L- 3 -11 1 II Contractor Information • ;, Name _- tV4 PobfCotlijwa , U Phone: Street: 233S Zw w olu A 1 to3 Fax: City, State Zip: OCL State License No.: C4Z,1% S(og q `4 r" Architect/ Engineer Information Name: T--1cnrkxce— (be-f Phone: ?)[ 3 - Z19Z-'_? Zbq _ - Street: eO 60'W_ 6, ( OCjg(o Fax: _—_.._... City, St, Zip: y_)C,, 0 (le-c- :9 3203— 01`11 E-mail: t'6%kADe-v'W 6 t,. "001 GOKA Bonding Company: Address: Mortgage Lender: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BF RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTF,ND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE Oli COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a pennit to do the work and installations as indicated. l certify that no work or installation h:;;; commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regu in this jurisdiction. 1 understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, s furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 61h Edition (2017) Florida l. cviscd. hinuary I, 2018 Pcrmlt Application VO RY2 NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this pennit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property thhat may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal. The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. 9, — 64,e— Lf i 2a 1 Q, Signature of Owncr/Agent Date Scan A(Gr Owncr/Agent's Name I,Q9IC90 1-9 signature of Notary -State of Florida Da e ANA LAURA DE LA CRUZ MY COMMISSION 0 FF199422 EXPIRES February 15.2019 Owncrl'° dam" swNrice.com on y mown to Me or Produced ID "Type of ID Signature of Contractor/Agent Date 3e6Ln P C e,- tractor/Agent's am 0 G,— A aL Signature of Notary -State of Florida 0 6ate ANA LAURA DE LA CRUZ MY COMMISSION 0 FF19"22 EXPIRES February 15, 2019 Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing[] Gas[] Roof Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Min. Occupancy Load: Flood Zone: of Stories: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No # of Heads Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: UTILITIES: WASTE WATER: ENGINEERING: FIRE:(;f 51J11f BUILDING: ,T 8X COMMENTS: i) _ Revised: Jamuuy I. 2018 Permit Application CITY OF ORD FIRE DEPARTMENT Building & Fire Prevention Division PERMIT APPLICA TION Application No: % i S J9J Documented Construction Value: $ 7_000 Job Address: 2,51 70 rekdr\ Historic District: Yes Noll Parcel ID: Residential Commercial Type of Work: New® Addition Alteration Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: r._yt6}-cc tC,.Hoh 0-F Cie-[l-iCaf rp,r 1rleUJ Poo( Plan Review Contact Person: Ste_( T)o(__tn Title: nWKv_ 1 Phone: +i r _q FRS Fax: Email: .V42C1616d (L 0 Property Owner Information Name tLj Wki' mores Phone: Lqo i — 3 q O 3 Street: Cjo rt ov sk- Resident of property? : Y\ 0 City, State Zip: L 3 2 I Contractor Information Name _ SE_y ( V0 f to vA Phone: 401 - b `i qQ S Street: 1I z'0 CO0J-Y PO a q IJ Fax: City, State Zip: Dx , L g ` State License No.: i C 3 0 0 11 i aj Architect/ Engineer Information Name: lefvatwc L,• Phone: d13 ZSZ — -7 26q Street: QC &X_ Fax: City, St, Zip: M Ak0cw W S?-i " Ol l E-mail: Bonding Company: Mortgage Lender: Address: Address: WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE, THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. FBC 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: 6t0 Edition (2017) Florida Building Code Revised. January I, 2018 Permit Application 1 or Per. u •i r.ra a.. JaMy Pm Sarlas III JE HM PLMP A-hor B wko Irmhm tfi ro j2ZOOIAC U voo o CONUCT U5 SUPPORT CERTER — ar Fc— A wr r an r c r..rr w a ftA PO•aiT,®0una Wr w a,a.Pam L1.m PAmai1 vucar au awovav mrmTw v,[mrrvooamus • aREl[Oa6 TATa BIGPEM PAGE 18 OF 19 NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be fowtd in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies. or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal, The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. Signature of Owner/Agent Date Signature of Contractor/Agent Date SuA t&f Vo ((fyl '96_Kle-y VC) Pri mcr/Agent's Name 7.' ntractor/ Agent's Name LQ& 3n' Signature of No tary -State Florida Signature of Notary -State of Florida c ANA LAURA DE LA CRUZ ANA LAURA DE LA CRUZ MY COMMISSION g 151 0192 •c MY COMMISSION # FF199422 EXPIRES February 15.2019 sory". Ca-EXPIRES February gerd 4o ° FtoideNoterYSa ke.com 40/1396-8153 Owner/ Agent is `Nrsonally Known to Me or Con ctor/Agent is ' Personally Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID Produced ID Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing[] Gas[] Roof Construction Type: Occupancy Use: Flood Zone: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Min. Occupancy Load: # of Stories: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Plumbing - # of Futures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No # of Heads Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: UTILITIES: WASTE WATER: ENGINEERING: FIRE: BUILDING: COMMENTS: Revised: January I, 2018 Permit Application RICK SCOTT; GOVERNOR STATE OF FLORI 0 F BUSINESS AND PROFESS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS LIGEM SCPA Parcel View: 27-19-30-504-0000-009A Page 1 of 2 i ooAll opppmCwnpCFAV Property Record Card PAVO y iR Parcel: 27-19-30-504-0000-009A su annoouwry iaawaa Property Address: 251 GORDON ST SANFORD, FL 32771 Parcel Information Parcel 27-19-30-504-0000-009A Owner(s) PARKER D INV LLC Property Address 251 GORDON ST SANFORD, FL 32771 Mailing 201 GORDON ST SANFORD, FL 32771 Subdivision Name GORDON SUBDIVISION Tax District S1-SANFORD DOR Use Code 48-WAREHOUSE-DISTR 3 STORAGE Exemptions 140.57 119.49 3 1 r t 2 5 14057 1 119.49 semipole County GIs Legal Description LOT 9 (LESS W 140.57 FT) GORDON SUBDIVISION PB 56 PGS 47 3 48 Taxes Value Summary 2018 Working Values 2017 Certified Values Valuation Method Cost/Market Cost/Market Number of Buildings 1 1 Depreciated Bldg Value 289,831 291.017 Depreciated EXFT Value 19.708 20,365 Land Value (Market) 112,264 84,198 Land Value Ag Just/Market Value " 421,803 395,580 Portability Adj Save Our Homes Adj 0 0 Amendment 1 Adj 0 0 P&G Adj 0 0 Assessed Value 421.803 395,580 Tax Amount without SOH: $7,532.44 2017 Tax Bill Amount $7,532.44 Tax Estimator Save Our Homes Savings $0.00 Does NOT INCLUDE Non Ad Valorem Assessments Taxing Authority Assessment Value Exempt Values Taxable Value County General Fund 421,803 0 421,803 Schools 421,803 0 421,803 City Sanford 421,803 0 421.803 SJWM(Saint Johns Water Management) 421,803 0 421.803 County Bonds 421.803 1 $0 421.803 Sales Description Date Book Page Amount Qualified Vac/Imp QUIT CLAIM DEED 11/6/2007 06864 1963 138,700 1 No Improved Find Comparable Soles Land Method Frontage Depth Units Units Price Land Value SQUARE FEET 0.00 000 28066 1 $4.00 112.264 Building Information k Description Year Built Stories Total SF Ext Wall Adj Value Repl Value AppendagesActual/Effective 1 MASONRY 2008 1 6,954 METAL PREFINISHED - $289.831 $331,235 Description PILASTER. INSULATED Area Permits http://parceldetail.scpafl.org/ParcelDetaillnfo.aspx?PID=2719305040000009A 4/23/2018 DATE: 51s/ BUSINESS/PROJECT NAME: ADDRESS: zs-/ Gov 1';L" CONTACT NAME: CITY OF SANFORD BUILDING AND FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION PERMIT NUMBER: PHONE: FIRE PLAN REVIEW SERVICE FEES PHONE: 407.688.5052 FAX: 407.688.5051 PLAN REVIEW INFORMATION CONSTRUCTION [ ]C/O [ ] FIRE ALARM [ ] FIRE SPRINKLER []HOOD [ ]PAINT BOOTH [ ]TANK DOES 20% REDUCTION IN FIRE IMPACT FEES APPLY: YES NO TOTAL FEES: ma`s ao v THIS INSTRUM T P EPAM Y: Name: Addresa: NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT State of Florida County of Seminole GRANT NALOY3 SEMINOLE COUNTY CLERK OF CIRCUIT COURT is COMPTROLLER BK 911.9 Py 684 (1P9s) CLERK'S 2018046681 RECORDED 04/170/21-118 1i2:113:19 PH RECORDING FEES 41Cl,Ciii RECORDED BY hdevore Permit Number: Ie5t92,j ParoslIDNumber. 2,—tct-30-15C)4-"Ccco-C.)C)IA The undersigned hereby gives notice that improvement will be made to certain real property, and in accordance with Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, the following information is provided in this Notice of Commencement. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY: (Legal descri tion of the roperty and street address if available) Lo-C Le5S W 14D.r1 E:s- ) GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF IMPROVEMENT: , 1 t 1S-fl-cl.L 3' STi PkP-JjC 6-se-lDi 5, OWNER INFORMATION: Address: 6 CJ1 C---rVK4JEJTQ !--I "C7 1 I rl_ JG l 6 I Fee Simple Title Holder (if other than owner) Name: Address: Address: ZJ >J 1 'Y ll K-LI L? C l -1 `tUJ 0t QI Persons within the State of Florida Designated by Owner upon whom notice or other documents may be served as provided by Sectiong713.13(1)(b), Florida Statutes. Name: VZ L" In addition to himself, Owner Designates of To receive a copy of the Lienor's Notice as Provided in Section 713.13(1)(b), Florida Statutes. Expiration Date of Notice of Commencement (The expiration date is 1 year f rom date of recording unless a different date Is specified) WARNING TO OWNER: ANY PAYMENTS MADE BY THE OWNER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT ARE CONSIDERED IMPROPER PAYMENTS UNDER CHAPTER 713, PART I, SECTION 713.13, FLORIDA STATUTES, AND CAN RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MUST BE RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE COMMENCING WORK OR RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Under penalties of perjury,) declare that I have read the foregoing and that the facts stated In It are true to the best of my ! owiedge and belief. tSP'' AA Z ' uceyicyceAAFrAtt' Owners Signature I . Owners Printed Name Florida tute 713.13(1)(g):' The owner must sign the notice of commencement and no one also may be permitted to sign In his or her stead.' l State of z-//J /t - - - The foregoing instru by Nam OR who has produce 00 r City of Sanford Building Division P.O. Box 1788 Sanford, Florida 32771 Phone: 407.688.5150 Fax: 407.688.5152 PLAN REVIEW COMMENT Date: May 21, 2018 Project: Swim Life Inc. Contact Person: Sean Alger Job Address: 251 Gordon Street Contact Phone Number: Application Number: 18-1923 Contact E-mail: sean@ipnapies.com Contact Fax Number: ARCHITECTURAL 1. Submit five sets of signed and sealed build out plans for proposed building. Include all Building, Plumbing, Electrical and Mechanical systems. Building Permit required. 2. Plans to be one quarter inch scale with all areas dimensioned. 2. Plans to include construction type, occupancy classification, occupancy load calculations, current editions of the building codes and all project dada information. STRUCTURAL 1. No comments. MECHANICAL 1. See above. PLUMBING 1. Plans to include required plumbing / provided plumbing fixture calculations. ELECTRICAL 1. Electrical plans to include service riser diagram, load calculations and panel legends. 2. Plans to include power and lighting plans. Please direct any questions you may have to Joy Deen at 407.688.5064 or fax to 407.688.5152. You may also contact me by e-mail atjoy.deen@sanfordfl.gov. Respectfully, ce Deen, Joy From: Deen, Joy Sent: Monday, May 21, 2018 9:32 AM To: sean@ipnaples.com' Cc: Aldrich, Dave (Dave.Aldrich@Sanfordfl.gov); Minnetto, Matthew Subject: 18-1923 Attachments: 18-1923.pdf Joy Deen City of Sanford Plans Examiner PH: 407.688.5064 Fax: 407.688.5152 Joy Deen, Plans Examiner f s CITY OF 3 20i8 Building & Fire Prevention Division FO APR 2 ! PERMIT APPLICA TION1a ._ NV pflii 19AationNo: Documented Construction Value: $ l Z, Job Address: ( borifOn 3 Historic District: Yes No Parcel ID: Residential[] Commercial Type of Work: News Addition[] Alteration[] Repair Demo Change of Use Move Description of Work: s%t,-l(G,r(OVI O is;k)•pol1eJ Ce-Wye- amut\S De)a Plan Review Contact Person: S2cvn Pd!er Title: (tics t«G G 4t Phone: 23 351 - 3003 Fax: Email: s't'o v Kr- (e o F.n — Property Owner Information If IJ4 /L'r,6 imnoNameVa-1(L4 W t 0V C_ Phone: 1 - U Street: 9-51 (,o4oA 3+- Resident of property? : 1 City, State Zip: t t1 o c , ! i- 3 -11 Contractor Information Name __ v_- y PO 6 f coA-1-vaC- wo t LLL Street: E33'9 kWe-e- RO 4 (o3 City, State Zip: Or'o(eS 1 L, 3 l l 0 Phone: 23 1'SI '300 3 Fax: State License No.: C,%(;t,1-'-tS6!J q L4 Architect/ Engineer Information Name: - Fenn ^ce_ tA,I.y&e_, F-- Street: O 6ox 6, og ig (o City, St, Zip: M itecao Ike-) 3r 0 i `" Bonding Company: Address: Phone: 513 ^ 7,g7---7 26y Fax: E- mail: 'Cc.w e_v_q"00- La A Mortgage Lender: Address: YARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MU ,T BI? RECORDED AND POSTED ON THE JOB SITE BEFORE THE FIRST INSPECTION. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT. Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation lias commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for electrical work, plumbing, signs, wells, pools, furnaces, boilers, heaters, tanks, and air conditioners, etc. Fl1C: 105.3 Shall be inscribed with the date of application and the code in effect as of that date: Gah Edition (2017) Florida Building Code kcviscd: Jamaary 1, 2018 Permit Application NOTICE: In addition to the requirements of this permit, there may be additional restrictions applicable to this property that may be found in the public records of this county, and there may be additional permits required from other governmental entities such as water management districts, state agencies, or federal agencies. Acceptance of permit is verification that I will notify the owner of the property of the requirements of Florida Lien Law, FS 713. The City of Sanford requires payment of a plan review fee at the time of permit submittal. A copy of the executed contract is required in order to calculate a plan review charge and will be considered the estimated construction value of the job at the time of submittal, The actual construction value will be figured based on the current ICC Valuation Table in effect at the time the permit is issued, in accordance with local ordinance. Should calculated charges figured off the executed contract exceed the actual construction value, credit will be applied to your permit fees when the permit is issued. OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all of the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. 64- qi-tz iiq, Signature of Owner/Agent Date Secs r- P 'nt Owner/Agent's Name damJaC) I -i SiPnnturc of Notary -State of Florida bate ka ANA LAURA 722f MY COMMISSIEXPIRES Feb ay own to Me or Produced ID Type of ID a 14 1 U (t V-, Signature of Contractor/Agent Date 3e6LV1 IAdqe rint Contractor/Agent's Name LUA6 ( q Signature ofNotaryState of Florida ate ANA L.AURA DE LA CRUZ MY COMMISSION # FF19N22 EXPIRES February 15, 2019 JC7t 9&6759 FloriOsf'lote .Corn Known to Me or Produced ID Type of ID BELOW IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Permits Required: Building Electrical Mechanical Plumbing Gas Roof Construction Type: Total Sq Ft of Bldg: Occupancy Use: Min. Occupancy Load: New Construction: Electric - # of Amps Flood Zone: of Stories: Plumbing - # of Fixtures Fire Sprinkler Permit: Yes No # of Heads Fire Alarm Permit: Yes No APPROVALS: ZONING: UTILITIES WASTE WATER: COMMENTS: ENGINEERING: FIRE: S1s1B' BUILDING: 61"'.A- Revised: Januin• I, 2018 Permit Application intinny roof Contractors LLU 2480 42nd St SW Naples, FL 34116 Kelly Whitmore Swim We 251 Gordon St Sanford, FL 32771 Description Estimate Data Estimate S 1023/2017 521 Job Address Due Date I Rep Apply for and provide all necessary bmidmg perntits per stile and local codes. hrstallation of above ground pool package, support equipment and necessary plumbing provided by Swim Life. Installation includes all items listed on approved PE plans. Plan and permit necessary electrical necessary. LaSnity Pool Contractors L LC to provide all electrical materials. If it is determined by PE that an additional base cushion is needed below structure an hourly rate of V 75.00 will be applied for such installation. klo Project Total 1,300.00 10,900.00 0.00 Total S12,2o0.00 LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY Altamonte Springs, Casselberry, Lake Mary, Longwood, Sanford, Seminole County, Winter Springs Date: I d I hereby name and appoint: an agent of: -7&-) 4--i A i -TY o L it nfTiP,O D P C i n Name of Company) to be my lawful attorney -in -fact to act for me to apply for, receipt for, sign for and do all things necessary to this appointment for (check only one option): The specific permit and application for wor located at: 7 Sl orrdoh S' f- S' 2-7 -7 1 Street Address) Expiration Date for This Limited Power of Attorney: License Holder Name: E- eie State License Number: 1-_Ipe /i-;6_wy Signature of License Holder: z-11//& STATE OF FLO COUNTY OF /P/!C Ty The foregoing instrument was acknowled Yed before me this /0 day of 200 18 by 'FA/ C. 4//f who is )(personally known to me or who has produced I as identification and who did (diet) tak an oath. Signature f Notary Seal) '0 M V Print or type name KAREN SUE BROWN Notary Public - State of Pei- MY COMMISSION 0 FF963033 Commission No. f-093 33 EXPIRES February 21. 2020 My Commission Expires: 'Zo:2P for; o'S F'''"""' `°" Rev. 08.12) INSPECTION SEQUENCE BP# 18-1923 ADDRESS: 251 Gordon Street BUILDING PERMIT Min Max Ins ection Description Footer / Setback Stemwall Slab / Mono Slab Lintel / Tie Beam / Fill / Down Cell Sheathing — Walls Sheathing — Roof Roof Dry In Frame Insulation Rough Firewall Screw Pattern Drywall / Sheetrock Lath Inspection Building Ceiling Air Barrier Insulation Roof (Com'l) Building Ceiling Grid Final Roof Final Stucco / Siding Final Insulation Final Firewall Final Door Final Window Final Utility Building Final Screen Structure Final Pool Screen Enclosure Pre -Demo Final Demo Final Single Family Residence 1000 Final Commercial — Final Commercial — Addition / Alteration Final Commercial — Change of Use Final Building (Other) ELECTRICAL PERMIT Min Max Inspection Description Electric Underground Footer / Slab Steel Bond Electric Ceiling Rough Electric Wall Rough 10 Electric Rough Pre -Power Final Temporary Pole 1000 Electric Final OMBfiVG?PEE2MIT Min Max Inspection Description 10 Rough Plumb Plumbing Underground Plumbing 2"d Rough Plumbing Tubset Plumbing Sewer Plumbing Grease Trap Rough Plumbing Steam / Chill Water Rough 1000 Plumbing Final MECHANICAL PERMIT Min Max Inspection Description Mechanical Rough Mechanical Fire Damper Framing Mechanical Ceiling Rough Mechanical Fire Damper Annular Space Mechanical Insulation Wrap Mechanical Fire Damper Angle Light / Water Test Ck Welds Mechanical Grease Duct Wrap Mechanical Final REVISED: June 2014 I Terry L. Lambert MSE PE rwwna e.y..om— ...."..wa.....y .........,........... 9ov. deen@sa nfrordfl.gov Mr. Joy Deen, Plans Examiner City of Sanford Building Division PO Box 1788 Sanford, FL 32771 Job Description Swim Life Inc. Survival Swim Training Pool 251 Gordon St. Sanford, FL 32771 Terry L. Lambert MSE PE Professional Aquatics Engineer & Chemist By Appointment Only PO Box 510986 Milwaukee, WI 63203-0171 tlambertpe@yahoo. com 813) 282-7264 Tampa, FL 414) 326-4916 Milwaukee, WI 1- 815.377-2406 Fax via Chicago, IL Former Florida Department of Health Plans Review & Construction Inspection 0s/ 3 j2,0rea Correspondence Plan Review PERMIT # /,, P— 1923 Please except the following information as supplementation to the swimming pool engineering plan drawings to complete the review process. Occupancy Classification Code: A-3 indoor swimming pool without spectator seating Occupant Load: 50 Plumbing Fixture Code: A-3 OFFICE The existing building has 1 water fountain, 1 service sink, and 2 gender -neutral restroom facilities each with 1 toilet and i lavatory. Thanks for your assistance. Best Regards, Terry Lambert MSE PE 12 Z-C)1"' . r ' Florida Professional Engineer License 63380 '-,1'4albs . Page 1 of 1 1A k.l..1Cr- it1t45JP,4e, m PERMIT # lif— L% G' ORDOHSTREET E OFFIC 4e2( 18 By Elbe Deep . imam l REVIEWED BY: MATT MINN a SANFORD FIR DEPT. DATE- r^"•' rr eCa Jce + r 1P Q . DFE$ S`O r, tfel1111111 0" 1/ 8" = V-0" Owa ( E , SANFORD BUILDING DIVISION A PERMIT ISSUED SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO BE A HGEP8ETO-pRnrrl=n WITH THE WORK AND NOT AS AUTHORITY TOVIOLATE, CANCEL, ALTER OR SET ASIDE ANY OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE TECHNI L CODES, NOR SHALL ISSUANCE OF A PERMIT PRE NT THE BUILDING OFFICIAL FROM THEREAFTER REQUIRING CONSTRUCT ON OR VIOLATIONS O ERRORS THIS C * E MEASURED DIM 44'- 1' PER KEL.LY THIS DIM NOT TO SCALE OF OTHERS ON SHEET; LINE TRUNCATED. 11 t — — F I ANDSCAPEI .FND b ryC • as 4l n•R•" u.0 cw t u ••K nap as 7 wa mn nunm ,•,s n «arm Lrwo v .00rmnwo . I n,nv wa.a om v •m .c wu .m•ooe w..^na•c x ^.•r wow n •m as .. « •x atom • u iaa«u am wr ,« avows m ,nn,c mw.x wa uotwso "o amuo mcno, naw.+ww mwa• •^ nc ^ae.n: a vo, —ono RmGE wsrALLAnoN 1aaK aR 1..1a a919E Lai,[ F Fr• rtac.L vntve J Z J w n_ Ua Z 0 CYg SAIWD. tR FIRE DEPAPJ jjI CuarSnwt SNfSlaap, ! .- - 5T ll o werM Don,:n ( THESE PLANS ARE REVIEWED CONDITIONALLY ' AGCEPITE D PERMIT:"M SUED PERMITiAL P.,U I,V DEEMED PERMISSION TO PkOC WITH WORK AND; OT AS AUTH¢I O^, VIOLATE, CA'i EL, ALTERg 0R ASICi ANY OF THES&0. ISiON,' A THE TECHNICAL (ODES, NOR SF J°'4TaxDne, ISSUANfCE OF PE 2MITs, : EVENT FIRE OREVENTION 6NISION I 4 11_- T H E R E *f T E R R-E-Q W,R 1-AI-( w CORRECTION • $ ORS jDN• o PLANS, C N OR - OT Waste P. a d G S, aa^f+ , Real 9uect Portaan•nce ` VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE:` F 33' X54rr Preference Round Pool Product ITotai> ttpfCArtonal cn Clifton City nny Poo}' ackago TLr- ----- .. I- Af22 Z 3y3'xS4' Praterence Round Pool t $ rr#yward Thru-Well Skimmer & Retum Fitting Round Uni- Bead Contempra Liner - 25 Gauge i t Round Peel N' Stldc Foam Pool Cove 1 l33 Round Armor Shield Liner Floor Pad 1 t NOT TO SCALE 3 jf7ound Pool Wall Foam F 1 ladon Foam Bond Spray Adhesive for Wall Foam - 4 Pock i 1 45" x 80" Step Psd Page Description 1 Warehouse Site Plot and Rented Space Floorplan 2 Layout Overview West Side (Back of Warehouse) e . 3 Layout Overview East Side (Front of Warehouse) L ••• •. , ,--..}- TaG. t^^`— 4 Equipment Corner r •••••••••• Ff,,: 5 Shower Corner 6 Equipment Area Blowup 7 Pool Shell Piping & Padding THESE PLANS ARE TO BE SUPPLEMENTED BY DESIGN WORKS OF OTHERS 8 Equipment List FOR LOCAL BUILDING DEPT REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 9 Equipment List contintued CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENT# 1 10 Equipment List cont. & Notes 11 Notes cons IT IS REQUESTED THAT THE DELEGATED HEALTH DEPT REVIEW OFFICE ACCEPT 12 FDOH Variances Granted & Proviso Conditions I ONLY THESE PLANS FOR THEIR REQUIRED REVIEW AND APPROVAL PROCESS 13 FDOH Variance Outcome Letter PRIOR TO THE POOL OR OTHER CONTRACTORS SUBMISSION OF THESE PLANS 14 is Variance Application Variance Application cunt. Digitally signed by TERRENCE LAMBERT WITH THE SUPPLMENTAL DESIGN WORKS BY OTHERS TO THE LOCAL BUILDING 1e Variance Application cont. DN:cn=TERRENCE DEPT WITH FOLLOW-UP TO REVIEW OFFICE WITH COMPLETE FULL DOCUMENTS. 17 Equipment Info Sheets 3 « iWw, 15#", LAMBERT, o, ou, emm ail=tlaberte@ y 18EquipmentInfo Sheets cont. 5 0, 1 ahoo.com, c=U S 19 Equipment InFo Sheets coot Fim,r. Date: 2018.03.21 ELECTRICAIN DOCUMENTS ACCOMPNAY THESE PLANS IN AMMENDMENTAt1. r,... y 15:07:34-05'00' Adobe Acrobat PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. version: 11.0.0 FOLLOW ALL NOT TO SCALE AFTER CONSU TATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEERITTING OFFICIALS PAGE 1 OF 19 RINSESHOWER LARGE COATED CODLCTGR NOTED TO MET 4 SEAM ROBED MIN +B' HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCE N'Im 2'- HEIGHT RINSE SHOVER NOTES 3' TMRD" WALR LNEAROOILBEAM ROM 20 GRADETOBOTTOMHORINTALMEMBEP THICK BRFINISH CONCRETE EXTENDS UP WAAND ACROSS LL mCAGE TOPIVTLOCKEDREMOVABLEMEMBER FO- SUB WRM IRA' OVER 1 FT SLOPE TO ROW TO GRADE; MIN I FT K I FT - CIEUNG AND BACK DO— TO SOLT INTO FL ON OTHER SIDE HORIZ PVC DOWNSPOUT RIPS THROUGH WALL THEFT PROTECTION MIN Ir CLEARANCE TO FQICE E- \VIDE SELFQOSING SELF -LATCHING G LOCI.ABLEINSTALL NOSE WBB SRITTR IQRIZ PVC DOWNSPOUT RUNS THROUGH WALL EIECRUCAI TO VERIFY FIUHCTLOI AT FLOOR LEVEL %W RODENT B INSECT GUARD GATE OPENING amVARO LVTM CATCH HEIGHT MIN 5= ArID INSTALL VACUM BREAKER AT FLOOR LEVEL WI RODENT B INSECT GUARD EIFCTNCIAI TO COw•fffUT IF FOR ANTI -ROOD DRAIN (IRON ..1.00E GPM }T/SEQ FROM GRADE MIN +' m10 CONCRETE PAD LVR` ON ONE HOSE BIBB AID CONNECT TOIL u!TL ROOD DRAIN (EACH -I.ODD GPM ID } FISEQ THIS CWO+ECTIO I POINT IS SUTTABLE TO BE CUT THROUGH AT HOLLOv PORTION CINDER BLOCK SLOPEDL GRADE r ABOVE LOCALGRADEOTHERWITHNSFPLV PK PIPING. M THROUGH AT HALLOv PORTION OF CINOR BLOCK L CONNECTED TO THE EQUIPOTENNu SEAL IVITH NEAT GROUT. MIN FENCE DIMS DEPICTED FITTINGS, AID BALL VALVE TO V SEAL WITH NUT GROUT BONDING GRID HOU'PULL H INVALVE TOR. PULL OWN VALVEACTUATOR. . Q. EJasnNO HOSE Wn SCALE UTILITY SINK NEW HOSE BIBB W/ VAC BRKER DRINKING WATER FOUNTAIN SEE FLOOR PLAN DRAWING SHEET FOR MORE DETAIL OF OFFICE SPACE J 1U 5 28"- 18" -- 10 75' STEEL STRUCTURAL BEAM R(OawoanLPTOAID NON - POOL RELATED (E.G. CABLE, PHONE, INTERNET, ELECTRICAL) caw, CElurAuro MISC ELECTRICAL AND WIRING BOXES IN THIS AREA ON WALL. aN' OPPOSITE WOE. ELECTRICIAN TO SPECIFY MOVABLE BARRIER TO THIS AREA TO PROVIDE REQUIRED ACCESS WHILE PREVENTING UNAUTHORIZED E.G. SLIDING FOLDING DOOR, FENCING WITH GATE OPENINGS) MIN 4' HIGH FENCE W/ T WIDE GATE EXTENDING TO TANGENT WITH POOL. MAX 2" HEIGHT TO BOTTOM MEMBER. SELF -CLOSING SELF -LATCHING GATE OPENS OUTWARD TOWARD BACK OF WAREHOUSE WITH LATCH HEIGHT MIN 54" FROM FLOOR. MOVABLE STEP ASSEMBLY OUTLINE. KEEP TOP STEP 5 FEET AWAY HORIZONTALLY FROM OVERHEAD BEAM. USING NSF-PW PVC INSTALL HOSE BIBB WITH VACUUM BREAKER OFF COLD WATE SUPPLY LINE UNDER SINK AND MOUNT ON WALL BETWEEN SINK & DW FOUNTAI AT -24" HEIGHT TO FILL 5 GALLON PAIL AND FOR HOSE CONNECTION. FENCE FLUSH'S WITH CORNER 5•-•• POTABLE \VATER NSFRV PIPING TO BE RUN TO EQUIPMENT AREA FROM IXISr)NGi EXTERIOR HOSE 5I51 LOCATION TO SUPPLY NEW HQSE SIBS WITH VACUUM BREAKER. SUPPLY LINE CAN BE SEALED THROUGH Y2ALL WRH PVC BfiOV CUR OJT CINDER ROCK NEAR FLOOR TO PA55 THE FOLLOWING THROUGH R SEAL WITH NEAT GROUr- QrY(2) 2- PVC (FOR TO/FROM FEAT PUMP) iQTY(1) r PVC (VAC WASTE) I QTY(I) MIN .B . G COATED SOLID CONDUCTOR TO CONNECT BOND GRID TO HEAT PUMP AND FENCE llll VAC FOR WARVID SE AND EOULP AREA ANTI ROOD DwrS CUT OUT CINDER ROCK SECTIONS (AT IVASTE HOLLOWS) TO PASS QTY(5) I• K .' RUNS OF VINT, GUTTER DOwSPOUr %Vfm a• PORTION FLEy HORIZONTAL TO AND FLUSH Ivlm FLOOR, SEAL WITH NEAT GROUT. ATTACH SPECIFIED DOWNSPOUT 1 HOSE EXTENSION TO OUTSIDE AND RODENT GUARD WITH SECTION O NON RUSTING SOLEEN TO INTERIOR ti GRADE AT FLOOR PVC DDEL W1RC RVS MRDINSECT G IVALI FILTTA NA ATBOORLEVELWJROOEMEINSECTGUARDFORTHRoOOD DRAT (UGH PORTION GPM OBLOC) BApt\VASH) SETHRONEATHOLIDWPORTIOUOFCNIDRBOO( L SEAL WTm NEATC1DUfG•—r APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF DA- P°d Qftg 2" TP TR IL 3" F°A'I RIDGEoaP w7'_ 6" KEY I r ne VERTICAL M"TTIO" ( FAT ALL INDICATED) D r OECCENTRIC REDUCER E ODIVRTR VALVE (ON - OFF -THROTTLE) C OCHECK VALVE o TAR FLOv TO OR FROM M PE t 03 ozoNE: PVC FENCING MIN 4 FT HIGH WITH NO SPACE BETWEEN VERTICAL MEMBERS. TE(S) TO BE SELF -CLOSING SELF -LATCHING 331 OPENING OUTWARD TO POOL AREA. NES INCHES FROM FLOOR TO M HORIZONTAL MEMBER. R MORE REQUIREMENTS. DIMENSIONS DEPICTED. PROVIDE PIPING RUNS ON FLOOR. r cMIN 4' HIGFENCE W/ 3' WIDE GATE EXTENDING TE FROM WALL O POOL. MAX 2" HEIGHT TO BOTTO RESTROOM SELF-LATCHIf G GATE OPENS OUTWARD TOWARD WITH TOILET OF WAREHOUSE WITH LATCH HEIGHT MIN 54" FR1 AND SINK I 2 21 RESTROOM WITH TOILET AND SINK SCALE SEE OTHER SHEET OFFSET CENTER OF POOL TO FOR BACK OF WAREHOUSE FROM PIPING TO/FROM CENTER OF LINE FROM POOL INTERIOR CORNER TO PARTITION WALL MEMBER. SELF - CLOSING / / TO FLOOR. 8 EXISTING EXTERIOR HOSE SIM POOL MAS ONE CHEMICAL DISINFECTION BOARD WITH DRIP CONTORILER AND 2 CHEM FEED RUNS; ONE OZONE GENERATOR %AM COMPRESSOR, AND ONE DEDICATED 120 VAC GFCT DUAL OUTLET ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED IVRH RECIRCULATION PUP,P SEPARATE NON-INIERLDCIED DUAL GRC OUTIFf KEQLORED MOUNT OUTLET BOXES MIN S AND DISINFECTION EQIRP MIN + F HIGH FROM ROOR. SCHEMATIC OUGRAM W CONNECTIONS a ,a,TL uO N V Itpx, 1R V1H 0! HLl Pv tWPrtn N POH RTP a5[HNQ ANO RPv ITT 0.4E mt ra TIAn AK AaRL uo ru Rwv m mae HvaurKrl HaDHH mm asrHNAKR No BEN. IAOH Eva HRHr°ra1 m+En.N uM. P—ME HDHRIONDTMRSIp AQMM D RwDTMQLq MEaNNL MD vcsmmMVHma,LTaLr --- - lt ti+ I , N 1iaH> o I_ O V 0 O DO 1 O Q C) Ui N Z uT E w fu J 00 W OW rV a '-, LU r Q In Y (V OQ Of .: 0 O '-' LLd 2 M O a fV i M O n a° a O m viM E d w OtJLt+ w L J 0 3 D° a m a M• N to X CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENT# X`Lu- C" Digitally signed by TERRENCE LAMBERT E DN: cn=TERRENCE LAM 3ERT, o, ou, email=tlambertpe@yah o.com, c= US Date: 2018.03.21 15: 0811 -05'00' Adobe Acrobat version: 11.0. 0 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING O AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. OFFICIALS. LS PAGE 2 OF 19 3 3' V OL JLLI-I.LVJ11Vl] J1=L1--L/'1 I l.l'I11V17 OPENING OUTWARD TO POOL AREA. Eo HEIGHT 2 INCHES FROM FLOOR TO W BOTTOM HORIZONTAL MEMBER. oao SEE N ES FOR MORE REQUIREMENTS. Lu T MIN UM DIMENSIONS DEPICTED. i o PROVIDE CUTOUTS F PIPING RUNS ON FLOOR. 00 o a 20' W %D O to'- s ca Lu SCALE `—r Lnn E g Lu ra U 00 v- NWL1JOW V a -I Lur` 45 ZQ Y^t W0OQco 0pUTILITYUSINGNSF-PW PVC INSTALL HOSE BIBB oWC CO _ SINK WITH VACUUM BREAKER OFF COLD WATE SEE OTHER W U- a- ~" 00F-LL0. SUPPLY LINE UNDER SINK AND MOUNT SHEET FOR NEW ON WALL BETWEEN SINK & DW FOUNTAIN OFFSET CENTER OF POOL TO PIPING HOSE BIBB AT -24" HEIGHT TO FILL 5 GALLON PAIL BACK OF WAREHOUSE FROM TO/FROM 11W/ VAC BRKER AND FOR HOSE CONNECTION. CENTER OF LINE FROM POOL I INTERIOR CORNER TO DRINKING FENCE FLUSH 3 PARTITION WALL WATER WITH CORNER FOUNTAIN FENCE MIN 4' HIG FENCE W/ 3' WIDE GATE EXTENDING PERPENDICULAR L' SEE FLOOR PLAN TOGATE FROM WALL 0 POOL. MAX 2" HEIGHT TO BOTTOM MEMBER. SELF -CLOSING MG"TE RESTROOM SELF-LATCHI G GATE OPENS OUTWARD TOWARD BACK DRAWING SHEET WITH TOILET OF WAREHOU WITH LATCH HEIGHT MIN 54" FRCM FLOOR. FOR MORE DETAIL AND SINK 22OFOFFICESPACE 1fV T 4' a° C r i RESTROOM o f0 1n M E WITH TOILET c _ AND SINK LANIAY G..• Q•' 0 c • on •.' „ 0 o``c v. 10: o' CAD REV DATE: 6J 00't`p1p° AMMENDMENT#1 2 lgA- Fp1_ gip' I *1 st•ar; i Digitally signedlby TERRENCE LAMBERT I INTERIOR FRONT WALL OF WAREHOUSE SPACE DN cn=TERRE E LAMBERT, o,ou, FRONT OFFICE ENTRY email=Clamber a@yahoo.com, c=US Date: 2018.03.2 15:08:20 -0S'00' PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. Adobe Acrobat ersion: 11 0.0 FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 3 OF 19 RINSE SHOWER RINSE SHOWER NOTES: 4" THICK BROOM FINISH CONCRETE SLAB WITH 1/4" OVER 1 FT SLOPE TO FLOW TO GRADE; MIN 3 FT X 3 FT. INSTALL HOSE BIBB SPLITTER AND INSTALL VACUUM BREAKER ON ONE HOSE BIBB AND CONNECT OTHER WITH NSF-PW PVC PIPING, FITTINGS, AND BALL VALVE TO MOUNTED SHOWER HEAD WITH PULL CHAIN VALVE ACTUATOR. 3' 10 EXISTING HOSE BIBB 0 SCALE 20' v Fib c V. LARGE COATED CONDUCTOR BOLTED TO METAL BEAM ROUTED THROUGH WALL NEAR FLOOR. BEAM EXTENDS UP WALL AND ACROSS CIELING AND BACK DOWN TO HORIZ PVC DOWNSPOUT RUNS THROUGH WALL BOLT INTO FLOOR ON OTHER SIDE. HORIZ PVC DOWNSPOUT RI ELECTRICIAN TO VERIFY FUNCTION. AT FLOOR LEVEL W/ RODE AT FLOOR LEVEL W/ RODENT & INSECT GAURD ELECTRICIAN TO COMMENT IF FOR ANTI -FLOOD DRAIN (EACH -1,1 FOR ANTI FLOOD DRAIN (EACH 1,000 GPM @ 3FT/SEC) THIS CONNECTION POINT IS SUITABLE TO BE CUT THROUGH AT HOLLOW PORTION CUT THROUGH AT HOLLOW PORTION OF CINDER BLOCK & CONNECTED TO THE EQUIPOTENTIAL SEAL SEAL WITH NEAT GROUT. BONDING GRID. STEEL STRUCTURAL BEAM FROM FLOOR UP TO AND ACCROSS CEILING AND DOWN OPPOSITE (FRONT) SIDE. K 18"I- 011111110 10.75' NON -POOL RELATED (E.G. CABLE, PHONE, INTERNET, ELECTRICAL) MISC ELECTRICAL AND WIRING BOXES IN THIS AREA ON WALL. ELECTRICIAN TO SPECIFY MOVABLE BARRIER TO THIS AREA TO PROVIDE REQUIRED ACCESS WHILE PREVENTING UNAUTHORIZED E.G. SLIDING FOLDING DOOR, FENCING WITH GATE OPENINGS). MIN 4' HIGH FENCE W WITH POOL. MAX 2" HEI( SELF-LATCHIP J OF WAREHOUSE W MOVABLE STEP ASSEMBLY OUTLINE. KEEPTOP STEP 5 rrrT , e i n., HORIZONTALLY FROM OVER[ 33 CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENT#1 tally signed by 2ENCE LAMBERT cn=TERRENCE IBERT, o, ou, Com, c=US 2018.03.21 41 -05'00' Acrobat n: 11.0.0 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGEAGE 4 OF 19 711 MIN 48" HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCE WITH 2" MAX HEIGHT FROM GRADE TO BOTTOM HORIZONTAL MEMBER. HEAT PUMP ON CONCRETE SLAP CAGE TOP WITH LOCKED REMOVABLE MEMBER FOR MIN IrCLEAR FROM BLDG & FENCE ALL SIDES. VAC THEFT PROTECTION. MIN 12" CLEARANCE TO FENCE. UT RUNS THROUGH WALL 48" WIDE SELF CLOSING SELF LATCHING LOCKABLE 5 I 36' CLEAR ACCESS TO FRONT OF UNIT BY GATE. 3.6„ WASTE FLEX RODENT & INSECT GAURD GATE OPENING OUTWARD WITH LATCH HEIGHT MIN 54" HOSE IH — 1,000 GPM 3FT SEC FROM GRADE. MIN 4" THICK CONCRETE PAD WITH F.. amrlEooDT lPe"n1..mcl: j E",.I.n..INeR.auR•Klwa»I"...a." O GRADE TION OF CINDER BLOCK & SLOPED SURFACE ^-2" ABOVE LOCAL GRADE. In.n11.1menaHwmr P.1h1 1,ft— .«T• CARTRIDGE SEAL WITH NEAT GROUT. MIN FENCE DIMS DEPICTED. b.11:h °"""."'1eYd"`" FILTER NO BACKWASH) N 34" N 10.5' I W/ 3' WIDE GATE EXTENDING TO TANGENT EIGHT TO BOTTOM MEMBER. SELF -CLOSING SING GATE OPENS OUTWARD TOWARD BACK WITH LATCH HEIGHT MIN 54" FROM FLOOR. 3' 71 _ 611 NEW HOSE BIBB W/ VAC BRKR 74" From POTABLE WATER NSF-PW PIPING TO BE RUN TO EQUIPMENT AREA FROM EXISTING EXTERIOR HOSE BIBB LOCATION TO SUPPLY NEW HOSE BIBB WITH VACUUM BREAKER. SUPPLY LINE CAN BE SEALED THROUGH WALL WITH PVC BELOW. CUT OUT CINDER BLOCK NEAR FLOOR TO PASS THE FOLLOWING THROUGH & SEAL WITH NEAT GROUT: QTY( 2) 2" PVC (FOR TO/FROM HEAT PUMP) QTY( 1) 3" PVC (VAC WASTE) QTY( 1) MIN #8 AWG COATED SOLID CONDUCTOR TO CONNECT BOND GRID TO HEAT PUMP AND FENCE FOR WAREHOUSE AND EQUIP AREA ANTI -FLOOD DRAINS CUT OUT CINDER BLOCK SECTIONS (AT HOLLOWS) TO PASS QTY(5) 3" X 4" RUNS OF VINYL GUTTER DOWNSPOUT WITH 4" PORTION HORIZONTAL TO AND FLUSH WITH FLOOR; SEAL WITH NEAT GROUT. ATTACH SPECIFIED DOWNSPOUT EXTENSION TO OUTSIDE AND RODENT GUARD WITH SECTION OF NON -RUSTING SCREEN TO INTERIOR. HORIZ PVC DOWNSPOUT RUNS THROUGH WALL AT FLOOR LEVEL W/ RODENT & INSECT GAURD FOR ANTI -FLOOD DRAIN (EACH —1,000 GPM @ 3FT/SEC) CUT THROUGH AT HOLLOW PORTION OF CINDER BLOCK & SEAL WITH NEAT GROUT. 9„ _ 7 3" FI" M,wn --• Ionn nl Dilute Pool Acid In1 (DH) IgypaSS Tube I' ll Gauge Pres Gauge f 211 CARTRIDGE To To 3" FILTER 3" ORP 03 Cells Bypass KEY Tube VERTICAL TRANSITION (NOT ALL INDICATED) OECCENTRIC REDUCER ODIVERTER VALVE (ON -OFF -THROTTLE) O 46" CHECK VALVE O TAP FLOW TO OR FROM PIPE 03 OZONE 11' IRC PUMP I 31I\ Ip 3" E 4" 1 4" PVC FENCING MIN 4 FT HIGH WITH NO SPACE BETWEEN VERTICAL MEMBERS. GATE( S) TO BE SELF -CLOSING SELF -LATCHING OPENING OUTWARD TO POOL AREA. M HEIGHT 2 INCHES FROM FLOOR TO BOTTOM HORIZONTAL MEMBER. SEE NO ES FOR MORE REQUIREMENTS. MIN UM DIMENSIONS DEPICTED. PROVIDE CUTOUTS F PIPING RUNS ON FLOOR. 3'— T APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF a EXISTING EXTERIOR HOSE BIBB POOL HAS ONE CHEMICAL DISINFECTION BOARD WITH ORP CONTORLLER AND 2 CHEM FEED PUMPS; ONE OZONE GENERATOR WITH COMPRESSOR; AND ONE DEDICATED 120 VAC GFCI DUAL OUTLET ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED WITH RECIRCULATION PUMP. SEPARATE NON -INTERLOCKED DUAL GFIC OUTLET REQUIRED. MOUNT OUTLET BOXES MIN 5' AND DISINFECTION EQUIP MIN 4.5' HIGH FROM FLOOR. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF CONNECTIONS 120 OWHPRFSSOR MM G V1CDUALOZONECi0OjEmFEEDERROE.M FEEDER MMP ED IHTF7ILODID WI •Fa) UQUIDA70E N .DA TKEUr ID I20 — OUTETREORC 'T maDUIOR CONMO E uE.a (UND1Oi Ha: (R ACID FO INTERLOCK) DROUR DAIS P MIN 5 FEET FROM FLOOR To BOTTOM OF Hqg ID U RECEPTICALS OIGEN FRDM P" THE TIRE TUBE TUBE HOSE TO 07 KE FILTHi TO D.2 FROM TOM FROM YPASS Ta VuffW UNE DISCHARGE IHL Q1 INI CID MIN 4. 5 FEET FROM ROUTE AND TAP FLOW TO ORP PROBE CELL FLOOR TOBOTTOMOFDIEMTREATMENT EQUIP FROM FILTER DISCHARGE AND FLOW FROM ORP PROBE CELL TO RETURN LINE. ROUTE AND TAP FLOW TO OZONE GENERATOR FROM FILTER DISCHARGE AND FLOW FROM OZONE GENERATOR TO RETURN LINE. BOND OZONE COMPRESSOR & GENERATEOR BOXES TO EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING GRID WITH MIN # 8 AWG SOLID COPPER CONDUCTOR. I J pH Uquld Add/ORP IAquld C111arITw Bpf am u1aHDa; mFwm. Or DgRTi r1lOV C.m. n. aoacwb hh n— C.11. Fl— s.1ttl. s.Taok Wba, ov W p1 Halo, aO.f I/r TW"g, I OC Dar 711 r riblq a/ n• 61120 I"d. do bw 12 00 / 6urdc F..w I 1 l TERRI DN: c ycr'a° s LAME Qemail Date: roM1ce15: 09 11.0. 0 CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENT# 1 signed by E LAMBERT TERRENCE T, o, ou, ambertpe@yaho U5 118. 03. 21 05'00' kcrobat version: PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 5 OF 19 Ulv . ESLAP AR FROM VAC FOR WAREHOUSE AND EQUIP AREA ANTI -FLOOD DRAINS CUT OUT CINDER BLOCK SECTIONS (AT ,`',...,..,.,..Uj o ICE ALL SIDES. ° a o kCCESS TO WASTE HOLLOWS) TO PASS QTY(5) 3" X 4" RUNS OF VINYL GUTTER DOWNSPOUT WITH 4" PORTION r;- o _ °•° 1. v, . JNIT BY GATE. 3-6 HORIZONTAL TO AND FLUSH WITH FLOOR; SEAL WITH NEAT GROUT. ATTACH SPECIFIED DOWNSPOUT"' f O °°°•°° `` o a1FLEXLM 4 HOSE EXTENSION TO OUTSIDE AND RODENT GUARD WITH SECTION OF NON -RUSTING SCREEN TO INTERIOR., ` ' ' m w o 13) mfr for other): ® :i N- ' z 1n E to yard the compressor end - itched not more than If4O GRADE HORIZ PVC DOWNSPOUT RUNS THROUGH WALL : J p =g U CO p. Pitch slab from back lto (CARTRIDGE ' = °° , J J AT FLOOR LEVEL W/ RODENT & INSECT GAURD a _Iwaximumandlevelfrom ', ••. W W CD w fV FILTER NO FOR ANTI -FLOOD DRAIN EACH N 1 000 GPM @ 3FT SEC ( " W o X ce 00 BACKWASH) CUT THROUGH AT HOLLOW PORTION OF CINDER BLOCK & o m-J APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF IP I W J o °° SEAL WITH NEAT GROUT. 31 ~ M EXISTING EXTERIOR HOSE BIBB N 34" N 9" — POOL HAS ONE CHEMICAL DISINFECTION BOARD WITH ORP CONTORLLER AND 2 CHEM Thom 3" Flow Meter FEED PUMPS; ONE OZONE GENERATOR WITH COMPRESSOR; I NEW AND ONE DEDICATED 120 VAC GFCI DUAL OUTLET BOIBB ZSE " From Chlorine nj Dilute Pool ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED WITH RECIRCULATION PUMP. W m 03 Acid In i ( pH) SEPARATE NON -INTERLOCKED DUAL GFIC OUTLET M VAC 't' ORP BRKR Pres Gauge B Pass Tube Ares Gauge RE IRC PUMP REQUIRED. MOUNT OUTLET BOXES MIN 5' AND 17N N 24„ D DISINFECTION EQUIP MIN 4.51 HIGH FROM FLOOR. M HEIGHT " CARTRIDGE — a° 0 vZZ - OZONE 0 OF CONNECTIONS To To 3 FILTER 3 3 ORP 03 GFCI OUTLET COMPRESSOR CHEM FEEDER PUMP CHEM FEEDER PUMP c I, INTERLOCKED W/ AND LIQUID POOL pH ADJUSTMENT .0 a,, N 120 VAC DUAL RECIRC PUMP GENERATOR ORP BLEACH CHLORINE POOL ACID L.M U) M E GFCI OUTLET CIRCUIT UNITS CONTROLLER (UNDILUTED) (DILUTED) F' C t+, KEY Cells Bypass (NO INTERLOCK) 6" Tube J 0 3 E (&D a VERTICAL TRANSITION (NOT ALL INDICATED) 3" 1 , N Y MIN 5 FEET O ECCENTRIC REDUCER FROM FLOOR r I TO BOTTOM OF INroPLUG CONTROLLERUN THOSETO RECEPTICALS 03 GEN FROM FROM TUBE TUBE TUBE TUBE A DIVERTER VALVE (ON -OFF -THROTTLE) HOSE TO 03 RETURN FILTER TO CL2 FROM TO PH FROM4 BYPASS TUBE VENTURI LINE DISCHARGE IN] CL2 IN] ACID 46" TANK MIN 4.5 FEET FROM ROUTE AND TAP FLOW TO ORP PROBE CELLANK o O CHECK VALVE FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF FROM FILTER DISCHARGE AND FLOW CAD REED ATE: CHEM TREATMENT EQUIP 0 TAP FLOW TO OR FROM PIPE FROM ORP PROBE CELL TO RETURN LINE. AMMENDMENT#1 ROUTE AND TAP FLOW TO OZONE GENERATOR rF" I FROM FILTER DISCHARGE AND FLOWOZONE4Ww 03° fir ,a.. 1 rs FROM OZONE GENERATOR TO RETURN LINE. :*1 BOND OZONE COMPRESSOR & GENERATEOR ` N BOXES TO EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING GRID WITH MIN #8 AWG SOLID COPPER CONDUCTOR. LAMBERT' edbyTERRENCE DN cn=TEF RENCE LAMBERT, o, ou, emaiL- tlarr jertpe@yahoocom, c= US 1 i Date: 2018 3.21 1599:33 -05'00' ipH Llquld Add/ORP Uquld E AdobeAcr bat version- 11.0 0 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE AGE6 OF 19 SKINNER L 1 RETURN MOLE PRECUT IN IQT. POOL CONTRACTOR TO CUT 1 ADOR10NAL WALL RETURN HQFS "1T FEET OC FRO. @fTFAUNE OF SKIMMER HOLE A 16' DOWN FROM TOP OF WALL PANEL ALSO OJT OUT 1 ADDITIONAL SKIMMER HOLE OPPOSITE SIDE vEIUFY DIMENSION FROM MID PRECUT SMOM ER TO HOLE TO EOROM OF WALL TO ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TD CURING ANY HOLES PORTION OF N 103.7 FT CIRCUMFERENCE POOL WALL L-m 13' SKIMMER 111 RETURN HOLE PRECUT IN KIT, POOL CONTRACTOR TO CUT 7 ADDITIONAL 41_611 WALL RETURN HOLES ^-13 FEET OC FROM 4' CENTERLINE OF SKIMMER HOLE & 16" DOWN FROM TOP OF WALL PANEL. ALSO CUT OUT 1 ADDITIONAL SKIMMER HOLE OPPOSITE SIDE. VERIFY DIMENSION FROM MID PRECUT SKIMMER TO HOLE TO BOTTOM OF WALL TO ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO CUTTING ANY HOLES. PORTION OF " 101 IkFld CEgrapE ILv - 75 GF E i USA IT eu1 Pw r cn I'm hol Om MIN #8 AWG BARE SOLID COPPER CONDUCTOR 32' FIXED METAL OBIET UNDERWATER DIAMETER JUST WITHIN S FEET LIGHT NICHES METAL FENCE FROM POOL WITHIN S FEET INTERIOR TO POOL FROM POOL WALL FOAM COVE LADDER RAIL AND UNDER BOTH ANCHORS HAPPY BOTTOM & POOL WATER PUMPS ARMOR SHIELDANDMETAL[C POOL EQUIPMENT IN CONTA77POOL WATER SHELL REINFORCING STEEL HANDRAIL ANCHORS AND POOL PADS. AND METAL PARTS OF POOL ACER CESSORY ESSTRUCTURES CONNECTS TO ON POOL DECK POOL METAL POOL HEATER OR HEAT PUMP STRUCTURAL DECK METAL MESH/REBAR REINFORCEMENT M EM E RS AT FOUR ORSOILSUBGRADEEQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING GRID SCHEMATIC UNIFORM POINTS AROUND POOL SEE NOTES FOR MORE INFO PERIMETER. WALL PANEL CONTINUES j' C-J) . 1 q I 21-I. 3' x3"IT3"TEE REDUCE TO FLEX LOOP 3" TREATED MIN•AAWGCOATED SOLID GDPrER CTOR RETURNLINEEIITENDRONOGRIDCONDUTO POOL, TO EQUIP AAEA WITH PIPING 4" TO EQUIP AREA REDUCE AT PUMP SUCTION 4' x4"x4"TEE REDUCE TO 2.5' FLEX ARC 2" TO 1.5' TEE AND 1.5- TO QTY(8) v. L . v. +. RETURN FFTTING ELBOWS (TYPICAL) AS WIDE AS PRACTICAL REMOVABLE RAISED LANDING OVER PIPING MADE FROM SLIP - RESISTANT WATERPROOF aj COMPOSITE DECKING AND RUSTFREE io RECESSED SCREWS WITH SKID RESITANT GRIPPING MATERIAL OR SURFACE CAD REV DATE: TREATMENT ON BOTTOM CONTACT. 180320 20180320MAX 6" RISER TO FLAT SURFACE WITH NO MEMBERS RESTING A ENT# 1 ON PIPING. Di litally signed by TE 3RENCE LAMBERT D : cn=TERRENCE L i\ L BERT, o, ou, Imo, el°'` a ail=tlambertpe@ J! ya oo.com, C=US RL DAte:2018.03.21 1 10:10 -05,00, A obe Acrobat v sion: 11.0.0 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 7 OF 19 HAPPY BOTTOM ULTIMATE 1/2" THICK PAD 6 FEET X 192 FEET ROLL IF NOT PRECUT TO FIT USE GLADON SURE SEAL 3" WIDE TAPE TO JOII E 0 V W 0a0 W C T rn O Q SWIM LIFE INC (SITE ADDRESS: 251 Gordon St, Sanford, FL 32771) Typical Backyard Above Ground Pool Installation for FDOH Approved Training in Indoor Warehouse. Above Pool Package Purchased by Owner -See Packing List Image Included Elsewhere in Th W re) ItkoO m f W rV v, E gw z J J oo W kDWOW " d .--r W n oo ppQoNo ce cc) M J Y r- e Op M O ITfV frt O t\ vM C N G! n C n O r`0{iM C GJ 0 LLi t+ J0E I= w 3InnMa VIM(AX ui 0 CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENT#1 Digi ally signed by TER ENCE LAMBERT E DN: a3 LA n=TERRENCE BERT, o, ou, r w• * i em il=tlambertpe@y 1osk`o aho Dat com,c=US 2018.03.21 15:1 06-05'00' Ad Acrobata ver on: 11.0.0 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGEC 8 OF19 ese Plans. SCOPE OF WORK SUMMARY (NO EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS; POOL COMPONENTS TO BE INSTALLED BY LICENSED FLORIDA POOL CONTRACTOR EXCEPT FOR ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS AND CONNECTIONS -THOSE SHALL BE DESIGNED, PERMITTED, AND EXECUTED BY A LICENSED FLORIDA ELECTRICIAN): PURPOSE: TO SETUP AND INSTALL ABOVE GROUND (TYPICAL RESIDENTIAL BACKYARD) POOL FOR TRAINING TO MEET FLORIDA BUILDING CODE EXPECT FOR VARIANCES TO CODE GRANTED BY FLORIDA DEPT OF HEALTH. a r" k ^ •,, tik 1. POOL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL a. PREFABRICATED POOL SHELL, SIDE 8 BOTTOM PAD(S), WALL TO FLOOR COVE, &POOL LINER ; ai b. POOL COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES AS LISTED IN EQUIPMENT LIST 0<-, c VARIABLE SPEED POOL RECIRCULATION PUMP d. POOL CARTRIDGE FILTER L' E • e. ORP CHEMICAL SENSING AUTOMATION FOR LIQUID CHEMICAL FEEDER CONTROL f. CHEMICAL FEEDERS WITH INTERNAL CYCLE TIMING DELAY ` • F g. OZONE GENERATOR SUPPLEMENTAL TREATMENT C" h. HEAT PUMP TO HEAT POOL ` ' } "•. • • ' I. AUTOMATION SYSTEM FOR ONSfrE OR REMOTE INTERNET /PHONE AP CONTROL OF ,, ;,-. F; 9: i. VARIABLE SPEED PUMP (FOR ON, OFF, AND FLOW REGULATION) ii. HEAT PUMP (FOR ON, OFF, AND TEMPERATURE REGULATION) iii. ORP CONTROLLER (FOR ON, OFF AND ANY OTHER CAPABLY CONTROLLED FUNCTIONS) iv. OZONE GENERATOR (FOR ON, OFF AND ANY OTHER CAPABLY CONTROLLED FUNCTIONS) v. AND POTENTIALLY OTHER FUTURE POOL AMENITIES 2. LICENSED FLORIDA ELECTRICIAN TO REVIEW THESE PLANS AND CURRENT SITE CONDITIONS TO PROVIDE REQUIRED SUPPLEMENTAL DESIGN PLANS FOR PERMITTING PRIOR TO THEIR EXECUTION OF THE PROVISIONS THEREIN. ELECTRICIAN ASSESSMENT AND PLANS TO INCLUDE REVIEW AND INSTALLATION OF: a. CITY 1 DUAL GFCI OUTLET ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED WITH POOL FILTER RECIRCULATION PUMP ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT TO SUPPLY I. CORD Of ORP CONTROLLER ii. CORD OF OZONE GENERATOR. b. MINIMUM QTY(2) DUAL NON -INTERLOCKED GFCI OUTLETS G THE EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING OF THE POOL FLOOR TO THE POOL AND EQUIPMENT BONDING GRID d. LIGHTING PROVISIONS FOR MINIMUM 10 FOOT-CANDLE INTENSITY AT POOL WATER SURFACE e. LIGHTING PROVISIONS TO PROVIDE 30 FOOT CANDLES OF INTENSITY ON THE EQUIPMENT AREA FLOOR AND WALL MOUNTING SURFACES f. SPECIFICATION OF BARRIER OVER NON -POOL RELATED EXISTING ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOXES AND lJTllll'Y PANELS ON BACK WAREHOUSE WALL TO INCLUDED CLEARANCE AND ACCESS REQUIREMENTS g. NECESSARY LOAD SCHEDULES, SUBPANELS, BREAKERS, CLEARANCES, WIRING, CONDUIT RUNS, AND PLACEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUPPLY NEEDS FOR ALL POOL EQUIPMENT 3. ORP (OXIDATION REDUCTION POTENTIAL) SENSING CONTROLLER TO AUTOMATE CHEMICAL DELIVERY OF LIQUID POOL BLEACH CHLORINE (RECOMMEND UNDILUTED) AND DILUTE POOL ACID (RECOMMEND DILUTE 1 PART POOL ACID INTO 7 PARTS WATER). 4. OZONE INJECTION SHALL BE TAPPED IMMEDIATELY DOWNSTREAM OF HEATER BYPASS VALVE. S. CHLORINE INJECTION SHALL BE TAPPED UPSTREAM OF INJECTION POINT OF DILUTE POOL ACID -BOTH INTO RETURN LINE DOWNSTREAM OF HEATED WATER TEE INTO RETURN UNE. R or N Column: R =Revised or N =New item added for Amended Plans R or N ` gty Component or Criteria Values or Descriptors Units Mfr Model or Part q Installation Instructions or Operation Notes Volume '2S,fi00 gallons Area, Surface 855.3 square feet Perimeter 103.7 feet Bather load 12 patrons Filtration Flow Rate 120 gal/min Diameter 33 diameter round feet Min &Max Depth `4 feet Turnover Period '341 minutes PVC Piping &Fittings, as necessary PCV to be Sched 40 NSF-pw; All Rigid PVC piping to be Schedule 40 NSF-pw. Piping exposed to sunlight shall be coated for protection against Min 9 tees in return loop & 8 elbows to returns. UV degradation. Return loop and branch returns can be NSF 50 flexible hose suitable for PVC solvent welding to fittings. t 1111111lrl" V LA P/7 ,fs 1, L :G u U v cc i p DN Ad 11 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 9 OF 10 E Ou OO 1-i oco C) n O w m -0zLnE w ra U '_' CO:"r w OW N a ,-i w r, a"'YN 0QCO Ca 0 O '-' ILL a- MO N i M O n O O a ch L O u1 rN,, E H C J tU O 0 u. w - t 0E E° a 3unmQJ W N (A Y CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENTJFI illy signed by NCE LAMBERT n=TERRENCE PERT, o, ou, tlambertpe@yaho 1, c=US 2018.03.21 15:12:49 e Acrobat version. 5` i v u 01 R or NO sty Component or Criteria Values or Descriptors Units Mfr Model or Part # Installation Instructions or Operation Notes N 1 PVC Eccentric Reducer, 4" to 3" 4' to 3' Spears 429A22FE PVC solvent weld so Flat portion is on top horizontal plane of suction piping. Suction piping to have minimum.. Notes 1 through 11 were REVISED tf noted and Notes 12 and above were ADDED for this Addendum GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1. (REVISED) All equipment shall have NSF-50 (accept varianced skimmers), UL or appropriate approval. 2. Treatment chemicals shall meet NSF-60. 3. All installed rigid PVC piping shall be NSF-61 Schedule 40 marked NSF-pw. 4. (REVISED) - Replaced with Notes # 36 through 43. 5. Chemicals shall be stored in a well ventilated area under a roof protected from unauthorized access. 6. Chemical feed pump, ORP, and ozone generator GFCI outlets to be electrically interlocked with filtration recirculation pump circuit. 7. (REVISED) The equipment area (within the pool warehouse and outside for the heat pump) shall be surrounded with a fence at least 4 feet (1219 mm) high on all sides not confined by a building wall or equivalent structure. A self -closing and self -latching gate with a permanent locking device shall be provided for access. Any fence or gate installed shall use members spacing that shall not allow passage of a 4-inch (102 mm) diameter sphere to pass through or under, maximum clearance to fence and gate bottom horizontal member 2 inches. The equipment enclosure, area or room floor shall be of concrete or other nonabsorbent material having a smooth slip -resistant finish and shall have positive drainage, including a sump pump if necessary. Ancillary equipment, such as a heater, not contained in an equipment enclosure or room shall necessitate a fenced equipment area as described above. Equipment rooms shall have either forced draft or cross ventilation. The opening to an equipment room or area shall be a minimum 3 feet by 6 feet (914 mm by 1829 mm) and shall provide easy access to the equipment- The size of the equipment enclosure, room or area shall provide working space to perform routine operations- Clearance shall be provided for all equipment as prescribed by the manufacturer to allow normal maintenance operation and removal without disturbing other piping or equipment In rooms with fixed ceilings, the minimum height shall be 7 feet (2137 mm). Equipment rooms or areas shall be lighted to provide 30 footcandles (300 lux) of illumination at floor level. Equipment enclosures, rooms or areas shall not be used for storage of chemicals emitting corrosive fumes or for storage of other items to the extent that entrance to the room inspectionforinspectionoroperationoftheequipmentisimpaired. A hose bibb with vacuum breaker shall be located in the equipment room or area. 8. (REVISED) Ensure pool filtration/treatment flow at 120 gpm +/- 10%. 9. (REVISED) Comply with all manufacturer installation instructions, other notes, comments, details, and instructions cited within the approved engineering plans including any additional provisos or instructions of review authorities with consultof design engineer of record. If these plans contain a discrepancy or conflict with a particular manufacturer installation instruction, construction standard, regulation, or an alternate configuration is desired contact the design engineer of record prior to proceeding - Installation and operator manuals or documents shall be obtained by the contractor(s) and provide to the ownership. 10. ( REVISED) This plan complies with Florida Building Code 60' Edition Section 454.1 effective 12/31/2017 and Florida Administrative Code 64E-9, Rev 07/20/2016 except for variances to code sectional requirements granted by the Florida Department of Health. 11. ( REVISED) Pool Rules and regulations - Rules for bathers shall be posted as approved by the jurisdictional building department. Directional signage with arrows to shower shall also be posted. Pool Rules shall include the following. 1. No food or beverages in pool or within 4 feet of water. 2. No glass or animals within enclosed pool area. 3. Bathing load: _ persons. (Pool = 12) 4. Pool hours: scheduled training by appointment 5. Shower before entering. 6. Do not swallow the pool water, it Is recirculated. 7. Do not use the pool if you are ill with diarrhea. 7. " NO DIVING" (in minimum four inch letters) 8. UNIFORM DEPTH OF POOL _FEET _ INCHES In minimum 4 inch letters). Swim Life Training Pool Inside Warehouse) 251 Gordon St Sanford, FL 32771 Call 911 in an Emergency Situation u^+ UN: C iaF' rs. LAME email rahol Date: 115: 13 CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENT# y signed by JCE LAMBERT TERRENCE RT, o, ou, tlambertpe@ com, c=US 018. 03.21 5- 05'00' Acrobat is 11.0.0 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALSw AFTERCONSULTATIONWITHDESIGNENGINEER. PAGE G C 10 OF 19 CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENT# y signed by JCE LAMBERT TERRENCE RT, o, ou, tlambertpe@ com, c=US 018. 03.21 5- 05'00' Acrobat is 11.0.0 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALSw AFTERCONSULTATIONWITHDESIGNENGINEER. PAGE GC10 OF 19 1ft, PLOD. 12. Food or drink service facilities shall not be located within 12 feet (3658 mm) of the water's edge. ' s7 "0j ' • • • • . • • •' 13. If a pool cover or solar blanket is installed, it shall be secured around the entire perimeter and designed to support a live load of an adult person; or, the pool area shall be inaccessible to unauthorized individuals during times of cover or blanket'user 14. The pool wall and structural supports shall be within 5 degrees of true vertical plumb over their entirety except at the foam cove wall to floor intersection. The design water depth of the pool is 4 feet from the middle of the skimmer throat to the pool floor„ti, iii r 01 t 15. The supplied liner shall be tested for light reflectance/absorption for conformance with variance proviso stipulation of 50% reflectance to obtain design engineer signed and sealed written certification. 16. The maximum depth of the pool shall be posted in minimum 4 inch large lettering on the pool rules sign and in minimum 8 inch lettering on other points around the pool perimeter. 17. Prominent directional signage to the shower shall be provided. 18. The walkway to the restroom will be existing smooth slip resistant concrete floor. 19. The outside perimeter of the pool shall have a minimum 3 feet wide unobstructed clearance except for the step assembly or non -wood hand off counter or lift. 20. The vertical clearance above the top step shall be a minimum of 7 feet. 21. Luminaries and ceiling fans installed above the water, or the area extending within 5 ft horizontally from the water, shall not be less than 12 ft above the maximum water level. 22. There shall be no interior obstructions to reaching the perimeter of the pool inside wall and the top of the pool wall except for the step assembly. 23. A hose bibb shall be provided near the restroom. 24. All hose bibbs near the pool, restrooms, equipment, or shower shall have vacuum breakers. 25. The pool recirculation system must be operated at all times when the pool is open for use. When a variable speed pump is used, the recirculation system shall be operated such that it achieves the equivalent of 6 hours of treatment at 100% design flowrate during the daily dosed period, or at least one complete water volume turnover, whichever is greater. 26. The recirculation pump specified is self -priming, but will have flooded suction. Additional valuing provisions, as depicted in plumbing details and specified in the equipment list, shall be incorporated to help prevent drainage of pool water from pool piping, filter, and other equipment during maintenance procedures. 27. The ORP controller, chemical feed pumps, ozone generator, and supplying dual GFCI outlets shall be mounted at an elevation above the height of the pool wall horizontal surface. 28. The keeping of a daily record of information regarding pool operation, using form DH 921, Monthly Swimming Pool Report, 3/98, available at http:/Avww.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-06896, shall be the responsibility of the pool owner or operator. Customized report forms may be substituted provided they contain the appropriate information. The completed report shall reflect manually conducted pool water tests for pH and disinfectant levels at least once every 24 hours ... and shall be retained at the pool and made available to the department upon request Any able person can test the pool water and record it in the report. A variance proviso condition necessitates 3 conducted and recorded tests for Free Available Chlorine and pH throughout the swim day. 29. Should a human fecal accident occur, the pool operator or owner shall comply with all recommendations found in the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) 'Fecal accident response recommendations for Aquatics Staff' dated September 15, 2017. Alternative emergency disinfection methods developed by industry, or by the application of new disinfection technology, or by the use of chemical disinfectants that are effective, safe and appropriate for public bathing facilities, and are approved by the CDC, may also be used. 30. Confirm and coordinate exact locations and elevations with design engineer of record or licensed others as required. 31. Piping shall be secured with appropriate hangers or supports maximum 30 inch separation. 32. Visible piping shall be marked with arrows indicating flow direction. 33. Piping shall be pressure tested to 25 pounds per square inch for at least 24 hours. After piping is installed and before covering schedule a piping test with jurisdictional authority a minimum of three days prior to date of inspection (if required). Test may be performed on separate segments ensuring all below grade piping is tested prior to backfilling, covering, or encasement through concrete or shotcrete. Above grade piping and components shall also be tested as stated prior to start up. After or just prior to pool completion owner or contractor must request a final inspection of the pool by the applicable permitting agencies. 34. No direct connections between pool water system and potable water, sanitary or waste lines allowed. Minimum 3' vertical air gap above flood elevation of receiving member or other acceptable means required. 35. Piping exposed to sunlight shall be coated to protect it from ultraviolet tight degradation. 36. All electrical to meet NFPA 70 NEC 2011 (current revision adopted by FBC 2017) or current local code, whichever is applicable. 37. Electrical equipment wiring and installation, including the bonding and grounding of pool components shall comply with Chapter 27 of the Florida Building Code, Building. 38. Electrical circuits or outlets supplying pool pump motors connected to single-phase 120-volt through 240-volt branch circuits, whether by receptacle or by direct connection, and outlets supplying other electrical equipment (e.g. portable pool vacuum, intermittent, nonpermanent, maintenance) and underwater luminaries operating at voltages greater than the low voltage contact limit, connected to single-phase, 120 volt through 240 volt branch circuits, whether by receptacle or by direct connection, shall be provided with ground -fault circuit interrupter protection. 39. Equipment grounding shall be through internal wiring or receptacle connections. 40. The equipotential bonding grid of metal pool structural elements; metal pool fencing within 5 feet of the pool water, fixed metal objects within 5 feet of the pool water, pool equipment (including all pump and heater/heat pump housings), and all metal components in contact with the pool water shall be per NEC article 680 with minimum #8 AWG solid copper conductor. A continuous 32 foot diameter circular bonding loop [CBL] made of a minimum #8 AWG bare (so it can make contact with the concrete floor) solid copper conductor shall be placed to so it will eventually be concentrically within the circumference of the foam cove interior perimeter_ The CBL shall be placed on the cleaned and air dried concrete floor so centered with the pool shell placement. Four bonding connections from this loop shall be made uniformly about the pool perimeter to connect with metal pool structural elements using a minimum #8 AWG coated copper conductor. A single minimum #8 AWG coated copper conductor shall extend the bonding grid to the equipment area (route with piping). The CBL shall first be covered with the 33' Round Armor Shield Liner Floor Pad (provided with the pool kit) prior to placing the Happy Bottom Ultimate pool pad on top. The bonding grid shall make a compliant connection with the metal structural beam member bolted to the floor in the equipment area. 41. Connections to the bonding grid shall be made in accordance with NEC 250.8. The 8 AWG or larger solid copper bonding conductor provided to reduce voltage gradients in the pool area shall not be required to be extended or attached to remote electrical panelboards, electrical service equipment, or electrical service electrodes (e.g grounding). 42. The equipment area mounting surfaces shall be provided with 30 foot-candles of lighting intensity. Design and specification by licensed others. 43. Qualified electrician to confirm and ensure compliance with all relevant electrical codes including separate permitting requirements. 44. Separate permits, including additional details, for any necessary potable water or sanitary plumbing, equipment room ventilation, fencing/bamers, or pool heating shall be obtained by a qualified contractor or other licensee as applicable by local codes or as required by local building code authorities. DN: O UiW o dOW si3O ^ @) M CCU,. M W tD O U a z Mn E 1% J W z; Co V- J -J W W OW N a - 4 W r, ULnYNW OQco m M WO HLEaE00 CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENT# Ily ERT by NCB' n= TERREJCE LAMBERT, oo uDate: 2018.03 1 15:14:22-05'00' PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. Adobe Acrob t version:11.0.0 FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE AGE11 OF 19 pp •o p•' G J^ P pp V LLI IUj t0 O f sk ° Varianced Florida Building Code Sections per Variance Outcome Letter Dated 8/11/2017 Q°= 'i e z t r ) p p •^ g LU > V Item ft Code Section Code Description pp > 1 454.1.2.1 Pools shall be constructed of concrete or other impervious and structurally rigid material, have a 00u°roo .Vr ' U a 4Ow smooth and slip resistance finish, be white of light pastel in color, and shall have the characteristics of Provisos Conditions Issued Approval Varianced Items Outcome Z Q In Y r 0 Q reflectingratherthanabsorbinglight. gggwith of per Variance Letter Dated 8/11/2017 W O r 2 454.1.6.53.2.5 A minimum 6- inch (152 mm) water line tile shall be provided on all pools with automatic skimmer 0 m { systems, each a minimum size of 1 inch (25 mm) on all sides. Proviso ID Proviso Condition H 1 LLa p 3 454.1.2.2.3.1 The floor slope shall be a maximum 1 unit vertical in 10 units horizontal and a minimum of 1 unit A No wood based products shall be used as part of the pool wet decking or counters within 4 feet of the vertical in 60 units horizontal in areas 5 feet (1524 mm) deep or less. waters edge. 4 454.1.2.2.2 All pool walls shall have a clearance of 15 feet perpendicular to the wall, where interior steps protrude into the pool resulting in less than 15 feet (4572 mm) of clearance from any wall, such protrusion shall B Pool filters must be certified using the NSF/ANSI Standard 50-2012 per 64E-9.008(10)(a), FAC. not exceed 6 feet (1828 mm) on any perpendicular line from a tangent to any pool wall from which the steps emanate. The corner intersections of walls which protrude or angle into the pool water area shall C The use of cyanuric acid stabilized chlorine is not permitted. beroundedwithaminimumradiusof2inches (51 min). 5 454.1.2.5 Access shall consist of ladders, stairs, recessed treads or swimouts and may be used in combination. D Ladders and stairs shall be gated, latchable, and lockable from the floor level entry. The portion of the stairs that enters the pool shall be designed to prevent access and entrapment under the steps. 6 454.1.2.3 Depth marking requirements. E The pool operator must test disinfectant levels throughout the swim day at a minimum of three times a 7 454.1.2.3.5 Pool Rule sign shall state 'Shower Before Entering." day. The disinfection levels in parts pe, million is 2-S for chlorine or 3-6 for bromine. M O 8 454.1.3.1.3 Four feet of unobstructed wet deck is required around the pool. F The applicant shall install a second pool wall return inlet plumbed appropriately for code flow t requirements directly across from the skimmer. N 9 454.1.6.1 Sanitary Facilities Requirements G A safety plan shall be submitted to the DOH -Seminole County that: ensures and commits to one M student per instructor with a maximum of /twefvel• people in the pool at the same time, a fecal C p 10 454.1.3.1.9 All public pools shall be surrounded by a minimum 484nch-high fence. A latched, lockable gate shall be accident response protocol in accordance with the CDCs guidelines, and an emergency response a placed in the fence within ten feet of the closest point between the pool and the equipment area for protocol ensuring that one adult is present at all times. C service access. Clerkol error corrected per next proviso offo vunce. C n O 141 M E 11 454.1.4.2.2 Indoor and underwater lighting requirements. H The pool bather load shall be one (1) person per ten (10) gallons per minute of the approved C J O recirculation flow. Any modification in the approved recirculation flow to alter bathing load shall be O •- s 11 454.1.4.23 Indoor and underwater lighting requirements. approved by the Department prior to the modification. J (016. C 3 1 A poolside or restroom shower and diaper changing station shall be available. D C Ln 4) 12 454. 1.6.5.1 Recirculation and treatment equipment such as recessed automatic surface skimmers, must be M certified using the NSF/ANSI Standard 5D-2012. i Indoor overhead lighting shall be a minimum of 10 foot candles at the waters surface. If the 13 454. 1.6.5.3 The design pattern of recirculation flow shall achieve 60 percent through the skimmer system. underwater lights are used, they must be code compliant- K Water treatment and recirculation equipment area or room shall meet the standards in section 14 454. 1.6.53.2.3 Recessed automatic surface skimmers shall be installed with an equalizer valve and an equalizer line 454.15.1 to 454.1.5.1.9 of the Florida Building code. when the skimmer piping system is connected directly to pump suction. ci L The poors interior color shall be white or pastel and must reflect light rather than absorb it (must meet fo 15 454. 1.6.5.9.1 Pools 30 feet in width or less, with wall inlets only shall have enough inlets such that the inlet spacing a luminance reflectance value of 50% or greater). does not exceed 20 feet based on the pool water perimeter. CAD REV DATE: 20180320 M The applicant shall submit the Application for a Swimming Pool Operating Permit (Form DH 4159) and AMMENDMENT4 16 454. 1.6.5.10 Main Drain Outlets - All pools shall be provided with an outlet at the deepest point. the engineering plans to the Department prior to construction. 17 454. 1.6.5.11 An automatic and manual water makeup control shall be provided. 18 454. 1.6.5.12 Vacuum fittings shall be mounted no more than 15 inches (381 mm) below the water level. Dig tally signed by TER ENCE LAMBERT DN cn= TERRENCE LAN BERT, o, ou, emi il= tlambertpe@y ah .com, c=US Datf:2018. 03.21 t 15: 5:12 -05'00' Adibe Acrobat ver on: 11.00 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 12 OF 19 iil.anoa i° naea ins r eoo+n me-. s a r•cck ° Ftn=, t Vim, HEALTH Vista- T. b. t. Ncichke sm h t• IUin: August 11, 2017 Certified Number. 7016 06W 0000 6291 5117 Rick Scnit C— Cdarta /6irip, No, UP14 sa~—G.,""Sic— Kelly Whittemore Shun Life. Inc, 251 Gordon Street Sanford, Florida 32771 RE Swimming PooVBathing Place Variance Request, Application 02863 (revised) Swim Life, Inc. Pool, 251 Gordon Street, Sanford, Florida 32771 Dear Ms. Whittemore: The Advisory Review Board for Swimming Pools and Bathing Places reviewed your application for variance on March 8, 2017. When a variance is requested, the Advisory Review Board considers whether the hardship was caused intentionally, whether a reasonable alternative exists, and whether the health and safety of pool patrols are at risk The applicant is proposing to use a residential above ground swirtunirg pool to a warehouse space to teach an infant drowning prevention sell -rescue course to children. The Board recommended denial of your variance application requests for the following sections of the Florida Building Code_ 1. 454.1.2.1: Pools shall be constructed of concrete or other impervious and structurally rigid material, have a smooth and slip resistance finish, be white of fight pastel in color, and shall have the characteristics of reflecting rather than absorbing fight. 2. 454.1.6.5.3.2.5: A minimum 6- inch (152 mm) water fine file shag be provided on all pools with automatic skimmer systems, each a minimum size of 1 inch (25 mm) on all sides. 3. 454.1.2.2.3.1: The floor slope shag be a maximum 1 unit vertical in 10 units horizontal and a minimum of 1 unit vertical in 60 units horizontaf in areas 5 feet (1524 mm) deep or less. 4. 454.1.22.2 All pod walls shall have a clearance of 15 feet perpendicular to the wall, where interior steps protrude into the pod resulting in less than 15 feet (4572 mm) of clearance from any wall, such protrusion shag not exceed 6 feet (1828 mm) on any perpendicular line from a tangent to arty pod wall from which the steps emanate. The corner intersections of wars which protrude or angle into the pod water area shall be rounded with a minimum radius of 2 inches 51 mm). 5. 454.1.2.5: Access shag consist of ladders, stairs, recessed treads or swimouts and may be used in combination. 6. 454.1.2.3: Depth marking requirements. 7. 454.12.3.5: Pod Rule sign shag state *Shower Before Entering.' Swim Life, Inc. (Variance 2863 (revised)) Page Two August 11, 2017 8. 454.1.3.1.3: Four feet of unobstructed wet deck is required around the pool 9. 454.1.6.1: Sanitary Facilities Requirements 10.454.1.3.1.9: AD public pools shall be surrounded by a minimum 48-inchrhigh fence. A latched, lockable gate shall be placed in the fence within ten feet of the closest point between the pool and the equipment area for service access. 11. 454.1.4.2.2 and .3: Indoor and underwater fighting requirements. 12. 454.1.6.5. 1: Recirculation and treatment equipment such as recessed automatic surface skimmers, must be certified using the NSFiANSI Standard 50-2012. 13.454.1.6.5.3: The design pattern of recirculation flow shall achieve 60 percent through the skimmer system. 14. 454.1.6.5.3.2.3: Recessed automatic surface skimmers shall be installed with an equalizer valve and an equalizer fine when the skimmer piping systems connected directly to pump suction. 15. 454.1.6.5.9.1: Pools 30 feet in width or less, with wag inlets only shall have enough inlets such that the inlet spacing does not exceed 20 feet based on the pool water perimeter_ 16.454.1.6.5.10: Main Drain Outlets - AD pools shall be provided with an outlet at the deepest point. 17. 454.1.6.5.11: An automatic and manual crater makeup control shag be provided. 18. 45-4. 1 .6.5.12. Vacuum fittings shag be mounted no more than 15 inches (381 mm) below the water level. I do not concur with the board's recommendation and hereby approve the above variance request with the following provisos: No wood based products shag be used as part of the pool wet decking or counters within 4 feet of the waters edge. Pool filters must he certified using the NSF/ANSI Standard 50-2012 per 64E-9.00a(10)(a), FAC. The use of cyanuric acid stabilized chlorine is not pemutted. Ladders and stairs shag be gated, Iatchable, and lockable from the floor level entry. The portion of the stairs that enters the pool shag be designed to prevent access and entrapment under the steps. The pool operator must test disinfectant levels throughout the swim day at a minimum of three times a day. The disinfection levels in parts per million is 2-5 for chlorine or 3-6 for bromine. The applicant shall install a second pool wag return inlet plumbed appropriately for code flow requirements directly across from the skimmer. A safety plan shag be submitted to the DOH -Seminole County that ensures and corrvnits to one student per instructor with a maximum of four people in the pool at the same time, a fecal accident response protocol in accordance with the CDC's guidelines, and an emergency response protocol ensuring that one adult is present at all times. The pool bather load shall be one (1) person per ten (10) gallons per minute of the approved recirculation flow. Any modification in the approved recirculation flow to aEer bathing load shall be approved by the Department prior to the modification. A poolside or restroom shower and diaper changing station shall be available. Florida Departm—t of XoaXh DbWoe of Dkma Control i health P.obctio., ® Accreditad Heafth 11 452 NO C; j...Yur, ao Ara • T• M..m R =94112 p Fler th AOQe orn Goad r4x MU54M • FAX--RtYL1f,G61 FloridaX.anh.aa 11e rrrr o • oGo 00 n ^ r6 fr1 y 1JutloUiC • CZ) a °•rN Swim Life, Inc. (Variance 2663 (revised)) Page Three August 11, 2017 Indoor overhead lighting shall be a minimum of 10 foot candles at the w-a-ens surface. If the underwater lights are used. they must be code compliant - Water treatment and recirculation equipment area or room shall meet the standards in section 454.1.5.1 to 454.1.5.1.9 of the Florida Budding code. The poors interior color shall be whie or pastel and must reflect right rather than absorb it must meet a luminance reflectance value of 50% or greater). The applicant shag submit the Appficallon for a Swimming Pool Operatirg Permit (Form DH 4159) and the engineering plans to the Department prior to construction. This variance, as approved, applies only to those sections of the Florida Building Code for which the variance was requested. This variance in no way exempts compliance with other state and local regulations. Should you disagree with this decision, a notice of rights is enclosed for your use. If you have any questions concerning this matter, please call August Ursin at (850) 901-6517. ely, endra F. Gott, PhD, DABT l S Toxicologist 3 Chief KFG/aau Enclosure o(-- Nancy Smith, DOH -Seminole County Terry Lambert MSE P E CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENT#1 igi ally signed by ER ENCE LAMBERT MC: n=ltKKt:NC AN BERT, o, ou, rnz il=tlambertpe@ ah o.com, c=US at 2018.03.21 5:1 06-05'00' id a Acrobat ers on: 1 1.0.0 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 13 OF 19 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF [IEALTtI ihy y ENNARON:NIENTAL ENGINEERING APPLICATION FOR VARIANCE FROM CIIAPTER WE-9. FLORIDA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE SM INIMING POOLS AND BATHING PLACES ORcial use Only: Application No. Fee Paid S Date Check e In order to solicit a variance recommendation from the Advisory Review Board. it is necessary to have a letter or inspection report front environmental engineering or the local county health department indicating that your proposed project. plan, or product does not meet one or more of the rule requirements set forth in Chapter 64E-9. Florida Administrative Code. A copy of the letter or report must accompany this application. Additionally. a processing fee of S300 must be provided. PART I (To be completed by the annlieann: Swim Life Inc, Kelly Whittemore, President, kelly@myswimlife.comI. Name of Agent or Applicant: 2. Street Address: 251 Gordon St City: Sanford State : FL Zip: 32771 Telephone: 1 t 407-3124403 3. Name of Plan, Project. or Product: Swim Life Survival Training Pool Street Address: 251 Gordon St City: Sanford State: FL Zip: 32771 Telephone:( )407-312-4403 County: Seminole 4. Name of Contractor: TBD III be licensed Florida commercial pool builder) Street Address: City: State: Zip: Telephone: ( ) License Number: S. Engineers Name and License Terry Lambert FL PE 63380 Uambertpe@yahoo.com 407-252-3063 6. State reason(s) for variance request. Attach eight copies of applications. drawings, specifications, photos, etc., that clearly illustrate this variance request. (Attach separate sheet if necessary.) Certified swim instructor desires to move business from residential pool to rented office and approx 2,600 sqr foot warehouse space to utilize new 33 ft diameter — 4 ft deep-•25,000 gal above ground pool to teach one on one survival swimming. Separately seeking FDOH swim instructor course approval. 7. State hardship and justification as to why the variance would relieve the hardship. (Attach separate sheet if necessary.) Existing residential pool cannot meet the demand for survival swim lessons and Will allow for year round instruction so that more children can learn survival skills. Will have less susceptibility to skinned knees, scratch abrasions, hard surfaces, etc. An above ground pod creates controlled access un'.dke deck level pools where a toddler must be monitored and physically restrained. S. State any additional reason or provide any technical documentation to support your supposition that a variance would not likely result in an impairment to public health. (Attach a separate sheet if necessary.) The variances requested are low public health/safety items for a certified swim instructor supervised 64E-9.008(13)(d)special purpose pool limited to teaching survival swimming. Will otherwise be operated aocording to 64E-9 & Swim Life's protocols / guidelines in a safe and sanitary manner. 9. Forward to environmental engineering or local county health department having authority for review and completion of Part IL check + signature delivered at variance board meeting 03/07/2017 Signature of Owner or •Owner's Agent Date of Application Kelly Whittemore, President, for Swim Life Inc *Provide a letter from owner granting DH 4030. 7/08. 61E-9.003, F.A.C. permission to act on his behalf. V ` J 6 U 0 • O e A e 3wlm Lire me zurvlval Iralnmg roof variance rvppucauun puuuing k-oue v:)- ge i um-ir Pool Specifications 33 Feet Diameter Round Above Ground 103.7 Foot Interior Perimeter, 855.3 Square Feet Surface Area 50 Inch Depth — 25,600 Gallons Flow Rate 75 Gallons Per Minute = 6 Hour Turnover 4 Directional Wall Returns (18.75 gpm each) 1 Skimmer Capable of > 75 Gallons Per Minute with minimum 2" PVC Piping No Main Drain Minimum 200 Square Foot Cartridge Filter with Spare Element for Quick Change Automated Chemical Feed Controller: Rola-Chem RC554XP P/N 554000 pH/ORP Controller Liquid Pool Bleach Chlorine & Dilute Pool Acid Peristaltic Pumps: Rola-Chem RC-25/53 SC 12 gals / day max output adjustable Ozone Generator Prozone PZ2-2 Output 24 grams per day = 0.0S87mg Oh/timer in return now @ 75 gpm Special purpose poor' means a public pod used exclusively for a specific, supervised purpose, including springboard or platform (Wing training, SCUBA divig inatrucion, and aquatic programs for persons with disabilities, preschool or landergarten children. Existing residential pool cannot meet the demand for survival swim lessons and will allow for year round instruction so that more children can learn survival skills. The above ground pool will be used for one on one survival swimming instruction to primarily children and instructors in training. Swim Life Inc is separately seeking approval of their survival swimming course by FOOH. See other sheets with more info. Florida Building Code 454.1 Sections for Variances Requested (Grouped by Similarity) NOTE: Other administrative and programmatic prwsiors apply. See Department of Health (DOH) Rule 64E-9,Ncrida A&7*iEVw ve Cadeand Chapter 514, Rari a Statutes The regulation and enforcement of the initial and annual operation penTdt for pudic pools are preempted to the DOH The construction permit holder is responsible for obtainig an operation panic issued by DOH, as a public swanning pool shag not be put into operation withart an inspection and operation permit ivied from the DOH. DOH may grant variances from the provisions of the Ro nafa &,&5 g Cade specifically pertaining to public swinuni g pools and bathing places as authorized by Section 514.0115, Ronda Statutes Building officials shall recognize and enforce variance orders issued by the Deparbrent of Health pursuant to Section 514.0115(5). Ronda Stiames including any condstlors attached to the granting of the variance. 454.1.2.1 a)Floors and walls shall be white or pastel in color and shall have the dtaractensba of reflecting rather thart absorbing right Tile used in less than 5 feet 1524 mm) of water must be slip resistant A minirman 4-inch (102 mm) the tine, each tile a min krium size of 1 inch (25 mm) on all sides, shall be instated at the water Cane. but shall not exceed 12 inches (305 min) in height if a dark color is used. Gutter type pools may substitute 2-hch (51 mm) tile, each a minimum sae of 1 inch (25 mm) on of sides, along the pod wall edge of the gutter lip. 454.1.2.4 Color. Pod floors and waft shall be white or W pastel Lit color arid shall have the dtaracteristic of reflecting rather than absorbing tight 454.1.6.5.3.2.5 Waterline the A minimum 6- inch (152 mm) water fine file shall be provided on of pools with automatic skinner systems, each a minimum sae of 1 irich_(25 mm) on at sides. Gazed bile that is smooth and easily cleanable shall be ubtaed. Cleanable 25 gauge liner will be a medium blue is depicted in the attached color print without water line tile. 454.1.2.2.2 Walls and comers. All pool wags shall have a dearance of 15 feet (4572 mm) perpendicular to the wall (as measured at design water level frorn gutty f'p to gutter lip, or on skinner pools, from vertical wall to vertical wag). Offset steps spa coves, spa pools and wading pout are riceirpt from this clearance requiernermL Where interior steps protrude into the pop_ I resulting in less than 15 feet (4572 mm) of clearance from any wall, such protrusion shall not exceed 6 fee (1828 rim) on any perpendicular fine from a tangerrt to any pod wall from which the steps emanate. The upper part of pod wags in areas 5 feet (1524 mm) deep or less shall be within 5 degrees (4572 mm) vertical for a minimum depth of 2'/, feet (762 mm) from which point the wall may join the floor with a ma,dmun radh equal to the differahoe between the pool depth and 2'/, feet The upper part of pod was in arras over 5 feet deep shall be within 5 degrees vertical for a frimmun depth equal to the pool water depth mica 21/1 feet (762 mm) from which point the wall may join the floor with a modrrt rn radiant of 21/, feet (762 mm). Corners shag be a minimum 90-degree angle. The corner intersec6ors of wags which protrude or.angle into the pool water area shag of rounded with a minimum radus of 2 inches (51 mm). This radius sha7 be continued thrmgh the top of the guar edge: chamfering is allowed, fool eopcg shall not overhang Into the pool more than t'/, inches (38 cam). A small perimeter section of the pool will not have the 9 feet dearance (15 - 6 = 9) to the interior steps -- sae dependent on Hie dimensions of step assembly installed. Since there will be no declang Hie risk imposed by someone diving in and hitting their head on the steps is mitigated. The pool comes with foam coved sections for installation below the liner at the floor to wall intersection to provide access for dearning. 454.1.2.23.1 Floor slope shall be uniform The floor slope shall be a mahmrum 1 unit vertical in 10 units horizontal and a minimum of I unit vertical i 60 units horizontal in areas 5 feet (1524 mm) deep or less. The floor slope shall be a maxi nmm 1 unit vertical in 3 units horizontal in areas more than 5 feet (1524 mm) deep. The pool will have a flat bottom constant depth which is preferred for this type of swim instruction. 1 0 W 0a0 IlJ L o OQ W O m w N gz ^E w N U — '- J J c kD W W OW rV V a. .--I W r, ZQir'xN UJ C) D¢ 00 m r, O • 1 M 0 a N vi M O N 0. n C n O vlM E tU y0LLL+ w L 0 3 3InnRii VINIAY CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENT# 1I Digitally signed llf TERRENCE LAMBERT DN: cn=TERREN, y y ur, LAMBERT, o, ou, l?04' email=tlambertl @yahoo com, 1 c=USA„—_ Date:2018.03.21 15:17:04-05'00' Adobe Acrobat version:11.0.0 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 14 OF 19 wlm Life Inc xrrvnvaf I ra 454.1.2.3 Markings. 454.1.2.3.1 Depth and markings. Depth and markings shall meet the following criteria. roof variance Appucauon tlunamg L-oae 4w.1 ,ecthons rage [ of :) 1. The minimum heater depth shall be 3 feet (914 mm) in shallow areas and 4 feet (1219 mm) in deep areas. 2. Permanent depth markings followed by the appropriate full or abbreviated words 'FEET,' or'1NCHES,'IN,' shall be installed in minimum 4-inch- high (102 mm) numbers and letters on a contrasting background. Depth markers shall indicate the actual pod depth, within 3 inches (76 mm), at norrthal operating watts level when measured 3 feet (914 mm) from the pod wall. Symmetrical pod designs hwth the deep pool at the center may be allowed provided a dual marking system is used which indicates the depth at the wall and at the deep point 3. At a minimum, the marUrgs shag be located on both sides of the pod at the shallow end, scope break, deep end wag and deep point (if located more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the deep end wall). Depth markings shag be legible from inside the pod and also from the pool deck The max it uum per meter distance between depth markings is 25 feet (7620 mm). Pool sae and geometry may necessitate additional depth marking placements about all sides of the pool to meet this requirement. 4. When a curb is provided, the depth markings shall be installed on the inside and outside or top of the pool curb_ when a pod curb is riot provided, the depth marlmhgs shag be located on the inside vertical wall at or above the water level and an the edge of the deck wit In 2 feet (610 mm) of the pod water. When open type gutter designs are utilized, depth markers shall be located on the back of the gutter wall. 5. when deck level perimeter overflow systems are utrTaed, additional depth rnarkdng signs shag be posted nearby or placed on adjacent fendN or wags and the size shall be increased so they are recogn¢able from iside the swimming pool. Alternatively, file depth markers may be placed at the top of the pod wall just under the water level. Depth markers placed on the pod deck shall be within 3 feet (914 mm) of the water. 6. Those areas of the pod that are not part of an approved drying bowl shag have dark contrasting tile, 4-inch-high (102 mm) "NO DMNG' markings installed along the perimeter of the pool on the top of the pool curb or deck within 2 feet (610 mm) of the pool water with a maximum perimeter distance of 25 feet (7620 mm) between markings. A 6-inch (152 mm) tile with a 44rhch (102 cam) or larger red, international 'NO DIVING symbol may be substituted for the 'NO DIVING' markings. 7. All markings shall be tile, except that pools constructed of fiberglass, thermoplastic or stainless steel may substitute other type markings when it can be shown that said markings are permanent and will not fade aver time. This exemption does not extend to concrete pools that are mated with fiberglass Tile alterative examples include stow or manufactured plaques with engraved or sandblasted numbers and characters with permanent paint Permanent appliques may be used for fiberglass, therrrop{astcs or stainless steel pools AB markings installed on horizontal surfaces shag have a slip -resistant finish. Markings shag be flesh with the s rmunding area where placed and recessed if necessary to provide a smooth finish that will avoid creation of an injury hazard to bathes. Pools that are riot mnducve to file can employ other equivalent markings as stated above. The facility will provide wall mounted signage indicating the POOL WATFR DEP7l/ and NO DMNG in large type in multiple prominent places around the pool including the pool rules sign. 454.1.23.5 Rules and regulations signage. Rules and regulations for bathers shall be ista8ed in minimum 1-inch (25.4 mm) letters which must be legible from the pod deck, and shall contain the following: 1. No food or beverages in pool or on pool wet deck. 2. No glass or animals in the fenced pool area (or 50 feet (15 240 mrn) from unfenced pool). 3. BaWM bad: _ persons 4. Pod hours_ _ a.m. to _ p.m. 5. Slower before entering. 6. Pools of 200 square feet (18.58 m2) in area or greater without an approved diving well configuration shall have 'NO DMNG', in 4-inch (102 mm) letters included with the above Wed pod rules. 7. Do not swallow the pod water. This statement shall be added to signs at pools that conduct modifications as that term is defined. Proposed rules stated below -the fad/ity may supplement these rules at the variance board meeting. 1. No food or beverages in pod or within 4 feet of pod. 2. No glass or animals within pool warehouse area. 3. Bathing load: 15 persons. (75gpm/5gpm1badler) 4. Pool hours: only during supervised training as scheduled. 5. (lients, students, instructors, and employees are expected to arrive in a cleanly manner. 6. NO DIVING and normal operating DEPTH OF POOL (within 3 inches) will be posted in very large lettering so prominently visible. 7. Do not swallow the pool water. 8. Do not use pool if sick with diarrhea. o is v, •,O' P °°°°° r ' . o'd r r9777xx r'.x7 x, Swim Life Inc burvhval I raining Fool variance Application tuuahng c.00e 454.15ecthons rage s of!) 454.1.2.5 Access. All pools shall have a means of access every 75 feet (22 860 mm) of pod perimeter with a muununm of two, located so as to serve both ends of the pod. In addition, an access poird shall be provided at the deep portion, if the deep portion is not at one end of the pod. When the deep portion of the pool is over 30 feet (9144 mm) wide, both sides of this area shall have a mearts of aces. access shall consist of ladders, stairs, recessed treads or sworuts and may be used in combination. All treads shall have a sfguesistam surface. 454.1.2.5.3 Stairs. Stairs shag have a minimum tread width of 10 inches (254 mm) and a maximum width of 48 inches (1219 mm) for a minimum tread length of 24 inches 610 mm) and a maximunm riser height of 10 inches (254 mm} Treads and risers between the top and bottom treads shall be uniform to within r/r inch 12.7 mm) in width and height The riser heights shag be measured at the marked step edges and the 6dferences in elevation shag be considered the riser heights. The front'/4 to 2 inches (19.1 to 51 mm) of the tread and the top 2 inches (51 mm) of the riser shag be We, dark in color, contrasting with the interior of the pod. Tile shag be slip raatanL DAnose file that is slip resistant may be used when the 1/,4nct (19 mm) segment is placed on the tread or horizontal surface and the 2-inch (51 mm) segment i5 placed on the riser or vertical surface. Y,?nere the gutter is used as the top step, the tile on the gutter for the width of the steps shall be slip resistant. Vinyl liner and fiberglass pools may use other material for the step edge marking, provided the material is permanent, permanently secured, dark in color, nonfauicng and slip resistant 454.1.2.5.5 Handrails and grabrails. Handrads shall be provided for all stairs, shall be anchored in the bottom step and the deck. where "figure 4' deck -mounted -type handrails are used, they shall be anchored in the deck and extend laterally to any point vatcally above the bottom step. Grabrcits must be mounted in the pool deck at each side of recessed steps. Handrails and grabrads shag extend between 28 and 40 indnes (711 mm and 1016 mm) above the step edge and deck The fadlity proposes to provide a single assembly of stairs comparable to the supplemental page provided. The circumference of the pool is 103.7 feet Pool will be supervised by instructors when used by students. 454.1.3.1.3 Pod wet decks shall ham a minimum unobstructed width of 4 feet (1219 mm) around the perimeter of the pod, pool curb, ladders, handrails, diving boards, diving towers and sides, The fadlity desires to udlize the pool without any decking for the near foreseeable future, if a deck is added at a later time professional engineered spedfics for non -wood 'TREX-like' decking (with non -rusting screw fasteners will be submitted to the health department and applicable jurisdictions for review or acceptance. 454.1.3.1.9 AN public pods shall be surrounded by a minimum 48 inch (1219 mm) high fence or other approved substantial barrier. The fence shall be continuous around the perimeter of the pod area that is not otherwise blocked or obstructed by adjacent bwldngs or structures and shaft adjoin with its& or abut to Vie adjacent members. A¢ess through the barrier or fence from dwelfmg units, such as homes, apartments, motel rooms and hotel mars, shall be through self -closing, self -latching lockable gates of 48 inch (1219 mm) minimal height from the floor or ground with the latch located a minimum of 54 inches (1372 mm) from the bottom of the gate or at least 3 bxhes (76 mm) below the top of the gate on the pod side. If the self -dosing, seifaatzhing gate is also self- locking and is operated by a key lock, electronic opener or integral combination lode, then the operable parts of such locks or openers shag be 34 mdhes mininurn (864 mm) and 48 inches maximum, (1219 mm) above the finished floor or ground. Doored access points from pubic rooms sudu as lobbies or dub horses need not be through gates if the door(s) meet the same self -dosing, self -latching requirements as a gate. Gates shag open outward away from the pod area. A latched, lockable gate shall be placed in the fence within ten feet (3048 mm) of the cost point between the pool and the equipment area for service access Instead of a fence, permanent natural or man-made features such as bulkheads, heads, carpals, lakes, navigable mteruvays, etc, adjacent to a pod m lay be permitted as a barrier when approved. When evaluating Rich barn features, the applicable governing body may perform on -site inspectors, and review evidence, such as surveys, aerial photographs, water management agency standards and specifications, and any other surdar documentation to verify at minimurn, the fo5oktitng: the barrier feature is rot subject to natural changes, deviations or alterations and is capable of providing an equivalent alentlevel of protection as that provided by a structure, and the barrier feature dearly impedes, prohibits or restricts access to the pal. The area will be supervised at a// times it is open to clientele. The pool itself will also act as a barrier to unauthorized access. The steps will have a lockable gate. 454. 1.4.2.2 indoor pool lighting. Lighting shall provide a mihinrm of 10 foot candles (100 nix) of hfimurhabon at the pod water surface and the pod wet deck surface. Underwater fighting shall be a minimum of watt per square foot of pool surface area. 454. 1.4.2-3 Underwater fighting. Underwater lighting shall utilize hartdorhas and low- cottage circuits with each underwater light being grounded. The maximum voltage for each light shag be 15 volts and the m3xdnen ihcandesmnt tamp sue shall be 300 watts The location of the underwater lights shafts be such that the underwater rumination is as uniform as possible and shag not be less than 18 inches (457 mm) below the normal operating wafer bevel determined by the cents -fate of the skimmer or top lip of the guts. All underwater lights whkh depend upon submersion for safe operation shall have protection from overheating when riot submerged. Underwater fighting requiems is can be waived w ie n the overhead fighting provides at least 15 footrandles (150 knk) of igrmhitatim at the pod water surface and pod wet deck Reface. Aherative lighting systems which use 15 volts or less, or use no electricity in the pod or on the pod deck. such as LED (light emitting diode) fiber-optic systems, may be utilized if the manufactures specifications provide for the equivalency in watt output The engineer of record deems it to be sufdent for this pool's special supervised use, size, constant depth, and round shape to operate with 10 foot candles of fighting at the water surface without any underwater lights CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENTir by TERRENCE DN: cnkTERREVCE LAMBERT, o, ou, I Date: 2018.03 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. Adobe Acrob, FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 15 OF 19 1 15:18:07-05'00' version- 11.0.0 Swim Life Inc Survival Training Pool Variance Application Building Code 454.1 Sections Page 4 of 5 454.1.6.1 Sanitary facilities. Swimming pools with a bathing bad of 20 persaris or less may utilize a unisex resiroom. Pools with bathing bads of 40 persons or less may utilize two unisex restroins or meet the requirements of Table 454.1.6.1. Unisex restroorns stall meet all the requirements for materials, drainage and signage as indicated in Sections 454.1.6.1.1 through 454.1.6.1.4. Each shall include a water closet, a draper flange table, a urinal and a lavatory. Pools with a bathing bad larger than 40 persons shag provide separate sanitary facilities labeled for each sex. The entry doors of all restroor 6 shag be located within a 20D-foot 60 960 mm) waking distance of the nearest heaters edge of each pod served by the faalites TABLE 454.1.6.1 PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL —REQUIRED FDCTURE COUNT SIZE OF POOL square feet) MENS RESTROOM WOMENS RESTROOM Urinals WC lavatory WC Lavatory 0- 2,500 1 1 1 1 1 454. 1.6.13 Sanitary facility floors. Floors of sanitary facilities shag be owsbucted of concrete or other no absorbent materials, shag have a smooth, slip -resistant finish, and shall slope to floor drains Carpets, dudxboards and footbatts are prohibited. The intersection between the floor and walls shall be coved where either floor or wag is not mad 454. 1.6.2 Rinse shower. A nuninum of one rinse shower shag be provided on the pool deck of all outdoor pools within the perimeter of the fence. 454. 1.6.1.3 Sanitary facility floors. Floors of sanitary facilities shah be constructed of concrete or other norebsorbent materials, stag have a smooth, slip-nesi9ant finish, and shag slope to floor drains. Carpets, duddhoards and footbaths are prohibited. The intersection between the floor and walls shag be coved where either floor or wag its not made of waterproof materials such as bile or vinyl. 454. 1.6.2 Rinse shower. A minimum of one rinse shower shag be provided on the pool deck of all outdoor pools within the perimeter of the fence. The pool will be served by two separate restrooms without a urinal or floor drain, one in the warehouse section and one in the office section. alentele are expected to be cleanly upon arrival for lessons. Diaper changing stations with cleansing wipes provided outside the restrooms in the pool and office areas will be more practical than a shower for the student population served. 454. 1.6.5.11 Water makeup control. An automatic and manual water makeup control shall be provided to maintain the water level at the rip of the overflow gutter or at the mouth of the recessed automatic surface skinners and shall discharge through an air gap into a fill pipe or collector tank Over the rim fill spouts are prohibited. This pool water level will be maintained manually as needed with a hose connected to a bibb with a vacuum breaker. The horse with be secured with a removable holder to discharge into the pool above the wall height Swim Life Inc Survival Training Pool Variance Application Building Code 454.1 Sections Page 5 of 5 454. 1.2.1 Pool structure. Pods shall be constructed of concrete or other impervious and structurally rigid material. All pools shall be watertight, free from structural cracks and shall have a nontoxic smooth and slip-resstanz finish. Ali materials shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's specifications unless Such specifications violate Chapter 64E-9, Raida Adm isbabve Code, rule requirements or the approval criteria of NSF/ANSI Standard 50 or NSF/ANSI Standard 60. 454. 1.6.5.1 Equipment testing. Recirculation and treatment equipment such as filters, recessed automatic surface slimmers, ionizers, ozone generators, disinfection feeders and chlorine generators shag be tested and approved using the NSF/ANSI Standard 50, Circulation Sfstem Components and Related Materials for Swirmnng Pool, Spas/ Hot Tuba, dated April 2007, which is incorporated by reference. 454. 1.6.53.2 Recessed automatic surface skimmers. Recessed automatic surface Skimmers may be utilized when the pod water surface area s 1,000 square feet (93 n1r) or less excluding offset stairs and swunouts and the width of the pool is not over 20 feet (6096 mm). 454. 1.6.53.2.1 Volume. The recessed automatic surface slimmer piping system shag be designed to carry 60 percent of the pod total design flow rate with each skimmer carrying a minimum 30 9pm (2 Us). One skimmer for every 400 square feet (37 m?) or fraction thereof of pod water surface area shall be provided. 4S4. 1.6.53.23 Equalizers. Recessed automatic surface sldmners shall be installed with an equalizer valve and an equalizer fine when the skimmer piping system is oonceUed directly to pump suction. If installed, the equalizer valve shall be a spring -loaded vertical check halve which will not allow direct suction on the equalizer fine. Float valves are prohibited. The equalizer line inlet shall be installed at least 1 foot (305 mm) below the normal pool water level and the equalizer fine inlet shag be protected by an ASME/ANSI A)12.19.8 compliant cover/grate. The equalizer line shag be sized to handle the expected flow with a 24ncch (S1 mm) minimum line size. 454. 1.6.5.9 Inlets. AN inlets shall be adjustable with wail -type inlets being directionally adjustable and floor -type inlets having a means of flow adjusbnent. Floor inlets shall be designed and installed such that they do not protrude above the pod floor and all inlets shag be designed and installed so as not to constitute sharp edges or protrusions hazardous to pod bathers. Floor infM fir vinyl liner and fiberglass pods, shall be smooth with no sharp edges, and shall not extend more than'/ inches (9.5 mm) above the pod floor. Wall inlets shall be installed a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) below the normal operating water level unless preluded by Cie pool depth or untended for a specific acceptable purpose. 454. 1.6.5.9.1 Pools 30 feet (9144 mm) in width or less, with wall inlets only, shall have enough inlets Such that the irdet spacing does not exceed 20 feed (6096 mm) based on the pool water perimeter. 4S4. 1.6.5.9.4 Pools greater than 30 feet (9144 mm) in width shag have either floor inlets only, or a combination of floor inlets and wag inlets. Pods with floor inlets or y shag have a number of floor inlets provided such that the spacing between adjacent inlets does not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) and the spacing between inlets and an adjacent wall does not exceed 10 feet M8 mm). 454. 1.6.5.9.5 Pools greater than 30 feet (9144 mm) in width with a combination of wall and floor inlets stag have the number of wag irdets such that the maximum spacing between the wag inlets is 20 feet (6096 mm) and floor Wets are provided for dne pool water area beyond a 15-feet (4572 mm) perpendicular distance from all wags. The number of floor inlets shag be such that the spacing between adjacent inlets does not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) and the distance from a floor inlet and an adjacent wag does not exceed 25 feet (7620 mm). Floor inlets shag be designed and installed such that they do not protrude more than % inch (16 mm) above the pod floor and all inlets shag be designed and installed so as not to constitute sharp edges or protneoru hazardous to pool bathers. 454. 1.6.5.3 System design. The design pattern of recirculation flow shag be 100 percent through the main drain pipig and 100 percent through the perimeter overflow system or 60 pecei, through the skimmer System. 454. 1.6.5.10 Main drain outlets. AM pools shall be provided with an outlet at the deepest point. 454. 1.6.5.12 Cleaning system. A portabte or plumbed in vacuum cleaning system shall be provided. AN vacuum purrps shall be equipped with hair and lint strainers. When the system is plumbed in, the vacuum fittings stall be located to allow cleaning the pod with a 50-foot (15 240 mm) maximum length of hose. Vacuum fittings shag be masted no more than 15 inches (381 mm) below the water level, gush with the pod walls, and shag be provided with a spring -loaded safety cover which shhall be in place at all times when the pool is not being vacuumed. Bag -type cleaners, which operate as ejectors on potable water supply pressure, shall be protected by a vacuum breaker. Cieanig devices stall not be used while the pod is open to bathers. Pool specifications attached describe structural members and waterproof repairable pool liner. The pool does not contain a main drain; rteclrcu/ation will be through direct suction skimmer. The included Hayward skimmer does not have an equalizer line required for NSFSD cecation. Hayward makes simi/err NSF models with the equalizer fine. At 75 gallons per minute minimum design flow rate this skimmer is taking in 2. 5 times the minimum 30 gpm required for NSF approval. This implies an area of 1000 sf capacity for WS single skimmer. The pool is 855.3 square feet with four return inlets spaced fairly evenly at about 26 feet apart measured along the pool circumference. The round shape will also help the skimmer to perform better than a rectangular geometry. The skimmer can be used to vacuum. Valve provisions for vacuuming to waste will beprovided. CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENTI ti Digitally igned bTERRENCE LAMBER I ON. cn= 7 ERRENCII LAMBERT, o, ou, email —tl mbertp ayahoo.com, c=u5 Date: 20 8 0121 5 19:37 -05'00' 7icobe crobat v Sion: 11.0.0 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 16 OF 19 n t;Mrl1L\1LE1 U HAYWARUpwi Products Owners Manual t« U\\:.VFR'S MANIIAI- 1<rwua.-•n inz.n t ar.via SYI091 1ER1 G U\'\A-SKI %I'"'%I-!O\I.\ I IC SKI\I \IF.R AEU IIPDRI/\'1 RE\?i Rf:CIRC.'t'1_\ r10 S1 SI'1'I 1 rr v. IS— -1 In—" a S+tori Dry. ,a A wd rr w. W tore r r. 1 n•rti w.ra. W flares a.arn aR r Iror 4 /r rr eti s rr. ti k 0dr l.r.ln •bJy w L A .rr pr Mr SR h W .aiQ1. n."_ a.ne aal laa,.M tr rz•.i er e n r. rbaba.fl,. bb.sna. me...wa ry a 1; it• n h .f.,n ale: nc\i •te>n v b vial w..w.m w w b mt i 4. s f b Sbas. a. d \ .'¢. a• tr {vml y rQ• qr. IL\. 1 \ G .mar r ya ..W m ,.. ier cap. am..... mv. nro r i s . ma.nto: avrrr 1 (:.\ I.il'I(l-.•ar.., eres enaYn.. m.rr>os aod . rkvwa*.±aacr r p..r w•+Q.•?d brat .sdrala waec. wrcf •aof}.a4n`»dcwCi rr aO1rI i 1M e]o. wvd eav'L- a ry w .-_'+Tar m •a nId r rerD IA V \1C\I RECO\IStGNr)ED S\•SiC\I rl OH' RATE B\' PIPr; SI7.E 1ta v- r er rsa s- In- r ra— ream Im rdw ILA.1=4 Irr7 3n+Itm+]Id Im7 or51Pn-rz0 1- 1!S' as z%_ 110 Inl 1151 Isg (lfol 1751 11151 1 1. m so 16n 1]° i 11101 16A lxal NJ 16w1 12 HAYWAAD'1ed ft*cb br• q!•pv a. gruvTia rlvvvpaa lRlGCaOIVRrOZ [. as C aprr t.r plam.ty r o art DsrN.m rr dr r m Lti •w.nr>•rm+®vat Ada S aGv wwrr wr•Yar • b aalst u•.r oyr a YO mr w{br r re fa'ry a —e . bD wnpt b a• a21 r rw,. tr tar 1 rm.L a 0r aeb* ri d r aI b ixtm* r C ad=• r d d60 b•\srid rao Cb!••w, iDt] avaa d r 'biv:w, krai,vvrme rrrrie d n TY wPdas rIr rmQn w •ae. wr rear t]ab.t rWs as t•ardT rem.v. r r 6rvir+tl 6 v Qtolva YVan m• arr taer••a-j q• dhmv+vb laolr rv.tvraCw bq.rG .l•e,r trnrmtl ma Q1. e• • a•afLa b Oaeaa9 r sQa •wvrrtbrws r aQ! l7s•mpbrp Cernra. Wwrmw Orr Ortl keCpr•aObrrQQ're•v •Trw•nra n td ra f$f]-JOAi'arrK aTi UVYOae vY.r bra:f•s rrwera9r mba.mrwev. 04aorr rati +l 2 f2• ca•rras'•}••a JCr•Law wa]eea AECssa I24SIL radratDat Csab9amilra ra L`ra_Ewa[ewtarrrratlsa d••ra a tacorW S 1{ oorwb6l. Simrrre•rJ•eesa 1,rrC+>s f trfbtw Sb fiN'rrr•rwir Ttw TC! Ceb wmrCa 1 bt! etr A [e9S'Cdr4 q Tte amD.m,dwd ro • Rdetabri tu\sr+ l t • epasi n r>ttrn Cr]• tar naQr n anew ram:a tt rp rK na>o2• txnara trpy rrt Q r ° rn1, im fa+ • v r Tnv •+sr r-'vr nn a /r>r1' fine q. cm rn vnseaarf: e. r oo • =va ste tc..m m b eve atarmnm r IbQ •ara a•+=aey d1 72- i• NMMfr m- rmc ia6 -taco o,srx AM 3D-A)1Q• F.rc• OS-'.3 Olar From 60--m-- YKp owt ra= / . 3a fa0 f _T_ rGiC Sti r@da• n tr @r e9rtrad nCtOsfatrn Qr•nt ArV.bedcfCrBw FG.erw rlyd.wrwd.• r•lrrlrnaa•Rrba OalarvbAr`i r]iav Cnya.••nQr wi cedQrerYaea ra wr ti rwrr aT.iYrr.Bba kpwY ar+lbml rr tr b h bt••ma q r im r.. rrytrrfd werwr ra!arsef P o'k ar, k(tr.Y.rllarriransa let• lya tan —N Haryward SPI09I LX Above (?Dail Pod S> lrmYx From Wow aoetoln P.13 C Lai R 7 1 ; rc!; of • a ~- LO i Th. 1] Dtir+1 hni'17rdiw: vri Omrw N h tatilrrm on 2— paced .a°r Ttr OoaJa ov n Iuit.vr Vfaf+lr Oameto r 00 tJ'rl THs it 1. 1w rA h s-If7 mn ar sdw Mar am- 00'. low to go so JimSideWow a it AKr, 2 Id r ivf r+M f b pas lrm rot r • •.a rvrsY •'r er PTD •[ a!n r (s, ksfa[K TrdrYFR,atab Dasia raQDtlrirtaD .riw rrpeCaC •b tree era were rmr tr • Y FW, a l - r rear WYb vrO l+rO bill bEFl ai•rrgo_tm toile iaq OfY ub s T. brart•ar{ ar bra••ec rr erwrYi>•f.+na flaw.rfrir Dv>,.pnavers.e erxwr ea ram p abYr/baYFA. a Imrtmwraararba0rwr.Kee aa.cwsrr asa.+0.r.vam[.0're T p j.¢ eerra p b aw rr t.i.a r rQr. ro] r 4 7. .ryarrbrmr.Q• v rtlbrrDrYw r.r.nw ardr wrwr py.roww•tr.r 1sh •Q.s.. r.. rr a.e• l rswrrmw rrrrarbrylFT waQr\Yt a e.r ovraaefJ ba. a.wrde.i... rDr°v.be.omer rrQr+wblermrve.ra.ca asn n wrtorrrsbrtobwrref rwr, Pe•rrer,.>,r..e.ma:b. tf. Yan r ruaQ. n.wsrMl..s>4 a a r a r v v r.rr b . o.rspf lace wv, rr•K•a mkebaarrse r.K tOrbaat7•s•At•eP•eti rp m .b+r. ork oil. i2 .{Mr Teas the Y b ter r r x lOr • K lOvp ae wrsa>ml r Yrr t ra b ena f Y fJ» uaw rat e. b aq n ((r`.. • r raft W r rae lwrarl twn b •r a 1rFT. e iyq Tlutp bblrrdfbY WraYlr t-]a a•I rY/TSrrrrtsb®>rrb. Ori Vtr. rJr • bai7lE7 Jb f r Oa71 V'r.y Ya1 b rY r WI1F. u Ge.•.drrpwrrib.. ro..au.wrbwrllFtLr.r•rro.aa i..pG •.ran. rn lty.r b war.Y b oast or aDir b.w= . yvtla+w+n! [mw a irrJ cetera u oa • r> c r•at er. t> nopi b a r tart G.sr4d ra.rr.•. u AY`aw wr:tlr%'em]sr}mrowmwrhr.+wrbrtaETmtlro.avak r..aw•e b wx rwz• v. ot. br7. tl %• fosa is rr roy.e rr trw.r b m• orm(q r rr r u iatrkprb•Q. rtrr rbb,.o..aa4raar.r.e•mD. a F3udt•ede Mr r •abr •SVJO eaC S]D12 wr •. arrw•rmtraa wr••ra v ta+ am,• wear Dora a.s Dwb r Yaerr r•r4 r wEe r rr m pace• r aa.`ta1 b rwnilrr.r Im IwD . Obrras `-- tar, •rr • rr rw w Dart Iw b r ewe vi dr wen r m+a Lti rL12i fee. rw r mlr • r ar. r vrrsam r rb tlr i v ma r•on.Ow4;. r.ar err ewp an Yeries byZODIACS r • . FkMax Fiotr CPI CV340 CV Cartridge Filter IN 340 Sq. Ft CV460, CV Cartridge Filter 150 -460 Sq. Ft CV580 CV Cartridge Flter i5o SW Sq. Ft 1 F.rr.... err= k.r=.w.YFwr,•a.rt.rb.. f r eoaot.wrr. rrrwwwrtl•pnr w•wv.rr...Q.r a,n...w. w.adr w• d•1 rwan bftydvwbD (mtyrsb.aQa wbr.arrb.r icm brace! t>°6ww.• ma sea' a/we4wSlbrn aryOm wcV CO vrwv. er4w ratdh sr bar b> k! toP • wwww•m, aaedrermebr• r •w tar r wr tracer ra race reatlra.aw• .f° gObv[C O.ipwMnrldyfeYba ik wie ra/krf Mavn av 4rb kwri6 Ir0 Ul wrwi=' wl.w>P. AI bLt•IDa • r a71ab1<Co• p IAa11w a•8tQlr1r0yislyd •• r[wr raatrl var•rw.ne vw]¢•aw 657:7 1 X .b 70 RfR t]rD R' 7 2 ifi 1QlJt lvT Y 1K SOA a KYP.Wm 1®f i R X' mi06 zom 1r UQcf YfwX 21] 1 Ii7• Y• Yvr a K F>'f 7t>m i Y ter. rf M tz.a X• m fa F K YFR a : 15 1fllJ1 1 F Klmr•KF6 Jf 1 F-sp Qwca YD•eK >01:] 1 r YPrar18 i br h wrr. wr • as®r 6r0 W w tivr IYa•ai •rDr •ace s m r maYar.a 0 r1Vr. re e ,z.,i 01 r mdr.o raRoeLEu YR01I110LE ",Sri REMEDY rr•a ras. r I a mrrrw. m rwrrr D,,,''d. rrrw 1v.a,.rwnrtrrr•.. w rrw.r re r Oma. tu and. COwvrw4•b•rrrr tr aura rrro tr• rYr.••r Car r..ra•rrre meter r... woe rw..w... r.rwa•mr be...cw.•r- rem e a a'. rraro mraaa tiro cwrarr ba+...r.rawrry Itrr...rr.w..rrra irrw.i IOa• gaatr rp.•E r> t+4 rr °'M m rw r ®•.,m • r1r Fr, r tmr r'v1 cyta SERIES C. Jandy Pro Serves CY 6 CL Cartridge Filters M1 n r G rrq .....r .. raw.• nran q trwwlwaa.a av trra fwba a•q a,• Sea y* ra• w. w rr....a r aab err a.a r.uaa r.. °• r ea a.er r•.rr r orv. r• Tk taltbt ] rG 1I•a• r vm d.. b 1br O aetr ve.a w try A Y.Yy M Sart•a varm r . rr• vawr.. t Ibe r rr rrb e.dr m w [pa br•. r tree .art aYa•a b aar Q..q w IY. tCva PvY bDrr rtrJory mow' CJi m } ob: t • aw.r w am flat trei"a >n rr •vr ww. . v.r rwnr •wr+ •./r me ale am+ nes.as..Drrlanffrsafc lry tm)tD 1— a..re.n..rss te.cm t ,.ra.rArwo 7°aw• ra.. v d caam I nwenw r [sarr PZ2-4 - PZ248 Series le.d d b attar fwwrNwaa.s 1•. 4•l ta. ta.M•ro a r •wr b Y f>ew w tart fps rZ7J - /22-Ii r rr arw• ate. .i kaai\i 1• CAD REV DATE: ar.r Y• r r. a tr6a C E 20180320 AMMENDMENT#] Fwa Nmlrl e+ a! Ostpaw Digitally by TERRENCE sign LAMBERT / r..tntDawna. l.avia a]aat. .. r...rw CE LAMBERT, o, ou, -f DN: cn=TEItpe@yahoo email=tla cam, PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. Date a Acrob 1 version: 0. 00' Adobe Acrob t version: 11.0.0 FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 17 OF 19 JE-1000T i ' I HEAT PUMP f l 1 1 IfIfI Energy efficient pool and - spa heating --- e lE N,?i ° +<st e: •1v e: Rx Lne v.:.r-:°c: •. err r:7rool e<c I r. a:r e`. +ee•ns ,+xra e'.bow. rd_+•e.L r.: I a>m:r f> Fa.. a>n c y•1 c_a en.r.... tia .•r"es.:ETAc'a a.•.r tart. zn •era ¢ za GYI Ger. t_-.vr -u_.n ra _<iro. sR I rclal TSJ rarer •a= :AO Oaewar mat.•lrr F.a CNr•at I ar•r ra. r'2 S.,v rd V'•e-ten+. n tao. Erfurt 4 ta9w Avu r.•a,aa-vvun ® I - ase am e. n... .-..... a.. w e.rar Wo• _ n __._'n t.w. a -..tr• .-.m...> r,cCrµ.arNrrprsd ...,.r.,,........ .. ._. _.. tape• r.aa. N.-vres I r...nw. • e.oa..e. Water.0 Jandy Pro Series all JE Heat Pump Anchor Bracket Instructions a ,nt.r a•rtrr.:,.,a.a .r.>o.r a. e ..., ,.<n..,,.r rr.. rO.r •.'Y 1.or+c. n tva ,•vw. neeaa. rr. s.r a a e.e •. d f. ,.ra. n oa'-cam r rn..l. •u'•° .a-:fye-wL s>tw13r-i i rV•l nYl The i tstrucLau an to be used wdn the fo[io-a Jandy Pro Sera, Replacemerf Kits PM77200 - 4tc2ter 9•ac.at St br JE Heat Pump ISM ROsn1d0 - Amrer BncLn Sr W r JE Hr4+ PaP 2000, 2500. 3000 The fo0ow M Beets am IncYrded it ws k1: 4"13 - U4• a t W C- sae.. I') et?SS Pan Head 511-1 Sitar tiara q.aaw• Away rrciv b-e-, w i-- t r h- n -.=" w v i SrAv Eta t-AU- S ,-h.I-Lo a.6c>•••. Ppc I I I 13r rr U Ftpva + a.n.0 aro P'armr. t}Pa• i A•[ry avae or t>.•r arr. r i+aaro 1 ya.dr.N v g mow. srsrr+rrr swa I ar<r rr+e ZODIAC* Rg= 1. Aoay Pro SekS JE H.* P-- 010-10oS r V6r edrtmatra tar wrarea Table 2 Hera Ramp Oor- 9]eratryraeo oars Ce..ebb dcwmt aS°Sii>.f Qamm bkil Jay tree Came - nee c - Pd a a': e O rapt 2 a x4 m lE n a efl spa Tte o is m x tom Qsasem.m 7 w mexs.aem rn rr w pwr. e..pr,e dr ta.6 rsr see PprA aal wr.s rn 6ti.atfe ea.rtyf 6 TYi 7. o. b p.+. w e.<ae.n m pew wrJn Technical Inlormation Specafraior- .,d Dinvaic- a ePrey- Ptanp. Jcstra•.a. sa tn a9-77 ma+c am. I sr+ t nfa as.• aasan °:J avc 7>m. I i+-r t nee. sa Aa+:V 2221 there rsYJat= ti WR tar. • cd:.an•17 L a d.ra. aewaeswwb -masses aanu a s 0 Rep CAS70) Puep Cl- x Z2 2017 7Ori1C iid Namsq tc Podtti GTA70 LAN tG aJ a Ld • 'Q, SI 5 `• F7`, 77 io3 4a4 1`1, CONTACT US / SUPPORT CENTER Think you uraforvtq Zodiac Pool Systrmxc ta wr s, konladeeply ale ourhmnsn s, cusaumer re andarecdmittied to pveml`irg ym vrdh0uaity products and supeJnr support Care k°n wr rr r o wraa...r titer, ___ ____ _ •.... ti.. - eq bw _ ln.. r_ ti prn•w r s•sr. Poxb Susoor. trio r•rr err._ . ta.s+ ._...r..rr........ Maximum Pool Piping Flow Rates in Gallons Per Minute (GPM) By Terry Lambert WISE PE, Protesslonal Agratlo Engir-trig a Comptiance, Tamp.. F1 113) 7b2-TM thmSrnpeftaboo.mr. litprj/wr:i n/LerremelcabatOr pncmucjfyJ+J'aperzeatsprdreF' Fj'7,t$r/nrAicfT)'B2Ls/rv It-2Ol70120 GPM torn oa4ed m sched 40 PVC = Ludt m fdxd; D s affected by acurau id ure a w Cidt- Frktim l°nsn are let romideed be K, shore GPM may -teed Practiol vaY.es eapedafy toff <P O Q ma e. aw T-k 1'i+. M.L. grab Grata Pip. seZ, Gradry suction Sectca teaan C_ opts Mabt Orate r'a.a er• r:/sec: 3 6 a 0 jam. ]S balrcs mhb m GPM GPM GPM GPM trr bK.hes $a, Ercles GPM 03 Q622 2. a 5.7 75 95 CL31 3 14D LS 1.61 19.0 3a.1 503 614 L 10 G6d 2 L067 31. 4 627 a3.6 1045 3,20 935 25 L469 u. 7 895 1193 149-1 4XI 30 140.3 a 4.@6 119.0 237.9 3172 3965 12 50 233b 5 S.d7 197.13 373.9 493.E 6212 2mq rD 22905 6 5.065 270.0 540.D T20D 9000 2&91 70 3773 a 7.981 4675 935.0 12:57 1SSL4 50.01 ® 374D l4 1L1Z4 1754. 2 E2a4 337L2 4214.0 IE t10 5143 16 i5A 1. 1.. 33_9 4W39 SSOdb 1767 120 S61D is :6b8 29L3 e1aL7 55769 697L2 22 130 607.9 Ma.ium F+ 3n MNh RitesIG1WI/aoaare (oat tier areal Kj, Fh:e Sand 151-201 per b6F Cxrtira:im otrdr_ any CF. 2 DE Fika Grid Area 1,I;-m het °er [ridl 19' lb.•r: d 3,5 gpica tat hk 135•. 24• 4. 43 U-Ser Com Pac 175' . 24' 5. 75 tarts Can Pac k0tr6nan R C,, mm Nnl Fttol Sizie 1100 UAW Uri Eaaaml.l per R Cade 64 E-9 WIir - -sL k y W.i-nan Factor ELt1a 6° M TO Mtv Gatkri;tp Tr -eiere 1 100 100 LM 1S000 fl.rc-l_- nt 0.75 100 75 LED 135M 150 701_3 1 D 749. 0 CAD REV DATE: 20180320 AMMENDMENTI so . sc 3%. EE "1. 20D 935D981.8 220 1025.5 230 1075-3 XO 11220 250 1168.E Digita lyjigned byTERRENCE LAMB R , T RRENCE LAMBERT, o, ou, PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. Date: 201 S.03.21 15:22:13-05'00' FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS Adobe robat version: 11.0.0 AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 18 OF 19 E 0 W Oa0 W t neat• ram.-,.r..a .... n.r r.,... n..s.a•_. mr C ^ V PM Uqukl H M O a) a ilarlir OL smuclumvp R wlwuoo 1, W am.6.c k...ftrt..t W t cm L g FfV CLn111C W M rrlseuq.Ime. o7rlcmrre•d J 0 J lD d- A Ql F •] A. wds xk Pay a. ow r W j d c) W ette,: uaa,.. / %Q' , 3 G < ara rCSA a i D—MA E 1 /`• 7 / • 01 4.. A. rtic d Y , u.- •.xe•. ..'. ra. tee ee,..ar c©v r f f r Mom. r lkAt+9 V r Rrh9 a C• i C, A A v r Do.*aou. Ease may = W X Q 00 1sr MtanWrr.oO> V rpJw. a+.. Trt. rar.•ot ... rr pyt s9C1.R®.tY b.99L •toast 5341111MA•ue1 G.10 PabaM-.. m> SUM L. dde - I2 Oa P.tWj. 11r O r >r. csau+.+ bd. — i cm • W J Q LL M 4 A.- d- Mm- hadu t• 12 Oo Putcume MO 31rn • 4 n 04a w4te Ruder. Cared nca- v. rr a..•.r.aa S 11 97 2. Speciftation5 s 23 5 Power, 120 vcit AC (cxded) ar240 rdt AC (cmdtd), 51W H2, 25 amp (naQ Pressure 1 suctfoa: 30 psi =. &spense Eta premm RC50.3 ince ni &pense fne 69 , press re is 25 psi. 18 foot rrw. hW sicfDn U q...k.._....... eo......r.,.._..=>r—..m,w Capacity: Esbwedgabnsper day 43 in. Lan Profile Dowrnpout Emersion pt- ma -OH __ 0!: F RC= __FC2SS7-=RCt03_ RCM Amerlmax Home Products ck-mr, 4 1 . LO 4-C-C aWN am C10 03t tm 15 In. x 3 DI. x 4 In. Vuty1 While Downspotrt Extension 151LN TSHDt 41S 123 iT? 8.63 NOW bt Tom Rae-VNM Sh4R ® Wei Deg -a m Tm Th- 1 31CN SULV 033 -3fm 1Q8 Z,40 4 45LW451AN om 6M GA m 5 6" 3LIN D.56 QUA 252 53 M F-0. 6- y-Wod. 5 75 LIN 1_5110i 018 1U MA 9 C) w.. tt.d lb bol edit br te. pHaq eme H 9" _ ZO 000 120 38 77— to rec•-.d• a_4.r v.da•-.na CaaHty in $1s tale Is intmda i as a 9 da. /&_rd mW,, may vary ila5w Dn ac alvvojimmt M o r O n 1 a....t.. ay.. p mod• Pools p r k aI Ol C ^ 0w s..+........ rr- I m to M E x Dw. . Confer - Step Enclosure System 1 ''`t,ll, 7,,..; s .r . 0 . 6m O L. tir,: a._rrr. m. use+tm .uer. s•v.r a.o,e.•. w.a.. eec,-.t.-r et.a.ner aa.+..-.xr a.r.e. m•..o®rd..-a>esoo...eeo d aan_a..m..e..-,..•m_a O y'-••r A iheFndm.eSganpwidarmaigfrsL 9 \ +emnAs eC+ a sdleovtge 9 9re tnreb aaed 60CA mdes.d Ya56taaddiffge bi 1_ V Voo,. J^ o• ,` • o 1n m 07 A N (n Y m dm :era em m aao - era- weta..rnso.a._ r>o r.r.wr.. Aaow. bo 1 .oCs to be- K1rQ pn d hrd 9adi—tin1• _ brvmrdA*- rA mnuad Qlertirat Tanta rr •Y. x`yo r 0 •• b'4` "---•-"--- I i 1 9 A4. o..r 9d.t>tim.e t. dmeu.,dvak.d,+ eadaia n.,»r_._r: La j ©• i r,_.--...._ 1 1 NoeFvbeY.aA urtstle w ssb57m•d .arm er + ar•raa.a-w.•w 1 Y`,I I I b.. h.i.. I ` /d.i.ert Cj I // •• • •• O° {y • • . • • . • ` Y I m- 57JI1/`', 1,' roxO r CAD REVDATE: 20180320 ac ....e.e. r.• 1 AMMENDMENT#1 CONFER e, _ I ig tally signed by plastics inc.TEF RENCE anrra MADE IN M. d 1. w ;, WUS' 14120-2421 .• a I 800635213 3Fac716614- 3102 u LAdN BERT TERRENCE teat ' L BERT, Yrese . sa t>_ r.nmrnatax m,,, I 1us e o, ou, il=tlambertpe hoo. com, srk. moo+mow y c= US mow.. u-.......,.c:C''a 201_8.03.21 . r_..• ....,er. 1 d ibe Acrobat v rion: 11.0.0 PLANS FOR REF, BIDDING UNTIL STAMPED APPROVED BY BLDG OFFICIALS. FOLLOW ALL PROVISO INSTRUCITONS OF PERMITTING OFFICIALS AFTER CONSULTATION WITH DESIGN ENGINEER. PAGE 19 OF19 EX(-bT-1t lF» Ga I ke"s P-co 44"-i i xo/ 2_.U0 v, 30, 4w PANCL Nus-m LL, KSW Q-b 28o CDPbU iT U-)/ 3"1-4; 1 -116 cu A 7B -Pz 2-4 44 , $( 4A Gol to. 5 lo, s ro 3,o Rs 1 coutC Im 5.0 o ItCoz otJ o7 % 71b Mp y2 covz9 cT W/ ,41 I.Z.cv 0 mn 0 Im Apo-)dy R5 r0c-3 cOVc A-1:!. 19 6 r-pt- p- lj andcjProSeriesbyZODuc PERMIT JandyO Pro Series JE Heat Pump INSTALLATION AND OPERATION MANUAL English I Frangais I Espanol OFFICE FOR YOUR SAFETY - This product must be installed by a licensed HVAC technician certified in heat pump repair and maintenance by the jurisdiction in which the product will be installed where such state or local requirements exists. The technician must possess and comply with all certifications and regulations regarding the purchasing, handling, transportation and reclamation of R410A refrigerant. In the event no such state or local requirement exists, the installer or maintainer must be a professional with sufficient experience in pool equipment installation and maintenance so that all of the instructions in this manual can be followed exactly. Before installing this product, read and follow all warning notices and instructions that accompany this product. Failure to follow warning notices and instructions may result in property damage, personal injury, or death. Improper installation and/ or operation can create an electrical hazard which can cause serious injury, property damage, or death. Improper installation and/or operation will void the warranty. Z RZODIAC Jandy© Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Page 1 Table of Contents Section 1. General Information 3 1.1 Introduction......................................................... 3 1.2 Consumer Information and Safety 3 1.3 Warranty............................................................. 4 1.4 Codes and Standards.........................................4 1.5 Technical Assistance ........................................... 4 1.6 Materials Needed For Installation .......................4 1.7 Specifications.....................................................5 Section 2. Installation Instructions ............5 2.1 General Information............................................5 2.2 Location Requirements.......................................5 Section 3. Water Connections ...................8 3.1 Plumbing Layout ................................................ 8 3.2 Water Connections at Heat Pump ...................... 8 3.3 Check Valve Installation ...................................... 8 3.4 Multiple Unit Installation......................................9 Section 4. Electrical Connections..............9 4.1 General Information............................................9 4.2 Main Power ....................................................... 10 4.3 Bonding.............................................................15 4.4 Optional Remote Controls................................15 Section 5. Operation..................................18 5.1 Initial Start-up Precautions ................................ 18 5.2 Operating the Controller ................................... 18 5.3 Operating Features of Hybrid Units with Optional Chiller ................................................. 19 5.4 User Setup Options .......................................... 20 5.5 Set Point Lockout .............................................. 21 5.6 Water Pressure Switch Adjustment ................... 21 Section 6. General Maintenance ..............21 6.1 Water Chemistry ............................................... 21 6.2 Winterizing........................................................ 22 6.3 Spring Start-Up.................................................22 6.4 Inspection and Service ..................................... 22 Section 7. Professional Maintenance and Service..............................23 7.1 Heat Pump Design............................................23 7.2 Heat Pump Components and Operation........... 23 Section 8. Troubleshooting ......................25 8.1 Troubleshooting Guide ...................................... 25 8.2 Diagnostics....................................................... 25 Section 9. Replacement Parts ..................26 9.1 Ordering Information.........................................26 9.2 Zodiac JE Heat Pumps Parts List.....................26 9.3 Zodiac JE1500 Heat Pumps Exploded View ... 27 9.4 Zodiac JE2000 Heat Pumps Exploded View ... 28 9.5 Zodiac JE Single Phase Electric Box ................ 29 9.6 Zodiac JE Three Phase Electric Box ................ 29 Figures and Tables Figure 1. Zodiac® JE Heat Pumps Dimensions ......... 7 Figure 14. Main Control Panel..................................20 Figure 2. Anchor Clamp Positions .............................9 Figure 15. Winterizing the JE Heat Pump ................. 22 Figure 3. Anchor Clamp Installation ..........................9 Figure 16. Zodiac JE1500 Heat Pumps Exploded Figure 4. Standard Plumbing Layout.......................11 View (JE1500 Shown) .............................. 27 Figure 5. Plumbing For Heating System Figure 17. Zodiac JE2000 Heat Pumps Exploded Combinations...........................................11 View (JE2000 Shown) .............................. 28 Figure 6. Two (2) Heat Pump Plumbing Layout ......12 Figure 18. Zodiac JE Heat Pump Single Phase Figure 7. Four (4) Heat Pump Plumbing Layout .....12 Electric Box..............................................29 Figure 8. JE Single -Phase Electrical Supply Figure 19. Zodiac JE Heat Pump Three Phase Wiring Diagram........................................13 Electric Box..............................................29 Figure 9. JE 3-Phase Electrical Supply Wiring Table 1. JE Heat Pump Technical Diagram...................................................14 Specifications ..................................... ....... 6 Figure 10. JE Heat Pump Front View........................15 Table 2. Heat Pump Clearances .............................. 7 Figure 11a. Remote Pool -Off -Spa Connection Table 3. Optimal Water Chemistry Ranges ............ 23 3-Wire Connection).................................16 Table 4. Heat Pump Troubleshouting Guide .......... 24 Figure 11b. AquaLink RS or Remote TSTAT Table 5. Heat Pump Diagnostics ...........................25 Connection (2-Wire Connection)..............16 Figure 12. AquaLink® RS to JE Heat Pump ..............17 Figure 13. JE Heat Pump Connection to Power Center......................................................18 Page 2 Jandy@Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Jandye Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual AM M 011 Page 3 Section 1. General Information 1.1 Introduction This manual provides installation and operation instructions for the Jandy Pro Series JE models of heat pumps. Read these installation and operation instructions completely before proceeding with the installation. Consult Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. Zodiac") with any questions regarding this equipment. To obtain additional copies of this manual contact us at 800-822-7933. Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. 2620 Commerce Way Vista. CA 92081 USA The Jandy Pro Series JE heat pump gets electrical power from an external source and provides a dual digital thermostat control system for pool/spa combinations or preheat convenience. This heat pump is specifically designed for heating fresh water swimming pools and spas. Do not use it as a general service heater. Consult your dealer for the appropriate Zodiac® products for these applications. NOTE "Fresh water swimming pools and spas" include systems that utilize saltwater chlorine generator units, such as the Zodiac AquaPure® Electronic Chlorine Generator. Please ensure that the salt content of the pool/spa does not exceed 4500 ppm and water flow rate is within 30-70 gpm (110-265 Ipm). ATTENTION Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer or service agency. To the Installer: 0 To the User: After installation, these instructions must be given to the homeowner or left on or near the heat pump. This manual contains important information that will help you in operating and maintaining this heat pump. Please retain it for future reference. 1.2 Consumer Information and Safety The Jandy Pro Series JE series of heat pumps are designed and manufactured to provide many years of safe and reliable service when installed, operated and maintained according to the information in this manual and the installation codes referred to in later sections. Throughout the manual, safety warnings and cautions are identified by the "A" symbol. Be sure to read and comply with all of the warnings and cautions. Spa/Hot Tub Safety Rules A WARNING The U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission warns that elevated water temperature can be hazardous. Consult heater operation and installation instructions for water temperature guidelines before setting temperature. A WARNING The following "Safety Rules for Hot Tubs," recommended by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, should be observed when using the spa. A WARNING Spa or hot tub water temperature should never exceed 1040F (400C). One hundred degrees Fahrenheit (100°F [380C]) is considered safe for a healthy adult. Special caution is recommended for young children. A WARNING The drinking of alcoholic beverages before or during spa or hot tub use can cause drowsiness which could lead to unconsciousness, and subsequently result in drowning. A WARNING Pregnant women take note! Soaking in water above 102°F (38.5°C) can cause fetal damage during the first three (3) months of pregnancy (which could result in the birth of a brain -damaged or deformed child). If pregnant women are going to use a spa or hot tub, they should make sure the water temperature is below 100°F (38°C) maximum. A WARNING The water temperature should always be checked with an accurate thermometer before entering a spa or hot tub. Temperature controls may vary by as much as IF* (I °C). A WARNING Persons with a medical history of heart disease, diabetes, circulatory or blood pressure problems should consult their physician before using a hot tub or spa. A WARNING Persons taking any medication which induces drowsiness (e.g., tranquilizers, antihistamines, or anticoagulants) should not use spas or hot tubs. Page 4 JandyoPro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual A WARNING Prolonged immersion in hot water can induce hyperthennia. A WARNING Hyperthermia occurs when the internal body temperature reaches a level several degrees above the normal body temperature of 98.67 (37C). Symptoms include dizziness, fainting, drowsiness, lethargy, and an increase in the internal body temperature. The effects of hyperthermia include: Lack of awareness of impending hazard Failure to perceive heat Failure to recognize need to leave spa Physical inability to leave spa Fetal damage in pregnant women Unconsciousness resulting in a danger of drowning Swimming Pool Energy Saving Tips It is important to note that a heat pump will not heat a pool as fast as a large gas or electric pool heater. If the pool water is allowed to cool significantly, it may take several days to return to the desired swimming temperature. For weekend use, it is more economical to maintain the pool water temperature at or near your desired swimming temperature. If you do not plan to use your pool for a prolonged period, then you might choose to turn the heat pump completely off or decrease the temperature setting of the control several degrees to minimize energy consumption. Zodiac offers the following recommendations to help conserve energy and minimize the cost of operating your heat pump without sacrificing comfort. The American Red Cross recommends a maximum water temperature of 78°F (25°C). Use an accurate pool thermometer. A difference of VF (2°C), between 78°F and 82°F (26°C and 28°C), will significantly increase energy consumption. 2. Carefully monitor the water temperature of your pool in the summertime. You can reduce heat pump usage due to warmer air temperatures. During the winter or when on vacation for longer than a week, turn off the heat pump. 4. Find the proper setting on the heat pump temperature control and use the Set Point Lockout or lock the cover on the heat pump controller to discourage further adjustments. Set the pump time clock to start the pump no earlier than 6:00 AM during the pool heating season. This is the time when nightly heat loss balances. 6. Where possible, shelter the pool from prevailing winds with well -trimmed hedges or other landscaping, cabanas, or fencing. The use of an automatic pool cover, if installed, provides a valuable safety feature, reduces heat loss, conserves chemicals, and reduces the load on filtration systems.. 8. The use of a solar blanket can reduce the heat loss caused by evaporation on the surface area of the pool. 1.3 Warranty The Jandy Pro Series JE heat pump is sold with a limited factory warranty. Make all warranty claims to your Zodiac® dealer or directly to Zodiac. Claims must include the heat pump serial number and model (this information can be found on the rating plate), installation date, and name of the installer. Shipping costs are not included in the warranty coverage. The warranty does not cover damage caused by improper assembly, installation, operation, winterizing, field modification, or failure to earth bond and properly ground the unit. Any changes to the heat pump, evaporator, heat exchanger, wiring, or improper installation may void the warranty. 1.4 Codes and Standards The Jandy Pro Series JE heat pump is listed by ETL® as complying with the latest edition of the "UL Standard for Safety for Heating and Cooling Equipment", UL 1995 and CSA C22.2 No. 236. All Zodiac heat pumps must be installed in accordance with the local building and installation codes as per the utility or authority having jurisdiction. All local codes take precedence over national codes. In the absence of local codes, refer to the latest edition of the National Electrical Code® (NEC®) in the United States and the Canadian Electrical Code (CEC®) in Canada for installation. 1.5 Technical Assistance Consult the Zodiac technical support department or your local Zodiac dealer with any questions or problems involving your Zodiac equipment. An experienced technical support staff is ready to assist you in assuring the proper performance and application of Zodiac products. For technical support call the Zodiac technical support department at (800) 822-7933. 1.6 Materials Needed For Installation The following items are needed and are to be supplied by the installer for all heat pump installations: Plumbing connections (2") 2. Level surface for proper drainage. (See equipment pad for pitch requirements) 3. Suitable electrical supply line. See rating plate on unit for electrical specifications. A junction box is Jandyo Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Page 5 not needed at the heat pump; connections are made inside of the heat pump electrical compartment. Conduit may be attached directly to the heat pump jacket. NOTE Flex conduit is recommended for connecting the electrical supply wires to the heat pump so that the front panel may be removed easily for servicing. 4. Electric cutout switch that will interrupt all power to the unit. This switch must be within line of sight of the heat pump. 5. Watertight conduit to run the electrical supply line. Recommended: Zodiac recommends installing isolation valves on the inlet and outlet water connections for ease of serviceability. 1.7 Specifications Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Clearances shown in Table 2 must be adhered to. Water Pipe/Heater Connection Plastic 2" PVC (Unions included) Flow Rate Maximum 70 gpm (265 Ipm) Optimum 60 gpm (230 Ipm) Minimum 20 gpm (76 Ipm) Maximum Working Water Pressure 75 psi Electrical Supply Voltage Requirements 1-Phase 230 VAC 60Hz 3-Phase 230 VAC 60Hz Model dependent) Maximum Working Refrigerant Pressure 600 PSI Dimensions See Figure I for heat pump's dimensions and for dimensions to critical connections. Technical Specifications See Table I for the Jandy Pro Series JE heat pump technical specifications. Section 2. Installation Instructions 2.1 General Information Install the Zodiac® heat pumps in accordance with the procedures in this manual, local codes and ordinances, and in accordance with the latest edition of the appropriate national code. (See Section 1.4, "Codes and Standards".) Correct installation is required to assure safe operation. The requirements for Zodiac heat pumps include the following: I . Field assembly (if required). 2. Appropriate site location and clearances. 3. Sufficient air ventilation. 4. Proper electrical wiring. 5. Adequate water flow. This manual provides the information needed to meet these requirements. Review all application and installation procedures completely before continuing the installation. 2.2 Location Requirements NOTE Indoor installations require special considerations for condensate drainage and venting the cold air produced by the heat pump. Contact the Zodiac technical support department at (800) 822-7933. A CAUTION When pool equipment is located below the pool surface, a leak from any component can cause large scale water loss or flooding. Zodiac cannot be responsible for such water loss or flooding or resulting damage. Avoid placing the heat pump in locations where it can cause damage by water or condensate leakage. If this is not possible, provide a suitable drain pan to catch and divert any leakage. All criteria given in the following sections reflect minimum clearances. However, each installation must also be evaluated, taking into account the prevailing local conditions such as proximity and height of walls, and proximity to public access areas. Clearances The heat pump must be placed to provide clearances on all sides for maintenance and inspection. See Table 2. Access in front of the heat pump of 24" (60 cm) provides adequate room for serviceability. If the heat pump is to be installed in a garage or under a vertical overhang, the unit must have a minimum of 5 feet (1.5 meters) clearance from the top of the heat PUMP. In the U.S., the heat pump must be installed at least 5 feet 1.5 meters) from the inside wall of the pool or spa unless the Table 1. Jandy Pro Series JE Heat Pump Technical Specifications MODEL wry'1, ,, x 4 i 4JE1500T_rA JE20001 yJFE2500T JE2500J JE3000Tncd-. JESOOOTR JE1000T3 1E3000bR3 NW i-, VOLTAGE 23OV/60HZ 230V/60HZ 23OV/60HZ I208/23OV/60HZ/3 23OV/60HZ 208/23OV/60HZ/3 OUTPUT' 72.000 BTUs 108,000 BTUs 119.000 BTUs 137.000 BTUs INPUT' 3.83 kW 5.03 kW 5.34 kW 6 37 kW COP' 5.5 6 62 63 OUTPUT, STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS" 67.000 BTUs 92.000 BTUs 106.000 BTUs 127,000 BTUs COP. STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS" 5.2 5.7 5.6 6.0 59 6.0 59 OUTPUT, LOW AMBIENT" 46,000 BTUs 64.000 BTUs 74,000 BTUs 86.000 BTUs 86,000 BTUs COP, LOW AMBIENT" 4.0 4.0 4.0 42 4.0 4.2 140 RLA (RUNNING LOAD AMPS) 19 87A 30.77A 32.05A 23.21A 32.05A 25.00A LRA (LOCKED ROTOR AMPS) 105A 178A 148A 164A 185A 164A MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY 26.14A 40.21A 41.81A 30.76A 41.81A 33OA MAX OVER CURRENT PROTECTION— 45A 60A 60A 45A 60A 50A HEAT EXCHANGER Titanium COMPRESSOR Reciprocating Scroll Scroll Scroll CABINET ABS REFRIGERANT 64 Oz, R410A 78 Oz, R41 OA 78 Oz, R410A 78 Oz, R41 OA 118 Oz. R410A 126 Oz. R41 OA 118 Oz. R41 OA 126 Oz. R41 OA REFRIGERANT HIGH PRESSURE ALARM 600 PSI (reset to 460 PSI) REFRIGERANT LOW PRESSURE ALARM - HEATING UNITS 58 PSI (reset to 127 PSI) REFRIGERANT LOW PRESSURE ALARM - REVERSE UNITS 35 PSI (reset to 74 PSI) LOW WATER FLOW ALARM 20 GPM MAXIMUM HEIGHT BELOW WATER LEVEL 10 feet below pool level MINIMUM HEIGHT ABOVE WATER LEVEL 5 feet above pool level OPTIMAL WATER FLOW 30 GPM 42 GPM 48 GPM 48 GPM 57 GPM 57 GPM MINIMUM WATER FLOW 20 GPM MAXIMUM WATER FLOW 70 GPM AIR FLOW 2100 CFM 3600 CFM WATER TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL (DELTA T) Adjustable between 1'F to 5'F UNION SIZE 2' WEIGHT 175lbs 220lbs 223lbs 223lbs 228lbs 230lbs 228lbs 2301b5 Test Conditions: 80' F Air. 80% RH, 80' F Water, Outside the scope of AHRI Standard 1160 (I-P) Rated in accordance with AHRI Standard 1160 (I-P) Max Over Current Protection refers to the maximum breaker size allowed. If this value is not a standard breaker size, use the next smallest standard size breaker. The breaker size must not be smaller than the Minimum Circuit Ampacity value. GM JandyoPro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Page 7 Figure 1. Jandy Pro Series JE Heat Pumps Dimensions MODEL SIZE DIMENSIONS A B C D E F JE1500T 33" 34" 12.5" 9" 7" 39" JE2000/2500T 36" 40" 13.8" 19" 15" 43" JE3000T 36" 44" 13.8" 19" 15" 43" A i F H ) B I I .. - C D E 1 I _ _ I I C 8 heat pump is separated from the pool or spa by a 5 foot (1.5 meters) high solid fence or other pennanent barrier. In Canadian installations, the minimum distance to be maintained from the inside wall of the pool or spa is 3 meters (approx. 10 feet). Equipment Pad Place the heat pump on a flat slightly pitched surface, such as a concrete or fabricated slab (pad). This allows proper drainage of condensation and rain water from the base of the unit. If possible, the pad should be placed at the same level or slightly higher than the filter system equipment pad. NOTE Ensure that the pad is pitched not more than'/. inch per foot cm per toward the compressor end front) of the heat pump. Pitch slab from back to front % inch per foot maximum and level from side to side. Condensation and Drainage Condensation will occur from the evaporator coil while the unit is running and drain at a steady rate, usually 3 to 5 gallons (11.4 to 18.9 liters) per Hour, depending upon ambient air temperature and humidity. The more humid the ambient conditions, the more condensation will be produced. Keep the drain holes of the base of the unit clear of debris. If the heat pump is installed indoors*, means of condensate disposal must be provided Indoor installation requires factor consultation Lawn Sprinklers Keep lawn sprinkler heads from spraying on the heat pump to prevent corrosion and damage. Use a deflector Table 2. Heat Pump Clearances Side of Heat pump Minimum Clearances for Operation Recommended Clearances for Serviceability Inches Centimeters Inches Centimeters Front 24 60 36 90 Rear 12 30 24 60 Left 12 30 24 60 Right 12 30 24 60 Top 60 1 150 60 150 NOTE: Clearances listed in Table 2 are manufacturer's tested values. These are given as minimum values. Where local and national codes apply, and values are different than those listed in Table 2, use the greater value to ensure safe and proper operation. if needed. Roof Run-off Make sure the heat pump is not located where large amounts of water may run-off from a roof into the unit. Sharp sloping roofs without gutters will allow massive amounts of rain water, mixed with debris from the roof to be forced through the unit. A gutter or down spout may be needed to protect the heat pump. Installation of Anchor Clamps In Florida, building codes require that the heat pump be anchored to the equipment pad or platform to withstand high wind pressures created during hurricanes. Other jurisdictions may have similar requirements. Please check your local codes for further details. This heat pump is provided with anchor clamps designed to hold the unit to the equipment pad in high wind conditions. Installation of the anchor clamps is recommended in all installations and are required in Florida (reference Florida Building Code, Mechanical Section 301.13). Page 8 JandyoPro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual To install the anchor clamps: Be sure that the heat pump is in its permanent location on the equipment pad. Place the clamps at the base of the heat pump in the locations indicated in Figure 2. Fit the hook of each clamp over the lip on the base panel of the heat pump. The hook should fit between the lip of the base panel and the evaporator coil guard (see Figure 3). 4. Mark the position of the hole in each clamp on the equipment pad. 5. Drill a hole in the cement using a masonry drill bit, with a diameter as determined by the concrete anchor, at each of the marks on the equipment pad. The hole should be approximately 1-3/4" deep. 6. Insert a bolt anchor into each of the holes. Be sure the anchors are set completely into the holes. 7. Position the anchor clamps so that the holes in the clamps are over the bolt anchors. Be sure that the clamp hooks are over the lip of the heat pump base see Figure 3). Insert an anchor bolt through each clamp into the anchor and tighten to secure the clamp and heat pump to the equipment pad. Section 3. Water Connections 3.1 Plumbing Layout Figure 4 illustrates the standard plumbing layout with a single heat pump unit. Following the diagram from right to left, the plumbing sequence is as follows: Pool > Pool Pump > Filter > Heat Pump > Check Valve > Chemical Loop > Chlorinator > Pool NOTE For normal installations, do not install a shutoff valve or any kind of variable restriction in the water piping between the heat pump outlet and the pool/spa Arrangement of pool system components other than as illustrated in the preceding and following diagrams can affect the operation of the heat pump's water pressure switch. Location of the heat pump above or below the pool water surface can also affect operation of the switch. In general, the pressure switch can be adjusted to accommodate this effect if the heat pump water connections are no more than 10 feet below the pool water surface or no more than 5 feet above it. See instructions for pressure switch adjustment (Section 5.6) in the heat pump start-up section of this manual for more information. If the heat pump is installed outside of this range, an external flow switch may need to be installed in the plumbing upstream of the heat pump. Call the Zodiac technical support department at 800) 822-7933 for details. Be advised that when pool equipment is located below the pool surface a leak can result in large scale water loss or flooding. Zodiac cannot be responsible for such water loss or flooding or the damage caused by either occurrence. 3.2 Water Connections at Heat Pump Shipping plugs have been installed in the water inlet and outlet ports of the heat pump at the factory. Before installing any plumbing, remove the shipping plugs. Filtered water is plumbed to the inlet, located on the right side of the heat pump front panel. Heated water flows through the outlet, located on the left side of the heat pump front. Two inch unions are provided. Plastic piping (PVC Schedule 40) should be connected to the heat pump. The unions, provided with the unit, accept 2" PVC pipe. CAUTION Make sure that flow requirements and pool water turn over rates can be maintained with the installation of additional heat pumps and plumbing restrictions. 3.3 Check Valve Installation A WARNING A check valve can interfere with the proper operation of certain Suction Vacuum Release System (SVRS) products. To avoid possible entrapment hazard, serious injury, or death, make sure to review the operation/owners manual of your particular SVRS product before installing the check valve. The heat pump must be protected from back -siphoning of water. If there is any chance of back -siphoning, provide a check valve between the pool and the filter pump inlet. When an automatic chemical feeder is installed in the plumbing, it must be installed downstream of the heat pump. A check valve must be installed between the heat pump and the chemical feeder to prevent back - siphoning of chemically saturated water into the heat Jandyo Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Page 9 Figure 2. Anchor Clamp Positions pump where it will damage the components. 3.4 Multiple Unit Installation Heat Pump and Heater Combination In certain regions of the country it may be more economical to run a heat pump during the wanner months and a gas heater during the cooler months. In some situations it may be desirable to run the heat pump in the "Chiller' mode during the hottest portion of the year and a heater during the cooler months. The Zodiac® heat pump may be plumbed with a gas or electric heater or any combination of heat sources including solar. All heat sources must be plumbed in series to work correctly and efficiently. Figure 5 illustrates a recommended plumbing layout for a heat pump / heater / solar combination heating system for a pool / spa combination. Your system may not contain all of these components, but the basic plumbing will apply by eliminating the component in the illustration that is not a part of your system. Multiple Heat Pump Connections All plumbing on multiple heat pump installations must be done in parallel (see Figures 6 and 7). An equal flow of water to each heat pump is important for optimum operation. NOTE It may be necessary to adjust water pressure switch if a unit is installed below the water level. See Section 5.6 for details on when and how to adjust the pressure switch. NOTE Each heat pump allows a maximum flow rate of 70 gpm (265 Ipm) and requires a minimum of 20 gpm (76 Ipm). flo x 6/6• STAINLESS STEEL SCREW NOTE: DO NOT DRILL INTO EVAPORATOR COIL TUBES 11!' x 1 LI GALVANIZED OR PLATED CONCRETE SCREW MANUFACTURER PROVIDED) L16• DRILLED HOLE J. 2 1? MIN EQUIPMENT P Figure 3. Anchor Clamp Installation Section 4. Electrical Connections 4.1 General Information Wiring connections must be made exactly as shown in the wiring diagram found on the inside of the heat pump access compartment (see Figure 8 for single phase electrical wiring and Figure 9 for 3-phase electrical wiring). The heat pump must include a definite means of grounding and bonding. There is a bonding lug on the right side of the heat pump, where a bond wire must be attached. Page 10 Jandyo Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual 4.2 Main Power Electrical wiring to the heat pump must be in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electric Code® (NEC'), ANSI/National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 700) in the United States, and in Canada, the Canadian Electrical Code (CSA® C22.1), unless local code requirements indicate otherwise. The heat pumps come factory -wired intended for use with either 230 VAC, 60 Hz single phase or 3 phase field electrical supply depending on the model. See the rating plate for the electrical specifications. All wiring must be done by a certified electrician. The following is the procedure to wire the Jandy Pro Series JE heat pump to the electrical source specified on the Rating Plate: 1. Be sure the power to the circuit for the heat pump is turned off. 2. Remove the five (5) screws that attach the service/ access panel to the heat pump unit (see Figure 10). 3. Remove the front cover of the junction box. 4. Electrical supply lines must be run through watertight conduit. Route the wires and conduit through the knock -out designated for high voltage on the right side of the heat pump. Connect to the bottom of the sheet metal junction box. See Figure 10 for knock -out location. 5. Connect the wires to the terminals on the main contactor as shown in the wiring diagrams. Refer to Figures 8 and 9. 6. Connect the ground wire to the ground lug provided in the electrical compartment. 7. Replace the cover of the junction box. 8. Replace the service access panel and replace the screws to hold it in place. 9. Connect a copper bonding wire (8 AWG). (In Canada, it shall be not smaller than 6 AWG 13.3 mm-) to the bonding lug on the right side of the heat pump. A WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD. This heat pump contains wiring that carries high voltage. Contact with these wires may result in severe injury or death. Disconnect power circuit before connecting the heat pump A CAUTION Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. Verify proper operation after servicing. Jandym Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Page 11 t VENTFORINDOOR f f f } INSTALLATION ONLY =_---- POOL HEATER CHEMICAL LOOP OR OPTIONAL CHLORINE GENERATION SYSTEM DANDY AOUAPURE' SHOWN) CHEMICAL FEEDER Z FILTER I -----I '-- - I } POOLPUMP I I I I imp I I il- I I I I I } FROM POOL OR SPA i CHECK VALVE } L TO POOL OR SPA MANUAL BYPASS VALVE Figure 4. Standard Plumbing Layout 1 POOL HEATER I RETURN I I ICI r-----'- ----- " I I I _' CHECK z --- SPA ; VALVE r MAKE-UP l_ y.1J I I CHECK r I VALVE l ,l SPA Il 'FILTER- n it-7LRETURN I1L-4 POOL----= b DRAIN FILTER PUMP SPA sl DRAIN Figure S. Plumbing For Heating System Combinations FROM SOLAR TO SOLAR Page 12 Jandyo Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual n It 1 t It ation Valves Optional Isol 2" PVC From Filter 3" PVC Manual Bypass Valve To Pool Figure 6. Two (2) Heat Pump Plumbing Layout Figure 7. Four (4) Heat Pump Plumbing Layout 3 I 24 VAC TRANSFORMER COMPRESSOR I , BK o1 POWER K I INTERFACE o WATER DEFROST TEMP TEMP E HIGH REFRIGERANT PRESS SWITCH I LOW REFRIGERANT II I PRESS SWITCH 1 I BR BK ' I I L2 J 1 LI CONTACTOR FAN RELAY L R W R W R R L-— -- BK r BI Y Y BK W II 0 I I I I ED REVERSING VALVE W OPTIONAL) I I II JE 3000TR JE3000TR3 ONLY 1 Y Y BK BK HARD START CAPACITOR BL BK OPTIONAL) COMPRESSOR 00 FAN T CAPACITOR@CAPACITOR R WATER PRESSURE F,„ SWITCH KIP GROUND FACTORY INSTALLED 208/230 VAC FIELD INSTALLED 208/230 VAC FACTORY 24 VAC HARNESS FACTORY OPTIONAL 24 VAC FACTORY OPTIONAL 208/230 VAC FAN MOTOR BKI I W jagoc eries y lnol w JE SERIES 230 VAC SINGLE PHASE 60 Hz WIRING DIAGRAM ce c CD 7 iK Y WATER POWER BOARD DEFROST TEMP TEMP Y PHAR RO APMSENSOR 1AONKIR HIGH REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH I BKI, LOW REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH BKJI R U r, n evo e R FACTORY INSTALLED 208/230 VAC FIELD INSTALLED 20B/230 VAC FACTORY 24 VAC HARNESS FACTORY OPTIONAL 24 VAC i GR FAN L3------=--- BK DL BR o FAN RELAY BR/W WU/ BK BL BK T I BK FAN CAPACITOR L1------=----------- CONTACTOR 1 1I GROUND O ®-----( p janqy- REVERSING O VALVE - WATER PRESSURE OPTIONAL) , i SWITCH JE SERIES 230 VAC p I THREE PHASE L-------------- I 60 Hz JE 3000TR & JE3000TR3 ONLY WIRING DIAGRAM USER INTERFACE c- TvCL O Tn coN m m CD v S O) N C) 7n) a m 9 o' d m Jandyo Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation ManualAIRINKT-WPage 15 SERVICE ACCESS PANEL (5 SCREWS) Figure 10. Jandy Pro Series JE Heat Pump Front View 4.3 Bonding A CAUTION This heater must be connected to a bonding grid with a solid copper wire not smaller in diameter than 8 AWG (In Canada, it shall be no smaller than 6 AWG.) The National Electrical Code® and most other U.S. codes require that all metallic components of a pool structure, including reinforcing steel, metal fittings, and above ground equipment be bonded together with a solid copper conductor not smaller than 8 AWG. The heat pump, along with pumps and other pool equipment must be connected to this bonding grid. A bonding lug is provided on the right hand side of the heat pump to ensure this requirement is met. 4.4 Optional Remote Controls Electrical wiring must be in accordance with all applicable national and local codes and ordinances. Connection to a Remote Pool -Off -Spa Selector 3-Wire Connection) Install the Remote Pool -Off -Spa Selector Turn off the power to both the pool/spa control system and the heat pump unit. Remove the screws that attach the service/access CONNECTOR FOR HIGH VOLTAGE WIRES CONNECTOR FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIRES panel to the heat pump unit and the cover to the junction box (see Figure 10). 3. Run the wires from the pool/spa control system into the conduit connection labeled "Low Voltage Connection", located on the lower right hand side of the heat pump (see Figure 10). 4. Connect the wiring from the pool/spa control system to the heat pump remote control terminal see Figure Ila). 5. Restore power to the heat pump and the pool/spa control system. Configure the Control Panel I. Make sure the control is in the OFF mode. 2. To enter the Service Setup mode, press and hold the MENU, POOL. and SPA buttons for 5 seconds. NOTE The display will revert back to OFF after one minute since the last key press. Press the Up or Down button to display REMOTE. Press the MENU button. The SELECT REMOTE OFF (default remote) appears, use the Up or Down button to scroll through the Remote options. When you reach HI- LO-COM, press the MENU button to select the remote. Press POOL or SPA to exit the Service Setup mode. Page 16 JandyoPro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Two -Wire Connection to an AquaLink® RS or TSTAT Configure the AquaLink RS Control System Turn off the power to both the pool/spa control system and the heat pump unit. Connect two (2) wires to the AquaLink RS green 10-pin terminals I and 2. Put DIP S2-1 (pin # I of the 4 position DI P switch) into the ON position (see Figure 12). Install the Remote TSTAT l . Turn off the power to both the pool/spa control system and the heat pump unit. 2. Remove the screws that attach the service/access panel to the heat pump unit and the cover to the junction box (See Figure 10). 3. Run the wires from the pool/spa control system into the conduit connection labeled "low voltage connection", located on the lower right hand side of the heat pump (See Figure 10). 4. Connect the wiring from the pool/spa control system to the heat pump remote control terminal See Figure 1 1 b). 5. Restore power to the heat pump and the pool/spa control system. Configure the Control Panel l . Make sure the control is in the OFF mode. 2. To enter the Service Setup mode, press and hold the MENU, POOL, and SPA buttons for 5 seconds. NOTE The display will revert back to OFF after one minute since the last key press. Figure 11a. Remote Pool -Off -Spa Connection 3-Wire Connection) Press the Up or Down button to display REMOTE. The SELECT REMOTE OFF default remote) appears, use the Up or Down button to scroll through the Remote options. When you reach REMOTE TSTAT; press the MENU button to select the remote. Press POOL or SPA to exit the Service Setup mode. Press SPA. For heating, adjust the setpoint to the maximum setting. For chilling, adjust the setpoint to the minimum setting. RS485 (4 wire) Connection to AquaLink®RS Confirm the Jandy Pro Series JE heat pump and AquaLink RS software revisions are compatible. Jandly Pro Series JE Heat AquaLink® RS Software Pump Power Interface Revision Software Rev. 3.0 or Later N or Later NOTE Only a revision "N", or higher, program chip in the RS system will support the Jandy Pro Series JE heat pump interface. Turn off the power to both the heat pump and the RS control and open the RS Power Center enclosure and remove the front dead panel. Remove the two (2) screws holding the bezel in place and turn the bezel over to view the circuit board on the back. 4. Locate the programmed chip on the Power Center Board. In the center of the chip is the revision letter. If the revision letter is "N" or higher go to step 5. If the revision level is "MMM" or lower, replace the board or connect as shown in Section 4.5 Figure 11 b. AquaLink RS or Remote TSTAT Connection (2-Wire Connection) JandyaPro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Page 17 Use 22 gauge 4-conductor wire (Zodiac® Part No. 4278) to run between the heat pump and the RS control, and match the wire color order. 6. The wires coming from the Jandy Pro Series JE heat pump can be "doubled up" on the red terminal bar with the four (4) wires coming from the indoor controller. NOTE If you need to install more than two (2) wires in each terminal, order a Zodiac® Multiplex PCB Kit, which includes the Multiplex Board (Zodiac Part No. 6584). Never put more than two (2) wires into each of the pins of the terminal bar. Check all wiring, then apply power to both the heat pump and the RS control system. Operation can be verified in either Service or Auto mode. See the RS Control System manual for instructions about operation. When the Jandy Pro Series JE heat pump is first powered and there is an RS control connected to the heat pump, the display on the heat pump will show DANDY REMOTE ONLINE PUSH MENU TO DISABLE". When the JE heat pump is online with the RS control, all functionality of the control on the heat pump is disabled. The heat pump functions can be controlled only at the RS unit. To temporarily use the heat pump controls, press the MENU button. The message "JANDY REMOTE ONLINE PUSH MENU TO DISABLE" will disappear from the heat pump display. All functionality has now been returned to the control on the heat pump. In this mode the RS unit is no longer controlling the heat pump. To return the functionality to the RS unit, cycle (turn off and then turn on) the power to the heat pump, or press the MENU button for 5 seconds to enter the User Setup Mode and then enable the Zodiac Remote. NOTE If connecting more than two (2) items to the RS Power Center red, 4-pin connector, a Multiplex PCB is required. Connection to a Secondary User Interface I . Turn off the power to the heat pump. 2. Remove the five (5) screws that attach the front panel to the heat pump and remove the cover to the junction box. See Figure 10. 3. Run four (4) 22 AWG solid copper wires into the conduit labeled "Low Voltage Connection' located on the lower right hand side of the heat pump. See Figure 10. The wires may be up to 300 feet 91.4 m) in length. 4. Connect the wires to the 4 position terminal on the upper left hand corner of the Power Interface PC Board, labeled "User Interface I". The wires will be added to the existing wiring to the User Interface installed on the heat pump. 5. Ensure the wiring is consistent when connecting the wires to the second User Interface. For example, BK goes to BK, O goes to O, etc. 6. Re -install the junction boa cover and service access panel and restore power to the heat pump. Connector for Low b' ]M Heat Pump Voltage Wires Green - Enabled Green - Enabled Red - On Heat Pump Connections Red - On Terminals 1 and 2 to • S1 TOFF ON • / o O •4444go• 00i4 la N = m W=3 V 1M Na i DIP Switches S2 S1 and S2 Figure 12. AquaLink RS to Jandy Pro Series JE Heat Pump - T-Stat (2 wire) connection Page 18 Jandv@Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Section 5. Operation 8 CAUTION Do not use this heat pump if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect the heater and replace any part of the control system which has been under water. A CAUTION Keep all objects off the top of the heat pump. Blocking air flow could damage the unit and may void the warranty. 5.1 Initial Start-up Precautions Be sure that there is water in the pool and that the surface level is above the skimmer or other inlet of the pool's filter system. With any new pool or spa installation, operate the filter pump with the heat pump off long enough to completely clean the water. This will remove any installation residue from the water. Clean the filter at the end of this operation before starting the heat pump. When raising the temperature of a cold pool, program the time clock to run the pump continuously. OR JWtic - ®®; ' 4- CRS Power Center O O 0 0 0LE0 RED El OSLN VEL O GRN D O El_ 000 0 OB 000n= - Jandy Pro Series JE Heat Pump Power Interface Figure 13. Jandy Pro Series JE Heat Pump to Power Center - RS485 (4 wire) connection This lets the filter system and heat pump operate continuously until the water reaches the temperature setting on the temperature control. When that happens, the heat pump will automatically shut off, but the filter pump will keep running. 5.2 Operating the Controller Your new Jandy Pro Series JE heat pump is controlled by an advanced microprocessor based controller that provides a sophisticated yet simple interface to operate Your heat pump for maximum efficiency and enjoyment of your pool. To locate the control buttons, see Figure 14. Off Mode When the control panel is turned off; the screen displays HEAT PUMP IS OFF PRESS POOL OR SPA. Pool Mode - (Normal Heat) To enable the pool mode, press POOL. The associated left green LED indicator will light and the unit will display SET.XXX°. NOTE M represents the current temperature setting on the control. The default setting for pool temperature is 80OF (26°C). You can change the temperature set point by pressing the Up or Down button. Repeatedly press the Up or Down button until you reach the desired temperature set point. After 5 seconds of inactivity, the new set point is stored in memory. When the water temperature falls to 1 degree below the temperature setting and after a 5 minute delay, the control will start the heat pump and the associated right LED will light RED. Pool Mode - (Optional Maintain Heat) If connected to an AquaLink, the Maintain Heat mode allows the heat pump to monitor the temperature of the water 24 hours a day by turning the pool pump on and sampling the water temperature. NOTE This feature only works when connected to an AquaLink. When the water temperature drops below the programmed temperature set point, the control will start the heat pump. To operate in pool mode with the Maintain Heat feature, press POOL, then press MENU, press the Down button until MAINTAIN POOL HEAT is displayed, press the MENU button. Tile associated left green LED indicator will light and the unit will display SET.XXX°. Change the temperature set point by pressing the Up or Down button until the desired set point is displayed. After 5 seconds of inactivity, the new set point is stored in memory. Jandy© Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual MORROW Page 19 Spa Mode - (Normal Heat) To enable the spa mode, press SPA. The associated left green LED indicator will light and the unit will display SET.XXX°. NOTE XXX represents the current temperature setting on the control. The default setting for spa temperature is 102°F (38°C). You can change the temperature set point by pressing the Up or Down button. Repeatedly press the Up or Down button until you reach the desired temperature set point. After 5 seconds of inactivity, the new set point is stored in memory. When the water temperature falls to I degree below the temperature setting and after a 5 minute delay, the control will start the heat pump and the associated right LED will light RED. Spa Mode - (Optional Maintain Heat) If connected to an AquaLink, the Maintain Heat mode allows the heat pump to monitor the temperature of the water 24 hours a day by turning the spa pump on and sampling the water temperature. NOTE This feature only works when connected to an AquaLink. To operate in spa mode with the Maintain Heat feature. press SPA, then press MENU, press the Down button until MAINTAIN SPA HEAT is displayed, press the MENU button. The associated left green LED indicator will light and the unit will display SET:XXX°. Change the temperature set point by pressing the Up or Down button until the desired set point is displayed. After 5 seconds of inactivity, the new set point is stored in memory. 5.3 Operating Features of Hybrid Units with Optional Chiller NOTE The chiller is an optional equipment. Not all units are provided with chiller. Pool Mode - (Normal Chill) To enable the pool mode, press POOL. The associated left green LED indicator will light and the unit will display SET.XXX°. NOTE XU represents the current temperature setting on the control. The default setting for pool temperature is 80OF (260C). Press the MENU button. Press the Up or Down button until you reach POOL CHILL, press the MENU button. NOTE POOL CHILL will not be displayed if the unit is not provided with chiller. You can change the temperature set point by pressing the Up or Down button. Repeatedly press the Up or Down button until you reach the desired temperature set point. After 5 seconds of inactivity, the new set point is stored in memory. When the water temperature rises to I degree above the temperature setting and after a 5 minute delay, the control will start the heat pump and the associated right LED will light GREEN. Pool Mode - (Optional Maintain Chill) If connected to an AquaLink, the Maintain Chill option mode allows the unit to monitor the temperature of the water 24 hours a day by turning the pool pump on and sampling the water temperature. NOTE This feature only works when connected to an AquaLink. When the temperature of the water rises above the desired temperature setting, the control will then turn on the unit and the associated right green LED will light. To operate in pool mode with the Maintain Chill feature, press POOL; then press MENU, then press the Down button until MAINTAIN POOL CHILL is displayed, press the MENU button. The associated left green LED indicator will light and the unit will display SET.XXX°. Change the temperature set point by pressing the Up or Down button until the desired set point is displayed. After 5 seconds of inactivity, the new set point is stored in memory. Spa Mode - (Optional Maintain Chill) If connected to an AquaLink, the Maintain Chill mode allows the heat pump to monitor the temperature of the water 24 hours a day by turning the spa pump on and sampling the water temperature. NOTE This feature only works when connected to an AquaLink. When the water temperature rises above the programmed temperature set point, the control will start the heat pump. To operate in the spa mode with the Maintain Chill feature, press SPA, then press MENU, press the Down button until MAINTAIN SPA CHILL is displayed, press the MENU button. The associated left green LED indicator will light and the unit will display SET.XXX°. Change the temperature set point by pressing the Up or Down button until the desired set point is reached. After 5 seconds of inactivity, the new set point is stored in memory. Page 20 JandyoPro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual 5.4 User Setup Options I The User Setup options allow the user to select specific 2 Languages, Temperature Scale, Spa Timer, and Display Light options. Language Setup Make sure the control is in the OFF mode. To enter the User Setup mode, press and hold the MENU button for 5 seconds. NOTE The display will revert back to OFF after one minute since the last key press. To select a language, use the Up or Down button to display SELECT USER SETUP LANGUAGE. Press the MENU button. The SELECT LANGUAGE ENGLISH (default language) appears, use the Up or Down button to scroll through the language options. When you reach the desired language, press the MENU button to select the language. Press POOL or SPA to exit the User Setup mode. Temperature Scale Setup Make sure the control is in the OFF mode 2. To enter the User Setup mode, press and hold the MENU button for 5 seconds. To select temperature scale, use the Up or Down button to scroll through to display SELECT USER SETUP TEMPERATURE SCALE. Press the MENU button. The SELECT TEMP SCALE F (default temperature scale) appears, use the Up or Down button to scroll through the scale options. When you reach the desired temperature scale, press the MENU button to select. Press POOL or SPA to exit the User Setup mode. Spa Timer Setup Figure 14. Main Control Panel Fj Make sure the control is in the OFF mode. To enter the User Setup mode, press and hold the MENU button for 5 seconds. To select spa timer, use the Up or Down button to scroll through to display SELECT USER SETUP SPA TIMER. Press the MENU button. The SELECT SPA TIMER CONTINUOUS (default spa timer setting) is displayed. To turn the spa on or off indefinitely, press the MENU button to select. To select the length of time for the spa to run, use the Up or Down button to scroll to display SELECT SPA TIMER TIME SELECTION. Press the MENU button to select. The display SELECT SPA TIME 01:00 HRS (default time setting) is displayed. Use the Up or Down button to select the length of time for the spa to run (between 00:15 to 23:00 hours incremented by 00:15 minutes). Press the MENU button to select how long the spa will run. Press POOL or SPA to exit the User Setup mode. Display Light Setup Make sure the control is in the OFF mode. To enter the User Setup mode, press and hold the MENU button for 5 seconds. To select display light setup, use the Up or Down button to scroll through to display SELECT USER SETUP DISPLAY LIGHT. Press the MENU button. The SELECT DISPLAY LIGHT 2 MIN TIMEOUT (default display light setting) is displayed. This option allows the display light to turn off after 2 minutes. Press the MENU button to select. Use the Up or Down button to scroll to display SELECT DISPLAY LIGHT LIGHT OFF, this option allows the display light to turn off. press the MENU button to select. Use the Up or Down button to scroll to display SELECT DISPLAY LIGHT LIGHT ON, this option allows the display light to turn on, press the MENU button to select. Press POOL or SPA to exit the User Setup mode. Jandyo Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual 111119111RIPage 21 5.5 Set Point Lockout Make sure the control is in the ON mode (POOL or SPA), press and hold the Up and Down buttons for 5 seconds. The set point will be locked and the control will operate in the mode it was in when the Set Point Lockout occurred. If an attempt to change the set point is made while the control is in Set Point Lockout, the control will display SET POINT LOCKED. To unlock the Set Point Lockout, press and hold the Up and Down buttons for 5 seconds. The unit will display SET POINT UNLOCKED. 5.6 Water Pressure Switch Adjustment A CAUTION The water pressure switch should be adjusted to turn the heater off when the pump is off. Setting the switch to close at too low of a flow can damage the appliance. Adjust the switch to turn the heater off, not on. The pressure switch is preset at the factory for activation at 2 psi (14 kPa). This is the minimum setting for the water pressure switch and works for all basic installations. Only adjust the water pressure switch if the heat pump does not operate when the proper flow is applied to unit or if the heat pump does not shut off when the filter pump is off. Occasionally, unusual plumbing configurations or necessary restrictions in the plumbing may cause pressure sensing problems. In these rare situations, the plumbing system configuration may require adjustment of the water pressure switch. Adjustment of the pressure switch may be necessary if any part of the filter system piping is 3 feet (1 m) or more above the top of the heat pump jacket. Do not adjust the pressure switch if the heat pump is installed more than 5 feet (1.5 m) above or 10 feet 3 m) below the pool surface. Consult your local Zodiac® dealer for recommendations. On some installations, the piping from the heat pump to the pool is very short. The back pressure could be too low to trigger the pressure switch. If this happens, it may be necessary to install a directional fitting or elbows where the return line enters the pool. This will increase back pressure enough for the heat pump to operate properly. If this configuration is necessary, be sure to check that the system flow is above the minimum requirement of 30 gpm (1 14 Ipm) after the direction fitting or elbow has been installed. Make sure the pool filter is clean before making any pressure switch adjustment: A dirty filter will restrict the water flow and the pressure switch cannot be adjusted properly. To adjust the pressure switch: I. Be sure that all valves in the system are set to allow water flow through the heat pump. Start the filter pump. 2. Set the heat pump control to call for heat. Set the heat pump control to the POOL HEAT mode. If the heat pump control displays "NO FLOW", then the flow in the system may be below the minimum flow of 30 gpm (1 14 Ipm) needed for the safe operation of the heat pump. Investigate and correct any flow problems before adjusting the water pressure switch. Remove the heat pump's control access panel. The water pressure switch is located in the lower left corner of the control compartment. After confirming the flow rate is at a minimum of 30 gpm (114 Ipm), slowly rotate the thumb wheel on the water pressure switch in a counterclockwise direction until the "NO FLOW" indicator disappears from the control display. Remember that there is a time delay before the heat pump compressor will start. Once the heat pump is running, turn off the filter pump. The heat pump should turn off immediately. If the heat pump continues to operate when the filter pump is off, turn the thumb wheel on the water pressure switch in a clockwise direction until "NO FLOW" is displayed on the control and the heat pump shuts down. Check the setting of the water pressure switch by starting and stopping the filter pump and checking the control display and operation of the heater between each flow change. If the water pressure switch cannot be adjusted to accommodate the conditions listed above, an external flow switch must be added to the plumbing system to ensure that the heat pump will not operate without the proper flow through the heat exchanger. Section 6. General Maintenance 6.1 Water Chemistry Proper chemical balances are necessary for sanitary bathing conditions as well as ensuring your heat pump's long life. Be sure to keep your chemical and mineral concentration levels within the values indicated in Table 3. NOTE For spas, it is also necessary to perform water changes in addition to chemical treatment. It is recommended to change the spa water every 60 days for light usage and every 30 days if usage is heavy. 6.2 Winterizing A CAUTION Failure to winterize could cause damage to the heat pump and will void the warranty. In areas where freezing temperatures occur, you should protect your pump, filter, and heat pump from the ele- Page 22 qNE JandyoPro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual ments. Perform the following steps to completely drain the heat pump (see Figure 15). 1. Turn off the electrical power to the heat pump at the main breaker panel. 2. Shut off the water supply to the heat pump. 3. Disconnect the water inlet and outlet unions as well as the winterizing drain plug (if applicable) located on the lower front panel of the heat pump. The heat exchanger will drain through these water connections. 4. Cover only the top of the heat pump to prevent debris from falling into the unit. Do not wrap the sides of the heat pump with any plastic or other material that will retain heat or moisture inside the unit. 6.3 Spring Start -Up If your heat pump has been winterized, perform the following steps when starting the system in the Spring: I . Uncover the heat pump and inspect the top and sides for any debris or structural problems. 2. Connect the water inlet and outlet unions located on the lower front panel of the heat pump. 3. Turn on the filter pump to supply water to the heat pump. Circulate water through the system long enough to cycle all of the pool water through the filter. Check for leaks in and around the heat pump. 4. Check the pool chemistry and balance as necessary. 5. Turn on the electrical power to the heat pump at the main breaker panel. 6.4 Inspection and Service Zodiac® heat pumps are designed and constructed to provide long performance life when installed and operated properly under normal conditions. Periodic inspections are important to keep your heat pump running safely and efficiently through the years. Owner Inspection A CAUTION Do not use this heat pump if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect the heater and replace any part of the control system which has been under water. Water OULIUL YIIIVII Figure 15. Winterizing the JE Heat Pump Zodiac recommends that you inspect your heat pump on a regular basis and especially after abnormal weather conditions. The following basic guidelines are suggest- ed for your inspection: 1. Keep the top and surrounding areas of the heat pump clear of all debris. Keep all plants and shrubs trimmed and away from the heat pump. The heat pump will produce condensation (water) while in operation. The heat pump base is designed to allow the condensation to exit through the bottom drain port when the unit is running. The condensation will increase as the outdoor air humidity level increases. Check the following at regular intervals to ensure proper condensate drainage: Visually inspect and clear the bottom drain ports of any debris that could clog the ports. Ensure that condensate water does not puddle inside the heat pump Ensure that condensate run-off is properly directed away from the equipment pad to keep it from undermining the pad. During normal operation, the heat pump produces 3 to 5 gallons of condensate per hour. If condensate drainage is above this range during operation or if water continues to drain from the base when the heat pump is not in operation for more than an hour, a leak in the internal plumbing may have occurred. Call a qualified heat pump technician to investigate the problem. Keep the top air flow discharge and air flow intake area clear of debris so the air flow though the heat pump is not restricted. The cooler discharge air from the top should not accumulate and be drawn into the side air intake coils. Keep all plants and shrubs trimmed away from the heat pump. Make sure the front of the unit is accessible for future service. Keep lawn sprinkler heads from spraying on the heat pump to prevent corrosion and damage. Use a deflector if needed. If the unit is installed under a very sharp roof pitch or under a roof without a gutter, a gutter or diverter should be fitted to prevent excessive water from pouring down into the unit. Professional Inspection Inspections performed at least once a year by a qualified technician are required to maintain your heat pump's safe and efficient operation. The following basic safety checks must be performed. Check for loose or broken wires and terminal connections. Verify the pressure switch or flow switch operation. Turn the heat pump OFF. Disconnect the power to the pump time clock, or turn the pump time clock to an OFF position. Turn the heat Pump back ON. The heat pump must not come on. Jandyo Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Page 23 Inspect the electrical controls, specifically the following: a. High and Low Limits b. Pressure Switch or Flow Switch c. Temperature Control 4. Inspect the evaporator coil for blockage and clean as necessary. 5. Check for spider webs or debris in the condensate drain: clean if necessary. 6. Conduct a normal operating cycle and observe that the unit operates properly. Section 7. Professional Maintenance and Service 7.1 Heat Pump Design The Zodiac® heat pump is one of the most efficient ways to heat a pool or spa. The heat pump transfers heat from the outside air to the pool or spa water by means of an internal heat exchanger. When the fan is turned on, warm air is drawn through the refrigerant charged evaporator, turning the cold liquid refrigerant to a warn gas. The gas then flows through the compressor where it is compressed resulting in a much higher temperature. The hot gas enters the heat exchanger where the water extracts the heat. The pump pulls in cool pool water, which in turn converts the hot gas back into a liquid refrigerant and starts the cycle over again. The JE heat pump and the EE-Ti heat pump uses a refrigerant called R-4I OA. It is a non -ozone depleting refrigerant that is accepted by the EPA. R-4I OA has higher operating pressures and cooling capabilities than R-22, which is the refrigerant used in the AE-Ti heat pump. Therefore, R-4I OA should NEVER be used in any of the AE-Ti heat pumps. The EPA requires certification to purchase or use R-4I OA. It is recommended that service personnel be trained in installation, service, brazing, and maintenance procedures. They are similar to what the industry has used for the R-22 system, however, they should be redefined for the higher operating pressures. NOTE The maximum heat output and efficiency of a heat pump is dependent upon the quality and performance of the major components used. Equally important are the environmental conditions (for example, air temperature, humidity, water temperature, and wind). 7.2 Heat Pump Components and Operation Evaporator - As air passes through the evaporator, the refrigerant in the evaporator absorbs heat from the ambient air. The warmer the ambient air and the larger the surface area of the evaporator the more heat it can collect. Fan - The heat pump fan produces high volume airflow. Adequate airflow is required to move wane air through the large evaporator. Compressor - The compressor compresses the refrigerant gas to a higher pressure, increasing the temperature. Heat Exchanger - As the final step to the heating process, the heat exchanger transfers the heat from the hot gas to the water. (Also known as a condenser.) Reversing Valve - (For Hybrid Units with Optional Chiller and Hot Gas Defrost) The reversing valve reverses the flow of the refrigerant, which results in transferring cold gas to the water, thus lowering the temperature. Table 3. Optimal Water Chemistry Ranges L d :., Test Awl Free Chlorine or RecommendedELevel 1.0 to 3.0 ppm Bromine 2.0 to 4.0 ppm pH 7.2 to 7.8 (Ideal ranges being between 7.4 and 7.6) Total Alkalinity (TA) 80 to 120 ppm Calcium Hardness (CH) 175 to 400 ppm CyanuricAcid 30 to 50 ppm Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) 1000 to 2000 ppm (Excluding dissolved NaCl from Salt Chlorine Generator) Concentration levels taken from "Basic Pool and Spa Technology" published by APSP (Association of Pool and Spa Professionals). Page 24 Jandyo Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Section 8. Troubleshooting 8.1 Troubleshooting Guide The following table provides symptoms and solutions for general troubleshouting problems for the heat pump. Table 4. Heat Pump Troubleshouting Guide SYMPTOM CORRECTIVE ACTION Heat pump will not start, no control board display. Breaker or fuse may be tripped. Reset breaker or check fuse. If heat pump still does not run, call for service Three-phase models only - The phases may be reversed or there may be a loss of phase, call for service. Heat pump will not start, control board display working. Heat pump may be in delay count down of 5 minutes. Make sure control board thermostat is calling for heater to come on check setting on thermostat and temperature reading) Make sure heat pump is not in cooling mode. Heat pump runs but does not heat. Verify cold air is blowing out the top of the heat pump. If the heat pump has just been installed or if the pool water has been allowed to cool significantly, it is necessary to run the heat pump continually for 24-48 hours. If the heat pump has been in operation for some time, increase the circulating pump time, or switch the control board to Maintain Heat function. If heating a spa, verify no air intake stand pipes are open. If heat pump still does not heat, call for service Heat pump does not run and control board displays: Verify circulating pump is on and all necessary valves are in the FAULT- correct positions. Verify filter and skimmers are clean. Check NO FLOW water level in pool. Temporarily turn off all fountains and water falls that bypass the heat pump water inlet. If this does not correct the problem, call for service. Heat pump does not run and control board display shows: Verify circulating pump is on and that there are no water flow FAULT- restrictions to the heat pump. If the filter pump is a two speed HIGH REF PRESSURE or variable speed pump, switch to a higher speed. Make sure all necessary valves are open or in the proper positions to allow proper water flow to the heat pump. Verify filter and skimmers are clean. Check for water level in the pool. This condition may also appear if the heat pump has not been operated for an extended period. To clear the condition, cycle the heat pump, on and off, up to 3 times If this does not correct the problem, call for service. Heat pump does not run or short cycles and control board Check that fan is operating and air is coming out of the top of display shows: the heat pump, while short cycling. If heat pump does not run at FAULT- all, call for service. LOW REF PRESSURE Heat pump leaking water Possible heat exchanger or plumbing leak. Turn the heat pump off, then turn circulating pump off for at least one hour to see if the water leak stops. If the water leak stops, normal condensation is occurring. If the water leak continues, after the heat pump is shut off for at least one hour, call for service. Jandyo Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Page 25 8.2 Diagnostics In the event a pressure switch opens or another fault condition occurs, the LCD screen will display the fault until the problem has been resolved. Please refer to the following table for the list of diagnostic conditions. Table 5. Heat Pump Diagnostics DIAGNOSTIC C19EEION DESC-RIPTION FAULT- Low or restricted water flow through the heat pump. NO FLOW The external bypass valve is in the wrong position, or the water flow switch has malfunctioned. The water flow switch opens creating a fault and the heat pump shuts off. FAULT- When the ambient temperature is low, the suction pressure can drop LOW REF PRESSURE significantly. This fault will cause the low pressure switch to open and the control will shut off the compressor. FAULT- When the head pressure builds too high, the high pressure switch will open HIGH REF PRESSURE causing the heat pump to shut off immediately. The control will sense this fault condition and shut off the compressor until the switch re -closes. FAULT- When the POOL or SPA water temperature heats to the maximum allowed HIGH WATER TEMP temperature or above, there could be safety risks for anyone in the water. The water thermostat will read this temperature and the control will shut off the heat pump unless it is in CHILLER mode. This feature also remains active when the control calls for heat through a remote thermostat. This is to insure that water temperature does not go to an abnormally high level due to a possible malfunction of the remote sensor. FAULT- In the event that the coil temperature sensor malfunctions or is not SHORTED COIL SENSOR connected the control will shut off the heat pump. or- FAULT- OPEN COIL SENSOR FAULT- In the event that the water temperature sensor malfunctions or is not SHORTED WATER SENSOR connected the control will shut off the heat pump. or- FAULT- OPEN WATER SENSOR Page 26 JandyoPro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Section 9. Replacement Parts 9.1 Ordering Information To order or purchase parts for the JE models of heat pumps, contact your nearest Zodiac dealer or distributor. See the Zodiac web site at www.Zodiac.com for the nearest service center. If they cannot supply you with what you need. contact Zodiac customer support department; telephone (800) 822-7933. 9.2 Zodiac® JE Heat Pumps Parts List Key Order No. Description Model No. Part No. 1 Fan Grille 1500 R0571700 1 Fan Grille 2000. 2500, 3000 R0571800 2 Fan Motor 1500 R0571900 2 Fan Motor 2000, 2500, 3000 R0572000 3 Fan Blade 1500 R0572100 3 Fan Blade 2000, 2500, 3000 R0572200 4 Fan Top 1500 R0572300 4 Fan Top 2000, 2500, 3000 R0572400 5 Evaporator Coil / Guard 1500 R0572500 5 Evaporator Coil / Guard 2000, 2500 R0572600 5 Evaporator Coil / Guard 3000 R0572700 6 Compressor 1500 R0572800 6 Compressor 2000 R0572900 6 Compressor 2500 R0573000 6 Compressor 3000 R0573100 6 Compressor (3 phase) 2500 R0577500 6 Compressor (3 phase) 3000 R0577600 7 Condenser 1500 R0577700 7 Condenser 2000 R0577800 7 Condenser 2500 R0577900 7 Condenser 3000 R0578000 8 Water Manifold Inlet 1500 R0573200 8 Water Manifold Inlet 2000. 2500 R0573300 8 Water Manifold Inlet 3000 R0573400 9 Water Manifold Outlet 1500 R0573500 9 Water Manifold Outlet 2000, 2500 R0573600 9 Water Manifold Outlet 3000 R0573700 10 Base 1500 R0573800 10 Base 2000, 2500, 3000 R0573900 11 Electrical Box Cover w/ Hardware All R0574000 12 Front Panel 1500 R0574300 12 Front Panel 2000, 2500 R0574400 12 Front Panel 3000 R0574500 13 Water Temperature Sensor All R0574600 14 Filter Drier 1500 R0574700 14 Filter Drier 2000, 2500, 3000 R0574800 14 Filter Drier (Bi-flow) 3000TR R0574900 15 Thermal Expansion Valve 1500 R0575000 15 Thermal Expansion Valve 2000, 2500 R0575100 15 Thermal Expansion Valve 3000 R0575200 16 Air Temperature Sensor All R0575300 17 High Pressure Switch All R0575400 18 Low Pressure Switch All R0575500 19 Water Pressure Switch All R0575600 20 User Interface All R3008801 21 Interface Cover All R3000601 22 Reversing Valve (optional) 3000TR R0575900 23 Winterizing Drain Kit 2000, 2500, 3000 R0576000 24 Power Interface PCB All R3009200 25 Transformer All R0576200 26 Run Capacitor (1 phase) 1500 R0576300 26 Run Capacitor (1 phase) 2000, 2500, 3000 R0576400 27 Fan Capacitor 1500 R0576500 27 Fan Capacitor 2000. 2500, 3000 R0576600 28 Hard Start Capacitor 1500 R0576700 29 Contactor (1 phase) All (1 Phase) R0576800 29 Contactor (3 phase), All (3 Phase) R0576900 Key No. Description 30 Fan Relay 31 Phase Rotation Monitor (3 phase) Optional Components 32' Anchor Bracket Set 32' Anchor Bracket Set 33 Universal Union, Butress Set 34' Bypass, External, JE Heat Pump Not Shown Order Model No. Part No. All R0577000 2500, 3000 (3 Phase) R0577100 1500 R0577200 2000. 2500, 3000 R0577300 All R0472700 All R0578900 JandyO Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual Page 27 9.3 Zodiac® JE 1500 Heat Pumps Exploded View 15 14 17 18 16 DETAIL SCALE 1 : C 19 8 13 C 6 11 12 7 See Figure 19 for detail 33 8 9 Figure 16. Zodiac JE Heat Pumps Exploded View (JE1500 Shown) Page 28 Jandyo Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual 9.4 Zodiac® JE 2000, JE2500 & JE3000 Heat Pumps Exploded View 15 22 14 19 DETAIL C SCALE 1 : 8 13 18 17 21 3 4 20 C-- 19 f k 4 6 Figure 17. Zodiac JE Heat Pumps Exploded View (JE2000 Shown) Jarl Pro Series JE Heat Pumps I Installation and Operation Manual 14Qej461ffjWPage 29 9.5 Zodiac® JE Single Phase Electric Box Figure 18. Zodiac JE Single Phase Electric Box 9.6 Zodiac® JE Three Phase Electric Box 24 31 25 27 30 29 19 O O1 0 ail II PIII - o— — o i gyp- Figure 19. Zodiac JE Three Phase Electric Box Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. 2620 Commerce Way, Vista, CA 92081 1.800.822.7933 1 www.ZodiacPoolSystems.com Zodiac Pool Systems Canada, Inc. 2115 South Service Road West, Unit 3 Oakville, ON ILK 5W2 1-888-6474004 1 www.ZodiacPoolSystems.ca ETL LISTED CONFORMS TO IA UL STD 1995 Ifli2 7;lk CERTIFIED TO fAN/CSA C22 2 NO 235 ZODIAC° is a registered trademark of Zodiac International, S.A.S.U., used under license. ZODIACAlltrademarksreferencedhereinarethepropertyoftheirrespectiveowners. 2013 Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc H0408600 Rev B Installation and Operation Data Installation and Operation Manual PERMIT # Jandy° Cartridge Pool Filters CL and CV Versa -Plumb Series Filters OFFICE A WARNING FOR YOUR SAFETY - This product must be installed and serviced by a professional pool/ spa service technician. The procedures in this manual must be followed exactly. Improper installation and/or operation can create dangerous high pressure which can cause the filter lid to be blown off, possibly causing death, serious injury or property damage. Improper installation and/or operation will void the warranty. Before installing this product, read and follow all warning notices and instructions that accompany this filter. Failure to follow warning notices and instructions may result in property damage, serious injury, or death. Jandy Landy; Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Page 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1. Safety Information ............................. 4 1.1 Important Safety Warning ............. 4 1.2 General Safety Instructions ........... 4 Section 2. General Information ........................... 5 2.1 Introduction ................................... 5 2.2 Description .................................... 5 2.3 General Requirements ...................5 2.4 Specifications and Dimensions...... 5 Section 3. Installation Instructions ......................6 3.1 Filter Location...............................6 3.2 Anchor Bracket Installation .......... 6 3.3 Filter Preparation ........................... 6 3.4 Filter Plumbing .............................. 7 3.5 Clamp Installation ......................... 10 Section 4. Start -Up and Operation ...................... 10 Section 5. Filter Disassembly and Assembly...... I I DATE OF INSTALLATION Section 6. Maintenance ....................................... 11 6.1 General Maintenance ..................... 11 6.2 Pressure Gauge .............................. 12 6.3 Cleaning the Filter Cartridge......... 12 Section 7. Winterizing ......................................... 12 Section 8. Troubleshooting ................................. 13 Section 9. Parts List and Exploded View ............ 14 9.1 Jandy® CL and CV Cartridge Filter Parts List ........................................ 14 9.2 Jandy® CL and CV Filters Exploded View............................................. 15 Section 10. Head Loss Curves ............................ 16 10.1 Jandy® CL and CV Cartridge Filter Design Head Loss Curves ............. 16 Warranty............................................................20 EQUIPMENT INFORMATION RECORD INITIAL PRESSURE GAUGE READING (WITH CLEAN FILTER) PUMP MODEL FILTER MODEL NOTES: HORSEPOWER SERIAL NUMBER Page 4 Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters j4andy. Section 1. Safety Information 1.1 Important Safety Warning WARNING Do not connect system to an unregulated city water system or other external source of pressurized water producing pressures greater than 35 PSI. Pressurized air in system can cause the filter lid to be blown off which can result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage. Be sure all air is out of system before operating or testing the equipment. A& WARNING MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE OF THE FILTER IS 50 PSI. NEVER SUBJECT THE FILTER TO ANY OPERATING PRESSURE EXCEEDING 50 PSI. This filter operates under high pressure. When any part of the circulating system, i.e., filter, pump, valve(s), clamp, etc. is serviced, air can enter the system and become pressurized when the system is restarted. Pressurized air can cause the filter lid to be blown off which can result in death, serious personal injury or property damage. To avoid this potential hazard, follow all of the instructions in this manual. WARNING To minimize risk of severe injury or death the filter and/or pump should not be subjected to the piping system pressurization test. Local codes may require the pool piping system to be subjected to a pressure test. These requirements are generally not intended to apply to the pool equipment such as filters or pumps. Jandy pool equipment is pressure tested at the factory. If however this WARNING cannot be followed and pressure testing of the piping system must include the filter and/or pump BE SURE TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS: Check all clamps, bolts, lids, lock rings and system accessories to ensure they are properly installed and secured before testing. RELEASE ALL AIR in the system before testing. Water pressure for test must NOT EXCEED 35 PSI. Water temperature for test must NOT EXCEED 100°F (38°C). Limit test to 24 hours. After test, visually check system to be sure it is ready for operation. Notice: These parameters apply to Jandy equipment only. For non-Jandy equipment, consult equipment manufacturer. 1.2 General Safety Instructions ATTENTION INSTALLER: ti This manual contains important information about the installation, operation and safe use of this product. This information should be given to the owner/operator of this equipment. Use equipment only in a pool or spa installation. 2. Before repositioning valve(s) and before beginning the assembly, disassembly, or adjustment of the clamp, or any other service of the circulating system; (A) turn the pump off and shut off any automatic controls to ensure the system is not inadvertently started during servicing; (B) open the air release valve; (C) wait until all pressure is relieved (air will have stopped flowing from the air release valve). Whenever installing the filter clamp follow Section 3.4 of this manual, "Clamp Installation". 4. Once service on the circulation system is complete, follow Section 4 of this manual, "Start-up and Operation". 5. Maintain circulation system properly. Replace worn or damaged parts immediately. 6. Be sure that the filter is properly mounted and positioned according to these installation instructions. 7. Do not pressure test above 35 PSI. Pressure testing must be done by a trained pool professional. SA VE THESE INSTR UCTIONS. LandY Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Page 5 Section 2. General Information 2.1 Introduction This manual contains information for the proper instal- lation and operation of the Jandy® CL and CV Series Cartridge Filters. Procedures in this manual must be followed exactly. To obtain additional copies of this manual contact us at 707.776.8200 ext. 237. For address information see back cover. 2.2 Description Cartridge filters do not require sand or diatomaceous earth as the filter medium. Instead, the filter contains filter elements which are easily removed for cleaning or replacement. Dirty water flows into the filter tank through the water line connected to the lower bulkhead (inlet) on the bottom half of the tank body. It is directed through the filter cartridge inside of the filter. The debris is collected in the filter and the clean water flows out of the filter through the upper bulkhead (outlet) on the bottom half of the tank body. Clean water is returned through the piping system to the pool. As debris collects in the filter, the pressure will rise and water flow to the pool will diminish. The filter will eventually become so plugged with debris that it will be necessary to remove the filter cartridges and clean them with soap and water. NOTE A filter removes dirt and other suspended particles but does not sanitize the pool. Pool water must be sanitized and chemically balanced for clear water. The filtration system should be designed to meet local health codes. At a minimum, the system should turnover the total volume of water in your pool two to four times in a 24 hour period. 2.3 General Requirements l . For best overall performance place the system as close to the pool as possible. 2. The filter should be located on a level concrete slab so that the orientation of the valve outlets and the pressure gauge are convenient and accessible for the installation and operation of the unit. 3. Protect the filter from the weather. 4. If fitting a chlorinator and/or any other device into the filtration plumbing circuit, great care must be exercised to ensure that the appliance is installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's Instructions and any standards that may exist. 5. We recommend the use of barrel unions to connect each component of the water conditioning system to ease in future servicing. Barrel unions are provided with all Jandy filters. A WARNING The maximum operating pressure for this filter is 50 psi. Never subject the filter to operating pressure exceeding 50 psi. Operating pressures above 50 psi can cause the lid to be blown off, which can result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage. When performing hydrostatic pressure tests or when testing for external leaks of the completed filtration and plumbing system, ensure that the maximum pressure the filtration system is subjected to does not exceed the maximum working pressure of anv of the components within the systent. 2.4 Specifications and Dimensions See Table 1 and Figure 1. Table 1. Cartridge Filter Specifications CL/CV I= Filter Area (ftz) 340 460 580 Max. Flow (gpm) 127 150 150 Six Hour Capacity (gal.) 45,720 54,000 54,000 Max. Working Pressure (psi) 50 50 50 Normal Start Up Pressure (psi) 6-15 6-15 1 6-15 Dimension "A" 41 in. 41 in. 1 47 in. Figure 1. Dimensions, Jandy CL and CV Series Cartridge Filters Page 6 Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters landy, Section 3. Installation Instructions QWARNING Use equipment only in a pool or spa installation. Do not connect system to an unregulated city water system or other external source of pressurized water producing pressures greater than 35 psi. 3.1 Filter Location I . Select a well -drained area, one that does not flood when it rains. Damp, non -ventilated areas should be avoided. 2. Provide solid mounting for the filter and pump system. Install system on a concrete slab or solid concrete blocks to avoid risk of settlement. Do not use sand to level the filter as the sand will wash away. Filter systems can weigh up to 800 Ibs 3. Install electrical controls at least five (5) feet from the filter. This will allow enough room to stand away from the filter during start-up. 4. Allow sufficient clearance around the filter to permit a visual inspection of the clamp ring (see Fig. 2). 5. Allow sufficient space above the filter to remove the filter lid and filter element for cleaning and servicing. 6. Position the filter to safely direct water drainage. Align the air release valve to safely direct purged air or water. 8 WARNING Water discharged from an improperly positioned filter or valve can create an electrical hazard which can cause death, serious injury or property damage. Q CAUTION Maintain your pressure gauge in good working order. The pressure gauge is the primary indicator of how the filter is operating. 10-I now-6" MINIMUM CLEARANCE FILTER O r 6" MINIMUM 1 CLEARANCE Figure 2. Filter Location If the filter needs to be located above the water level of the pool; it can be raised 2.5 ft. without affecting the pump efficiency. A check valve is recommended on the suction line to the pump. If the filter is to be installed below the water level of the pool, isolation valves should be installed on both the suction and return lines to prevent back flow of pool water during any routine servicing that may be required. 3.2 Anchor Bracket Installation In some areas, for example Florida, building codes require that all appliances be securely fastened to the equipment pad in order to withstand high wind pressures created by hurricanes. Jandy provides an anchor bracket kit for this purpose. Please see the Parts List in Section 9 of this manual for the correct part number. Follow the Anchor Bracket Installation Kit Instructions to attach the brackets to the filter. NOTE Anchor screws and washers for securing the anchor bracket to the equipment pad are not included with the filter or the anchor bracket kit. Jandy recommends that a '/4" x 2'/." long stainless steel Tapcon concrete screw and stainless steel flat washer are used to mount each anchor bracket to the equipment pad. The Tapcon concrete screw meets Florida building code requirements. After placing the filter on the equipment pad, as outlined in Section 3.1. drill a 5/32" hole in the concrete at each of the four brackets on the filter. (The correct size concrete drill bit should be obtained when the concrete screws are purchased.) Install the Tapcon® screws and washers through each of the four (4) anchor brackets to secure the filter to the equipment pad. See Figure 3. Do not over -torque the screws. 3.3 Filter Preparation Check carton for damage due to rough handling in shipment. If carton or any filter components are damaged, notify carrier immediately. 2. Carefully remove the accessory package. A visual inspection of all parts should be made now. See parts list in Section 9. 4. With the carton in an upright position, remove the filter tank from the carton. 5. To mount the pressure gauge/air release assembly to the top of the filter tank (located in the accessory bag): Place the smaller, thicker o-ring onto the threads of the tank adapter (see Figure 4). Slide the tank adapter through the coupling dY Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Page 7 12x1" Pan Head Stainless Steel Scn 120" Stainless Steel Pan Head Screws (Qty 2) Filter Base Drill Two 3132" Holes Through Filter Base Mounting Tab Mounting Bracket S.S. apconScrewxandScrewandS.S. Washerashen Drill 5/32" Hole It k A Bottom o••• M 1 ' • a .ti I. y4• s 3-1/2" Thick s71••a •. Min.) Concrete Pad Filter Tank Anchor Bracket Installation Figure 3. Anchor Bracket Installation Housing O-Ring Tank Adapter ink Adapter to Housing oupler O-Ring Figure 4. Pressure Gauge/Air Release Assembly nut and into the filter tank. Use the flats on the tank adapter to tighten. Do not overtighten. b. Place the larger, thinner o-ring onto the gauge housing. Thread the housing into the coupler on the tank adapter. C. Orient the gauge/air release assembly in the desired position. Raise and thread the locknut onto the bottom of the gauge/air release assembly. Hand tighten the nut only. Using a wrench to tighten the nut may damage the nut, gauge or air release assembly. 3.4 Filter Plumbing This filter operates under pressure. When clamped properly and operated without air in the water system, this filter will operate in a safe manner. If the system can be subjected to higher pressure than the maximum rating of any component, install an ASME approved automatic pressure relief valve or pressure regulator in the circulation system. Set the relief valve or pressure regulator to lowest working pressure of any of the components in the system. Place the filter on the concrete pad, lined t.lp with the inlet/outlet pipes (see Figures 5 and 5A). Anchor Bracket to Platform Installation 4. To reduce pressure losses, 2" (minimum) piping is recommended for plumbing the system. 5. For best efficiency use the fewest possible number of fittings. This will prevent a restriction in the water flow. 5.1 The CV model filter comes with a Jandy Sweep Elbow for this purpose. The sweep elbow also includes a threaded port and plug so that a''/2" hose bib can be connected for pressure testing. See Figure 7. 5.2 To install the sweep elbow use the following instructions: A WARNING To avoid an electrical shock hazard, which can result in serious injury or death, ensure that all electrical power to the system is turned off before approaching, inspecting or troubleshooting any leaking valves or plumbing that may have caused other electrical devices in the surrounding area to get wet. WARNING Follow all filter manufacturer's instructions. NEVER attempt to assemble, disassemble or adjust the filter when there is pressurized air in the system. Starting the pump while there is any pressurized air in the system can cause the filter lid to be blown off, which can cause death, serious personal injury or property damage. a. Switch off the circuit breaker to the equipment and open the air relief valve on top of the filter (leave it open during this procedure). NOTE If the filter is below pool level, close the suction and return line valves to isolate the filtration system. Remove the drain plug from the filter. Let the water drain from the filter. Page 8 Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Tand'1' O From Outlet Port Jandy Heater Spa Make Up AA a To Inlet Port Jandy O Jandy PumpWaterfallCheck Valve Jandy Filter From Pool Drain n Spa Return J::E' Pool Return Spa Suction From Pool Skimmer Figure 5. CL Cartridge Filter Plumbing for Pool/Spa Combination OT O Outlet Port Inlet Port Jandy Heater a F71 Spa Make Up O Jandy Pump Jandy Filter From Pool Dr in Q Waterfall Jandy U Check Valve Spa Return Spa Suction Pool Return From Pool Skimmer Figure 5A. CV Cartridge Filter Plumbing for Pool/Spa Combination CUCV Filter Tank Bottom Cap Nut 2" Ball jull ....... 9 Valve 2" Pipe IIORI U Bulkhead Alt Universal Union for Plumbing Figure 6. Jandy CL and CV Series Cartridge Filter Drain Configurations dY Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Page 9 Note: Do not overtighten. ' Figure 7. Sweep Elbow Be sure there is a minimum distance of 7% inches between the center of the pump outlet port and the filter inlet bulkhead to accommodate the sweep elbow(s). See Figure 8 for recommended installation configuration. NOTE The SHP pump shown in Figure 8 is for reference only. The Jandy sweep elbow also works with the MHP and PHP series pumps. NOTE Be sure to use 2" or 21/2' schedule 40 PVC pipe Clean the cut ends of the pipe and both ends of the sweep elbow(s) with an appropriate NSF® approved All Purpose cleaner/primer. Glue the sweep elbow(s) onto the cut pipe ends using an appropriate All Purpose NSF® approved adhesive/glue. NOTE: Jandy recommends Weld -On 724 PVC to CPVC Cement to glue Schedule 40 PVC. d. After the glue is cured, close the pressure relief valve on top of the filter, start the system and check for proper water flow. Make all plumbing connections in accordance with local plumbing and building codes. Filter connections are provided with an o-ring seal. To avoid damage to the o-rings, use only a silicone base lubricant on the o-rings. Do not use pipe joint compound, glue or solvent on inledoutlet union coupling nuts. 7. Keep piping tight and free of leaks. Pump suction line leaks may cause air to be entrapped in filter tank or loss of prime at the pump. Pump discharge line leaks may show up as dampness or jets of water. 8. Support the inlet/outlet pipes independently to prevent any undue strains on the filter valve. 9. Connect the pipes using the unions supplied with the filter. Do not use Teflon tape or pipe dope on any unions. Assemble the unions dry and hand tighten. See Figure 6. 10. If desired, the CV filter drain can be plumbed using a Jandy universal union. The plumbing must contain a ball valve as shown in Figure 6. A CAUTION Be sure that all provisions for wastewater disposal meet local, state or national codes. During any draining process, one hundred gallons (100 gals.) or more of pool water will be discharged. CL and CV Cartridge) Filters are not subject to backwashing. Do not discharge water where it will cause flooding or damage. Figure 8. LXi Heater, CV Filter and SHP Pump Sweep Elbow Installation Page 10 Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Tanndy Clamp Ring' T" Nut and Threaded Rod Tightening Nut w/ Shoulder Figure 9. Filter Clamp Ring 3.5 Clamp Installation I. Be certain the o-ring is in position in the lower tank half. Press the filter lid over the lower half sandwiching the o-ring between the two halves. 2. Holding the ends of the filter clamp apart, position the hinged segment of the filter clamp over both upper and lower tank flanges. Bring the ends of the filter clamp together. 3. Place the "T" nut and threaded rod assembly into the clamp. Be sure the "T" nut is seated in the clamp in the proper orientation (See Fig. 9). 4. Use a 9/16" socket on the tightening nut until the clamp ring halves touch each other, or are within I/16" (See Fig. 9) but do not overtighten as the clump can break. If unable to tighten as indicated, do not operate the filter and call a service technician inrmediatelV. 5. After the first week of operation, check the clamp and retighten if necessary. 6. Check the filter clamp at least once a month. A WARNING Follow these instructions carefully. Improper clamp installation can cause the filter lid to be blown off, which can result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage. Section 4. Start -Up and Operation NOTE This section applies to both new pool and seasonal start-up. Turn off the pump. Switch off the circuit breaker to the pump motor. Check that the drain plug for CL filters or drain cap for CV filters is in place and tight. Check that the tank clamp is correctly seated and tight (See Figs. 9 and 10). AWARNING NEVER start pump while standing within five (5) feet of the filter. Starting the pump while there is pressurized air in the system can cause the filter lid to be blown off, which can cause death, serious personal injury or property damage. A WARNING NEVER operate the filter system at more than 50 psi of pressure. Operating the filter system in excess of 50 psi can cause the filter lid to be blown off, which can cause death, serious personal injury or property damage. A CAUTION DO NOT operate filter at water temperatures above 105° F (40.6° C). Water temperatures above the manufacturer's recommendations will shorten the life span of the filter and void the warranty. Open the pump hair/lint pot lid and fill the pump basket with water to prime the system. Replace the lid. (You may have to do this several times on new and seasonal start-ups.) Completely open the air release valve on the gauge/air release assembly by turning the knob on the back of the assembly fully counterclockwise do not remove the knob). Be sure to open any filter isolation valves that were installed in the system. Stand clear of the filter and start the pump to circulate water through the system. When a steady stream of water starts to come out of the air release valve, close the valve. Watch the pressure gauge to be sure that the pressure does not exceed 50 psi (with clean cartridges). If the pressure approaches 50 psi, immediately turn the pump off and clean the filter cartridges (see Section 6.3). If the pressure remains high after cleaning the filter, refer to the troubleshooting guide in Section 8 for possible causes and solutions. dY Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Page 11 T Nut Threaded Tightening Rod Nut w/ Shoulder i?ram Clamp Tightening Ring Nut w/ Shoulder L- I 4L — --- 1 I J Use a 9/16" Socket J Clamp Ring, Closed Position IF - -- - - -- L _ L — — — I _ J I GAP NOT TO EXCEED 1/16" Figure 10. Filter Clamp Ring Assembly 9. After the pressure gauge has stabilized; turn the bezel ring so that the arrow next to the word CLEAN" aligns with the needle of the gauge. As the filter cleans the water, and the cartridges begin to clog the pressure begins to increase. When the needle of the pressure gauge aligns with the arrow next to the word "DIRTY" on the bezel. it is time to clean the filter (see Section 6.3). This indicates an increased pressure of between 10 and 12 psi above original starting pressure. Section 5. Filter Disassembly and Assembly Q WARNING NEVER attempt to assemble, disassemble or adjust the filter when there is pressurized air in the system. Starting the pump while there is any pressurized air in the system can cause the filter lid to be blown off, which can cause death, serious personal injury or property damage. Turn off the pump. Switch off the circuit breaker to the pump motor. IMPORTANT. Completely open air release valve on top of thefilter tank to release all pressure from inside the tank and system. Close the filter isolation valves on the system to prevent flooding. 4. Remove the drain plug located at the bottom of the filter tank and allow the tank to drain. 5. Replace the drain plug. 6. Loosen the tank clamp ring retainer and remove the clamp ring. 7. Remove the top of the filter tank by lifting it straight up until it clears the cartridges on the inside of the tank. 8. Remove the manifold assembly by lifting it off of the outlet tube and out of the tank. 9. Pull the cartridges out of the filter tank and clean the cartridge using the instructions in Section 6.3. 10. Using new cartridges or the clean original ones, place the cartridges back into the filter tank. Be sure that they are correctly seated on the cartridge support on the bottom of the tank. 11. Inspect the o-ring at the top of the outlet tube for cracks and wear marks. Replace if necessary. 12. Reinstall the manifold making sure that it fits squarely over the cartridges and outlet tube. 13. Inspect the tank o-ring for cracks or wear marks. Replace if necessary. Place the o-ring back onto the filter bottom. 14. Place the filter lid onto the filter tank bottom. 15. Replace the tank clamp ring. See Section 3.4 for clamp installation. 16. Start the pump by following the procedures outlined in steps 2 through 7 of Section 4.1. Section 6. Maintenance 6. 1 General Maintenance I . Wash outside of filter with a mild detergent and water. Rinse off with a hose. Do not use solvents to clean the filter, solvents will damage the plastic components of the filter. 2. Check pressure during operation at least once a week. 3. Remove any debris from the skimmer basket and hair/ lint pot on pump. 4. Check pump and filter for any leaks. If any leaks develop, turn off the primp and call a qualified pool service technician. Page 12 Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Tandy. Product safety signs or labels should be periodically inspected and cleaned by the product user as necessary to maintain good legibility for safe viewing distance. Product safety signs or labels should be replaced by the product user when a person with normal vision, including corrected vision; is no longer able to read the safety signs or label message panel text at a safe viewing distance from the hazard. In cases where the product has an extensive expected life or is exposed to extreme conditions, the product user should contact either the product manufacturer or some other source to determine means for obtaining replacement signs or labels. Installation of new replacement safety signs or labels should be in accordance with the sign or label manufacturer's recommended procedure. 6.2 Pressure Gauge During operation of the filtration system, check the pressure gauge/air release assembly for air or water leaks at least once a week. Keep the pressure gauge in good working order. If you suspect a problem with the gauge, Jandy recommends you call a qualified service technician to do any work on the filter/pump system. A CAUTION Maintain your pressure gauge in good working order. The pressure gauge is the primary indicator of how the filter is operating. 6.3 Cleaning the Filter Cartridge Follow the procedures outlined in steps 1 through 8 of Section 5.1 to expose the cartridge elements inside the filter. Remove cartridge elements and place them upright in an area suitable for washing. Use a garden hose and nozzle to wash each pleat of each element. NOTE Algae, suntan oil, calcium and body oils can form coatings on filter element which may not be removed by normal hosing. To remove such materials, soak the element in de -greaser and then a de -scaler. Your local pool dealer will be able to recommend suitable products. Inspect each cartridge for holes; tears or excessively worn pleats. Replace if necessary. To reassemble the filter with the new or clean cartridges follow the procedure outlined in steps 10 through 16 of Section 5. Section 7. Winterizing I . Turn off the pump and circuit breakers. 2. Open air release valve on top of the filter. 3. Remove the drain plug at the base of the filter to ensure that the tank is empty. Store the drain plug and seal in a safe place. Do not reinstall until next season at start-up. 4. Drain system piping of all water. 5. Cover the system with a tarpaulin or plastic sheet to protect it from the weather. LandY Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Page 13 Section 8. Troubleshooting For a list of common problems and solutions see the Troubleshooting Guide below. 2. Jandy recommends that you call a qualified service technician to do any work on the filter/pump system. For technical service call 707.776.8200, est. 260. Table 2. Troubleshooting Guide Fault Symptom Possible Problems Solutions Water is not clear. Insufficient disinfectant level. Check and adjust disinfectant level. Incorrect pool chemistry. Test and adjust water chemistry. Heavy bathing and/or dirt loads. Adjust filter time and/or water chemistry. Insufficient running times. Increase pump run time. Filter is dirty. Clean filter cartridges per instructions. Hole in filter element. Replace cartridge. Low water flow. Filter system strainer baskets dirty. Check and clean strainer baskets. Air leaks on suction side of pump. Check all connections between pool intake and pump. Restrictions or blockage in either suction or Check all lines for debris or partially closed return lines. valves. Filter cartridges need to be cleaned or Clean or replace filter cartridges per replaced. instructions. Pool water level too low. Fill pool so level is above pump inlet line. Pump not primed. Fill pump with water at basket and replace lid. Pump impeller vanes blocked. Technician required. Strainer baskets not being used and/or Replace baskets. broken. (Allow debris into pump.) Pump operating under speed (low voltage). Technician or electrician required. Short filter cycles. Presence of algae clogging filter. Check disinfectant content. Incorrect water chemistry. Check pH, total alkalinity and TDS. Pump output exceeds design flow rate of Check pump performance. filter. Ineffective cleaning. Clean or replace filter cartridge per instructions. High pressure on start-up. Small eyeball fitting in Pool/Spa. Replace with larger diameter fitting. Partially closed valve on return line. Check and fully open all valves on return line. Too large of pump. Check pump and filter selection. Filter cartridges dirty. Clean filter cartridges per instructions. Dirt returns to pool. Hole in filter cartridge. Replace filter cartridge per instructions. Worn o-ring seal inside filter. Replace o-ring. Page 14 Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Tandy, Section 9. Parts List and Exploded View 9.1 Jandy° CL and CV Cartridge Filter Parts List Key No. Description Model No. Part No. 1 Handle Assembly w/ hardware (set of 2) All R0357100 2 Handle Hardware (set of 4) All R0359900 3 Gauge/Air Release Assembly All R0357200 4 Pressure Gauge All R0359600 5 Tank Adapter w/O-ring - Union All R0552000 6 Tank Top 580 R0357300 Tank Top 340,460 R0554700 7 Top Spacer All R0357700 8 Breather Tube Assembly All R0358700 9 Manifold Assembly All R0357600 10 Filter Cartridge, 145 sq. ft. (4 required) 580 R0357900 Filter Cartridge, 115 sq. ft. (4 required) 460 R0554600 Filter Cartridge, 85 sq. ft. (4 required) 340 R0554500 11 Tank Clamp Ring w/Rod Assembly All R0357400 12 Threaded Rod and Retainer All R0357500 13 Tank O-ring All R0357800 14 Outlet Tube/Elbow Assembly w/ O-rings All R0555100 15 Inlet Elbow w/O-ring All R0358400 16 Filter Cartridge Support All R0358500 17 O-ring Replacement Kit (not shown) All R0358000 18 Ring, Retaining All R0405200 19 Bulkhead Assembly w/O-ring, CV Filter All R0465600 20 Anchor Bracket (Qty 4) All R0465500 21 Tank Bottom Assembly, CV Filter All R0465400 22 Tank Bottom Assembly, CL Filter All R0466500 23 Universal Half Unions (Set of 3) and All R0461800 Drain Plug Cap 24 Sweep Elbow (Not Shown) All SEFL1002 landY Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Page 15 9.2 Jandy° CL and CV Filters Exploded View CL Filter CV Filter 4 \ 4 2 3 23 5 ®}— 5 1 6 1 12 8 7 \ J 9 16- 22, 18- 22 20f 8 7 \ u 9 Page 16 Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters andy, Section 10. Head Loss Curves 10.1 Jandy° CL and CV Cartridge Filter Design Head Loss Curves 28 26 24 22 20 Design 18 Head Loss 16 ft head) 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 CL340 CV340 CL460 CV460 CL580 CV580 0 30 60 90 120 Flow Rate (gpm) 12 10 Design 8 Pressure Drop psi) 6 4 2 0 150 Landy' Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Page 17 Notes Page 18 Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Tandy - Notes LandY Cartridge Pool Filters - CL and CV Series Filters Page 19 Notes LIMITED WARRANTY Thank you for purchasing Jandy® pool and spa products. Jandy Pool Products, Inc. warrants all parts to be free from manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of retail purchase, with the following exceptions: AquaLink® RS units installed with Jandy Surge Protection Kits will be covered for two years. NeverLube® valves are warranted for the life of pool and/or spa on which they were originally installed. AquaPureT" Electronic Chlorine Generator Electrolytic Cells carry a 5 year limited warranty on a prorated basis. This warranty is limited to the first retail purchaser, is not transferable, and does not apply to products that have been moved from their original installation sites. The liability of Jandy Pool Products, Inc. shall not exceed the repair or replacement of defective parts and does not include any costs for labor to remove and reinstall the defective part, transportation to or from the factory, and any other materials required to make the repair. This warranty does not cover failures or malfunctions resulting from the following: 1. Failure to properly install, operate or maintain the product(s) in accordance with our published Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manuals provided with the product(s). 2. The workmanship of any installer of the product(s). 3. Not maintaining a proper chemical balance in your pool and/or spa (pH level between 7.2 and 7.8, Total Alkalinity (TA) between 80 to 120 ppm, Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) less than 2000 not including salt ppm]. 4. Abuse, alteration, accident, fire, flood, lightning, rodents, insects, negligence or acts of God. 5. Scaling, freezing, or other conditions causing inadequate water circulation. 6. Operating the product(s) at water flow rates outside the published minimum and maximum specifications. 7. Use of non -factory authorized parts or accessories in conjunction with the product(s). 8. Chemical contamination of combustion air or improper use of sanitizing chemicals, such as introducing sanitizing chemicals upstream of the heater and cleaner hose or through the skimmer. 9. Overheating; incorrect wire runs; improper electrical supply; collateral damage caused by failure of O-Rings, DE grids, or cartridge elements; or damage caused by running the pump with insufficient quantities of water. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: This is the only warranty given by Jandy Pool Products, Inc. No one is authorized to make any other warranties on behalf of Jandy Pool Products, Inc. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY. JANDY POOL PRODUCTS, INC. EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ANY LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTY. This warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may also have other rights which vary by state or province. WARRANTY CLAIMS: For prompt warranty consideration, contact your dealer and provide the following information: proof of purchase, model number, serial number and date of installation. The installer will contact the factory for instructions regarding the claim and to determine the location of the nearest designated service center. If the dealer is not available, you can locate a service center in your area by visiting www.jandy.com or by calling our technical support department at (707) 776-8200 extension 260. All returned parts must have a Returned Material Authorization number to be evaluated under the terms of this warranty. Jaindy, 6000 Condor Drive, Moorpark, CA, USA 93021 • 707.776.8200 FAX 707.763.7785 Litho in U.S A m 2008 Jandy Pool Products, Inc 0801 For technical support call 707.776.8200, ext 260 OFFICE ZODIACm OWNER'S MANUAL PERMIT oi iAquaLink Tm 2.0 Web Connect Device For use with AquaLink® RS for Systems with Rev R Firmware or later For use with PDA for Systems with Rev 6.0 Firmware or later. For use with AquaLink Z4 Systems FOR YOUR SAFETY - This product must be installed and serviced by a contractor who is licensed and qualified in pool equipment by the jurisdiction in which the product will be installed where such state or local requirements exist. The maintainer must be a professional with sufficient experience in pool equipment installation and maintenance so that all of the instructions in this manual can be followed exactly. Before installing this product, read and follow all warning notices and instructions that accompany this product. Failure to follow warning notices and instructions may result in property damage, personal injury, or death. Improper installation and/or operation will void the warranty. Improper installation and/or operation can create unwanted electrical hazard which can cause serious injury, property damage, or death. This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an electrical source on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Modifications made to this equipment, which are not authorized by the manufacturer, may void the user's authority to operate this equipment. iAquaLink, 2 0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owners Manual Page 3 Table of Contents NOTE Some of the features described in this Manual DO NOT apply to all Aqual-ink RS models. Section 1. Important Safety Instructions ..... 6 Section 2. Overview of the iAquaLink 2.0 Web Connect Device .................... 7 2.1 System Overview..............................................7 2.2 iAquaLink Apps and Web Interface...................7 Section 3. Home Screen ................................ 8 3.1 Navigation Bar..................................................8 Section 4. Using the Menu Screen ............... 9 4.1 Menu Screen.....................................................9 4.2 To Set Up Date/Time.........................................9 4.3 Schedule...........................................................9 4.4 Set Temperature (For Pool and Spa Only System)...........................................................10 4.5 Customize Home............................................11 4.6 Lockouts and Password..................................12 4.7 AquaPure®......................................................13 4.8 Program Group...............................................14 Section 5. . Using the OneTouchTM Menu .... 15 5.1 OneTouch........................................................15 5.2 All Off.............................................................15 5.3 Spa Mode........................................................15 5.4 Clean Mode.....................................................15 Section 6. Using the Help Menu .................. 16 6.1 Help Menu.......................................................16 6.2 Help Sensors..................................................16 6.3 Help Remotes.................................................16 6.4 Help Errors......................................................16 6.5 iAquaLink Status.............................................16 Section 7. Using the Status Menu .............. 16 7.1 Equipment Status...........................................16 Section 8. Using Other Devices On/Off...... 17 8.1 Filter Pump.....................................................17 8.2 Variable Speed................................................17 8.3 Spa..................................................................18 8.4 Pool Heat........................................................18 8.5 Spa Heat (Dual Equipment)............................18 8.6 Solar Heat .............................................. 18 8.7 Auxiliary Equipment........................................19 8.8 Using Color Lights...........................................19 8.9 TEMP1 / TEMP2 (Pool or Spa Only) ..............20 8.10 Two Speed Operation (*Not Available for Export Models*)..............................................20 Section 9. System Setup ...................... 9.1 System Setup Screen ............................. 9.2 Label Auxiliary Functions ........................ 9.3 Color Lights ............................................. 9.4 ESP Link (Seasonal Adjust) .................... 9.5 Set Dimmers .......................................... 9.6 OneTouch............................................... 9.7 Spa Remotes .......................................... 9.8 Device Runtime ....................................... 9.9 Maintain Temp ......................................... 9.10 RS InterLink............................................ 9.11 Freeze Protection .................................... 9.12 Assign JVAs............................................ 9.13 Dusk Setup ............................................. 9.14 All Off Time ............................................. 9.15 Pump Lockout ........................................ 9.16 Daylight Savings Time (DST) .................. 9.17 Product Information ................................. 9.18 Air Temperature ...................................... 9.19 Temperature Calibrate ............................ 9.20 Degrees C/F............................................ 9.21 In -Floor Cleaning .................................... 9.22 Clear Memory ......................................... 9.23 Cancel Delay ........................................... 21 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 25 26 26 26 27 27 28 28 28 29 29 29 29 30 30 30 Section 10. Heat Pump Setup ....................... 31 10.1 Solar Priority/Heat Pump Priority ...................31 10.2 Heat Pump (Heat Mode).................................31 10.3 Heat Pump (Chiller Mode)..............................32 Section 11. Variable Speed Pump Setup...... 32 11.1 To Select the Pump/Model..............................33 11.2 To Set Up the Pump Application .....................33 11.3 To Set Up MIN/MAX Parameters ...................34 11.4 To Set Up the Priming Speed ..........................34 11.5 To Set Up the Priming Duration Time..............34 11.6 To Assign a Pump Speed to an AUX...............34 11.7 To Set Up Pump Speed.................................34 11.8 To Re -label the Speed Preset .........................35 11.9 Default Preset Speed Labels ..........................35 11.10 Variable Speed Pump Detail Operation ..........37 Section 12. Sprinkler System Setup ............. 38 Page 4 iAqual-ink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-ink® Control Systems I Owners Manual 12.1 Running the Sprinkler System ........................38 12.2 Programming Sprinkler System ......................39 Section 13. ChernLinkTM" Setup ..................... 41 13.1 To Set Up the ChemLink.................................41 13.2 To Configure the ORP Controller ....................41 13.3 To Configure the pH Controller .......................43 13.4 Manual Feed Activation...................................46 Section 14. Glossaries ................................... 47 14.1 Safety Delays and Lockouts ...........................47 14.2 Special Auxiliary Labels..................................47 14.3 Controller Messages.......................................48 Section 15. iAquaLink Menu Flow Chart..... 50 EQUIPMENT INFORMATION RECORD DATE OF INSTALLATION INSTALLER INFORMATION INITIAL PRESSURE GAUGE READING (WITH CLEAN FILTER) PUMP MODEL HORSEPOWER FILTER MODEL SERIAL NUMBER CONTROL PANEL MODEL SERIAL NUMBER NOTES: iAquaLinkTm 2 0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owners Manual Page 5 Section 1. Important Safety Instructions READ AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS All electrical work must be performed by a licensed electrician and conform to all national; state, and local codes. When installing and using this electrical equipment, basic safety precautions should always be followed, including the following: A DANGER To reduce the risk of injury, do not remove the suction fittings of your spa or hot tub. Never operate a spa or hot tub if the suction fittings are broken or missing. Never replace a suction fitting with one rated less than the flow rate marked on the equipment assembly. A WARNING Prolonged immersion in hot water may induce hyperthermia. Hyperthermia occurs when the internal temperature of the body reaches a level several degrees above the normal body temperature of 98.6°F (37°C). The symptoms of hyperthermia include dizziness, fainting, drowsiness, lethargy, and an increase in the internal temperature of the body. The effects of hyperthermia include: 1) unawareness of impending danger; 2) failure to perceive heat; 3) failure to recognize the need to exit spa; 4) physical inability to exit spa; 5) fetal damage in pregnant women; 6) unconsciousness resulting in a danger of drowning. A WARNING To Reduce the Risk of Injury - a) The water in a spa should never exceed 1040F (40°C). Water temperatures between 100OF (38°C) and 1040F 40°C) are considered safe for a healthy adult. Lower water temperatures are recommended for young children and when spa use exceeds 10 minutes. b) Since excessive water temperatures have a high potential for causing fetal damage during the early months of pregnancy, pregnant or possibly pregnant women should consult a physician before using a spa or hot tub, and should limit spa water temperatures to 100T (38°C). Water temperature in excess of 38°C (100°F) may be injurious to your health. c) Before entering a spa or hot tub, the user should measure the water temperature with an accurate thermometer since the tolerance of water temperature -regulating devices varies. d) The use of alcohol, drugs, or medication before or during spa or hot tub use may lead to unconsciousness with the possibility of drowning. e) Obese persons and persons with a history of heart disease, low or high blood pressure, circulatory system problems, or diabetes should consult a physician before using a spa. f) Persons using medication should consult a physician before using a spa or hot tub since some medication may induce drowsines while other medication may affect heart rate, blood pressure, and circulation. A WARNING Risk of electric shock - Install the power center at least five (5) feet (1.52m) from the inside wall of the pool and/or hot tub using non-metallic plumbing. Canadian installations must be at least three (3) meters from the water. Children should not use spas or hot tubs without adult supervision. Do not use spas or hot tubs unless all suction guards are installed to prevent body and hair entrapment. People using medications and/or having an adverse medical history should consult a physician before using a spa or hot tub. Page 6 iAqual-ink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual A WARNING People with infectious diseases should not use a spa or hot tub. To avoid injury, exercise care when entering or exiting the spa or hot tub. Do not use drugs or alcohol before or during the use of a spa or hot tub to avoid unconsciousness and possible drowning. Do not use a spa or hot tub immediately following strenuous exercise. Prolonged immersion in a spa or hot tub may be injurious to your health. Do not permit any electric appliance (such as a light, telephone, radio, or television) within 5 feet (1.52m) of a spa or hot tub. The use of alcohol, drugs or medication can greatly increase the risk of fatal hyperthermia in hot tubs and spas. A WARNING To avoid injury ensure that you use this control system to control only packaged pool/spa heaters which have built- in operating and high limit controls to limit water temperature for pool/spa applications. This device should not be relied upon as a safety limit control. A WARNING A terminal bar marked "GROUND" is provided within the power center. To reduce the risk of electrical shock which can cause serious injury or death, connect this terminal bar to the grounding terminal of your electric service or supply panel with a continuous copper conductor having green insulation and one that is equivalent in size to the circuit conductors supplying this equipment, but no smaller than no. 12 AWG (3.3mm2). In addition, a second wire connector should be bonded with a no. 8 AWG (8.4mm2) copper wire to any metal ladders, water pipes, or other metal within five (5) feet (1.52 m) of the pool/spa. In Canada the bonding wire must be minimum 6 AWG (13.3mm2). A CAUTION A ground -fault circuit -interrupter must be provided if this device is used to control underwater lighting fixtures. The conductors on the load side of the ground -fault circuit -interrupter shall not occupy conduit, boxes, or enclosures containing other conductors unless the additional conductors are also protected by a ground -fault circuit -interrupter. Refer to local codes for complete details. i Attention installer: Install to provide drainage of compartment for electrical components. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS iAqual-ink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink® Control Systems I Owner's Manual Page 7 Section 2. Overview of the AquaLink 2.0 Web Connect Device Welcome, and thank you for purchasing the iAquaLink 2.0 Web Connect Device! The iAquaLink 2.0 Web Connect Device connects an AquaLink System to the Internet through your existing residential internet service. Follow these instructions to operate the iAquaLink Web Connect Device on any device with access to the web. 2.1 System Overview The iAquaLink 2.0 Web Connect Device can be used with most existing AquaLink control systems, however; the firmware in the power center may need to be updated to at least the revision level shown below: AquaLink IRS - requires revision R or newer. AquaLink PDA - requires revision 6.0 or newer AquaLink Z4 - all revisions will work 2.2 iAquaLink Apps and Web Interface The iAquaLink 2.0 Web Connect Device must be installed prior to using the iAquaLink Web Interface and registration of the product. If you are installing the device yourself, please follow the online installation and registration instructions at vww.iAqua Lin k.com and refer to the Quick Start Guide (PM H0364300) and the Installation Manual P/N H0364100). For additional assistance, contact our Technical Support Department at 1-800-822-7933. Mobile Smart Device Apps IMPORTANT Prior to accessing the Smart Device App and Web Browser Interface, make sure the installation and registration of the iAquaLink Web Connect Device has been completed succesfully The smart device apps offer basic automation solutions to control the pool and spa features anytime, anywhere. Free iAquaLink smart device apps are available for devices such as Android®, iPhone®. iPad®. iPod Touch®. or any other HTML5 enabled device. To download your App: Go to iTunes App Stores"" and search Zodiac® iAquaLink, for iPhone, iPad, or iPod Touch. Go to the Android Market and search Zodiac iAquaLink, for any Android device. For instructions on how to use the smart device app. see the Welcome Brochure (P/N H0369500) included in your iAquaLink package. Web Browser Interface Using your personal computer or laptop, you can use the iAquaLink web interface to program, customize, control, and configure every device and feature available with your AquaLink control systems. NOTE: The Web Browser Interface is not available for use with the AquaLink Z4 controller. How to Access the Web Browser Interface: Go to www.iAquaLink.com and login to enter the Welcome to iAquaLink Owner's Center". Select the "Locations" tab to display the iAquaLink Owner's Center. If your device is not listed, click "Add Location" and follow the online instructions. Once your device is added, click on it to access the HOME screen of your iAquaLink Web Interface. Waiting for conn.diOn... A 4 _DW— -`— Air TemP Po8Te P 78' 60 r 9A F^r Page 8 iAquaLinkTh12.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-inkO Control Systems I Owner's Manual Section 3. Home Screen This screen is the starting point for each session, providing access to the main navigation bar. Middle Info Panel Title Bar iAquaLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Pool Temp Air Temp 860 780 , c, I O O SSSS SSSS C ® I FILTER SPA POOL SPA AUX1 AUX2 AUX3 om. PUMP HEAT HEAT DevknONCE! 1:1 Homi hlinu OneTouch Help Back Stitus Navigation Bar 3.1 Navigation Bar To Display the Menu Screen HOME > MENU Menu Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Schedule Set Temp Set Time Customize Home System Setup Lockouts Password istornize BUttOr1S Program Group Touch Setu P Set AquaPure Devices Home I l.0 OneTouch HeID Back Status The navigation bar displays the following links: HOME Returns the user to the HOME screen. MENU Displays the main menu setup and programming. ONETOUCH Turns on/off preset mood/scene settings. HELP Displays the service and equipment information. BACK Returns the user to the previous screen. STATUS Displays information about the equipment. Section 4. Using the Menu Screen 4.1 Menu Screen The MENU screen provides access to the main links to program, setup, schedule, and customize your pool/spa system. 4.2 To Set Up Date/Time The DATE/TIME screen allows the current date and time to be entered. CAUTION Make sure DATE and TIME are set up correctly before programming and scheduling any devices. Date MENU > SET DATEITIME Set Date/Time Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM D.t. e„a„av 7 8 9 I 45 6 I 1 2 3 0 ' Clwr Enter Home Menu OneTouch HeID Back Status iAquaLinkW 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual AdozowPage 9 Time MENU > SET DATEITIME Set Date/Time Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM T.n.: .00.00, PM Dl/01/OO I7 l l 8 _JI 4 5 IIIIII 6 1 Tm• —\ 1J [2 JI 3__J10:00 PM 0 (Clear IrEnter, Home Menu One elp Back Status 4.3 Schedule CAUTION Make sure DATE and TIME are set up correctly before programming and scheduling any devices. The SCHEDULE screen allows ON and OFF times to be programmed for any circuit (equipment) controlled by the iAquaLink. The circuit can be scheduled to turn ON or OFF all days, weekends, weekdays, or any specific day of the week. Circuits are not listed in the SCHEDULE box until a START and STOP time are entered. MENU > SCHEDULE The SCHEDULE screen displays each circuit schedule. START and STOP time, along with run days. Schedule Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Cucun Start rune Stop Time Days Run Days NSP 7-00 AM 6:00 PM Th, Wknd Pool .:00 AM 5:00 PM - -AII All i M Tu Spa 7:00 PM 00 PM F. Sa 9: Spa 5:00 PM 9:00 PM M. W Th F Sa Su Spa Heat 6:00 PM 8:00 PM All Pool Light 6:00 PM E:00 PM All Week Dap Weakands Add i Edit paw ',a Pa Sava Start Tima Stop TimaJDeist. I Home Menu Oneroudt Help Back Status Adding Devices to the Circuit List Adding ne%v devices to the circuit list on the SCHEDULE screen is a two-step procedure. First Step - Selecting and adding the new device MENU > SCHEDULE > ADD Schedule Devices Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Devices Filter Pump VSP Pump Spa Pool Heat Spa Heat Chiller Aux 1 Aux 2 PUrp Uewy e ei ® (D r Home Menu OneTouch Help s NOTE Only one item can be selected at a time. Second Step - Programning the new device MENU > SCHEDULE > EDIT > SAVE Enter the run day for the new device and click SAVE Schedule Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM cl- 0 Stan Tina stop Tim. Day. Run day. VSP 7O0AM a00 PM Wknd r-- Pod e00 AM S00 PM AO ADAll M T W I spa700 Spa PM 1000 PM F. S. S00 PM 000 PM M, W Th F L Su Week Dap Week.nds I Spa Heat e:00 PM e00 PM All Ped usm 400 PM e00 PM AO Ada Ed. Dded r. poa9' L— LSav I JJst.n lime slop Tim O Home Menu On.Touch Help tatus Ll Deleting Devices from the Circuit List MENU > SCHEDULE > DELETE Schedule Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM aredt Rat Tlma slop Time Day. Run days l : CAM 6-DO AD F. M Tspa 7:00 PM 10.00 PM Confirmation spa 5-00 PM 9.00 M Esp. H.at 600 PM a.00 PM _ Me you rare you wam to delete this P. d lipfit ego PM a0o PM O program? Ok Gncel aEdt0.^ Dorms j k (Irn coHoe Menu Help Bad Page 10 iAquaLinkTm 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual ON/OFF Times MENU > SCHEDULE > EDIT > START TIME/STOP TIME Schedule Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Circuit Start Time Stop Tune Days Run Days VSP AM 6:00 PM Th. Vrknd 8: 00 Pool 6:00 AM SUO PM All — J All M Tu W Spa PM 10:00 PM F. Sa 5: 00 Spa 5:00 PM 9-00 PM M. W Th F Sa Su Spa Hest 6:00 PM E:00 PM All Pool Light 6:00 PM E:00 PM All Week Days Weekends Add Edit Delete gPUP. saga Stan Time Stop Tim. Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Ste After setting all schedules click ENTER to store. 4.4 Set Temperature (For Pool and Spa Only System) The SET TEMPERATURE allows to preset the pool and spa thermostats. The default POOL temperature is 80°F (27'Q. The default SPA temperature is 102°F (39'Q. Pool and Spa heat temperatures can be adjusted between 34°F (I'Q through 104°F (40'Q. NOTE If you enter temperatures outside this range, an invalid entry message will be displayed. Set Temperature Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Sat To: eo Pool 0 Information 9 O Invalid Entry setpoint range: 34F•704F chill 31, 6 atHomeMenuOneTouchHelpStatus Pool Heat MENU > SET TEMP > POOL HEAT Set Temperature Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Set To: JPoolat EL, 1 I , 3 5 M., ® 2) 0 0 Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Spa Heat MENU > SET TEMP > SPA HEAT Set Temperature Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Pool Heat Spa Heat 80' 102e Sat To: L102 - 4J+I 5 i16 , LIChiller1 1r 2 1'L3JOiiUeufEMar Home Menu OneTouch Help Beck Status iAquaLinkTA° 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owners Manual AdazzwPage 11 Chiller NOTE To use this feature, a JandyO Heat Pump/Chiller model must be installed. If not installed, the chiller button will not be displayed. MENU > SET TEMP > CHILLER Set Temperature Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM eat8-l• Ligio 1oz• vo u4,5 6, Chiller 90* 2 3 Home Me Touch Help Back Status 4.5 Customize Home The CUSTOMIZE HOME screen is used to link and label the icons of the HOME screen to general items, auxiliaries, and OneTouchTM settings. MENU > CUSTOMIZE HOME Customize Home Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Ganml Ganaral hams __ Flter Pump P'gel 1) Select label group 2) Select label name Aua Sp Pump Spa JJ from list Pod Heat 3) Touch icon to assign OneToudi Spa Heat Page O SSSS LB ® SS*k Label label Label Label Label Label Label One Two Three Fourrs/, Frv•() Six S.— O mar/ ai Home u OneTouch Help Back Status Customize General, Aux and OneTouch Items The customization of the icons on the HOME screen is a three -step procedure: Select a group, either GENERAL, AUX or ONETOUCH. Select an item in the list. Click an icon to assign. MENU > CUSTOMIZE HOME Customize Home Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM G.n•ral General kerns 1) Select label group Frhor Pump rp•a• VSP Pum 2) Select label rum• P El Sp. l• _ from list Pod Hut 3) Touch icon to assign Spa Hen Maom P•p• SSSS tlaam SS M ® SS* F,her Spa Pool Spa Aux 3 Aux a Aux 5 Pump Heat Hen{'_ Z.- ® ® Home Menu OnaToudr Help Back Status Click an unassigned icon. The label of the icon should reflect the selected item. Clisforniie Home Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Ge l k—. 1) Select label group Fih•r Pump P•a• ' 2) Select label name EDSP..I VSP Pump p. from list H•n 3) Touch icon to assign Spe Hw, SSSS ® SSSS + ® Ss x Filter Sp• Pool Spa VSP Aux 5 Pump He•t Hut Pump o Home Menu OneTouch Help Bade Status NOTE: OneTouch items are not available for use with the AquaLink Z4 controller. 4.6 Lockouts and Password The LOCKOUTS PASSWORD screen prevents changes to specific AquaLink RS operations. To Lockout Devices When SYSTEM feature is on "LOCK". changes to program and system setup items are prevented. When SPALINKO RS and SPA SWITCH features are on LOCK", all control from the SpaLink RS and Spa Side Switch are prevented. When DEVICE feature is on "LOCK". the selected device cannot be controlled manually. However, the device can be controlled by a program. Page 12 iAqual-inkTm 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-inka Control Systems I Owner's Manual MENU > LOCKOUTS PASSWORD LockOP.assword Status Thu June 23, 20,,y3.03 PM Lockout System ON Password OFF 1 I Spa Switch OFF SpaLink I OFF, Devices OFF OFF S UCh'an ge'' Passwords o ® V102 , Home Menu OneT, ud+ Help Bads Status MENU > LOCKOUTS PASSWORD > SEVCHANGE PASSWORD Password +% t_..t+ ThuJune23,^20,11 3'0' Click the PASSWORD button on the desired item to How to Use the System when a Password turn it ENABLE or OFF. is Enabled ekouUPassworeJ Status Thu June z3, 2011 303 PM If a password is enabled for the system and a user Lockout Password tries to access: Set Temperature, Set Time, Programs, System oFF , eD` Program Groups, or System Setup, a Password Entry Spa Switch Screen will appear to allow the user to continue with oFF of Information their selection. O Password protect takes effects 10 SpaLink OFF !i minutes after last key press. If a password is enabled for a device, and a user tries to Devices oFF of 9k.•- access that device from a OneTouchTM control panel, a password entry screen will appear to allow the user to continue with their selection. To Set Lockout Password With LOCKOUT PASSWORD, the user may restrict access to programs, temperature settings, group settings, and system setup. One practical use of this feature might be to allow an owner to restrict the control of equipment located at a rental property. NOTE Password must be a four (4) digit number and the same password Is used for System, Programs, Spa Side Switch, SpaLil and Devices. If a password is enabled and entered for a SpaLink or a Spa Side Remote and a user tries to use either of those devices, the units will not respond. To enable any of these devices, click the LOCKOUT PASSWORD button in the MENU screen. Choose the equipment and click the PASSWORD button in the LOCKOUT/PSWD STATUS screen and enter the current password. The system will accept a default password of 1234. NOTE Once a password has been entered, you can access the device or menu item If you do not press any keys for 10 minutes, then you will be required to enter the password when you try to access the device or menu item. iAqual-inkTm 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's 0 Page 13 Lockout/Password Status Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Lockout Password System OFF ENABLED Information Spa Switch O Pwsr.erd pm— ukb effect 10 mina[.. of ., last key press. Spalink 04 Devices ° Password I0 & 0 o 0 o Home Menu OneTouch Help;' Back Status If a password is forgotten, consult your dealer for instructions. Passwords will only be applied if the PASSWORD PROTECT item is set to ENA and a PASSWORD is entered. Password protecting the system, programs, or devices does not require LOCKOUTS to be set for those devices. 4.7 AquaPure® NOTE This equipment may not be part of your system. Please check with your installer. The AquaPure chlorine generator system exclusively communicates with the AquaLink RS system. The SET CHLORINE PRODUCTION screen shown below will display the percentage of chlorine output. The AquaLink RS system when interfaced with AquaPure chlorine generator system or Purel-inkT"1 allows set points for pool and spa chlorine production. NOTE When the Chlorine Generator output percentage Is set to a value greater than 0 and the filter pump is on, the system salinity level and output percentage appears on the equipment status screen. MENU > SET AQUAPURE > SET CHLORINE PRODUCTION Set Chlorine Production Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM EPool 7 ji 8Ji: 9 ESpa1s% Q ', rj J Quick 1 2 3 l _ i i Boost li BOOSt I Oilaear,lEnty Setup 1 _" Me- a (I FEeMenuOneTouchHelpBack Status To Set Up Pool/Spa Set Chlorine Production Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Pool 7s 75% 8f Spa = 4 UF6 ` — 1sx ( nick 1 ' 2 Boost;iN, CleeEm 5 wpo- J FI— Menu OneTouch Help Bade Status To Set Up Quick Boost Click the QUICK BOOST button to display the AQUAPURE BOOST menu. Set Chlorine Production Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Pool 7' Ji81119=—j' 1 sx r 14 I', 5 6 Quick p 1'L2 3 J h 0 ;I rFst P Home Menu ouch HeIP Beck Status Page 14 iAqual-ink- 2 0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual Click the START button to operate the AquaPure chlorinator. AquaPiW:' % - •' 'TMq W,- i3 RQit3' M PM' Operate the AquaPure chlorinator at 100% for 2 hours Start XH e 41— [ ® uthT. OP 4f SMAC L'<<, To Pause, Restart and Stop Quick Boost MENU > SET AQUAPURE > SET CHLORINE PRODUCTION > QUICK BOOST NOTE This screen will appear on the iAquaLink when the AquaPure® chlorinator starts operating. A" quaPure;Boosti ;=_=n n,uJ ne 3 i_io„,3o3PM', Time remaining: 01:35 Pause Restart Stop Home'' Imp Minu OToucA Help Back S •""'+ Boost Setup The MODE selection is only available if the DIP switch Sl- 3 is in the ON position (Spillover mode). NOTE All DIP switches are located on the left side of the AquaLink IRS power center bezel. MENU > SET AQUAPURE > SET CHLORINE PRODUCTION > BOOST SETUP If selecting MODE, click the MODE button and choose either pool or spillover. 4. 8 Program Group PROGRAM GROUPS are useful for changing between specific settings for summer, winter, or vacation. The iAquaLink will store on/off times for equipment in each group. Use the PROGRAM GROUP menu to switch between program group A and program group B. Group A is the default. Confirm you are in the right program group before programming equipment. MENU > PROGRAM GROUP On the MENU screen, click the PROGRAM GROUP button to display the PROGRAM GROUP screen. A and B Groups MENU > PROGRAM GROUP > GROUP AIGROUP B t m" iai' PM' ;ProgG23, 2 0;3:03 Manually Switch Group Group A Group B Start Custom Label Date Group Auto Switch Disable Homi Minu Onerouch Help Back Stites A -..-I :_I.TM i n IA,_k r_____. r1_..:__ r_- A_.._I :_LO r`_-.-_I A._._-- Page 15 Program Auto Switch If you want the Program Groups to switch automatically, select a group and enter new date. Program Group Thu Jun: 23, zo1'1 3:03 PM D n 1061 Program Auto Switch % 8 9 Group A: 10/01 . 4 5 6 Group B: W/01 1 ,Z : 3 UE.a rU; 1Mema 4•Manu OnaT H.P. Custom Label Group The names of the PROGRAM GROUPS can be customized using the CUSTOM LABEL screen. MENU > PROGRAM GROUP > CUSTOM LABEL GROUP Program Group nt. Jun: z3; z"o. " , Manually Switch Group[G Group 8 Start Custom Label Date Group Auto $witdt Disable Holm Manu On:Touch Hilpsr"A' Bah Stetui-t = Section 5. Using the OneTouchT"" Menu 5.1 OneTouch Each OneTouch setting will allow the User to run multiple devices and heat the water to preset temperatures with the click of one button. HOME > ONETOUCH OneTouch Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM ALL OFF OFF OFF ONETOUCH 4 SPA MODE ON OFF ONETOUCH 5 CLEAN MODE OFF OFF ONETOUCH 6 Horm M. OmTuuh Help Back Steen 5.2 All Off The ALL OFF mode will turn off equipment that has been turned on by any means (unless in use by Maintain function). HOME > ONETOUCH > ALL OFF OneTouch Thu Jun. 23, 2011 3.03 PM ALL OFF OFF OFF ONETOUCH 4 SPA MODE OFF ONETOUCH 5 i CLEAN MODE OFF ONETOUCH 6 Hart- Menu OrrTauch - H.Ip Bah• Steen r'! 4 . - 5.3 Spa Mode HOME > ONETOUCH > SPA MODE Spa Mode Thu June 23, 2011 3-03 PM Spa Mode Items On Spa Spa Heat 1O2a Spa Light Spa Jets Laminar Jet Fountain l Martinis for 2 Morro Manu OnaTe'r:dr Nilp Bih S't:bn 5.4 Clean Mode The CLEAN MODE, when selected, will turn on the filter pump only. If the DIP switch S I - I is in the ON position, the CLEAN MODE will turn on the FILTER PUMP followed by the CLEANER PUMP after a three (3) minute delay. NOTE All DIP switches are located on the left side of the AquaLink IRS power center bezel. HOME > ONETOUCH > CLEAN MODE Clean Mode Thu Jun. 23, 2011 3:03 PM i I Clean Mode Items On Filter Pump I Cleaner Home Mane OmTouch Halt Bah S- Page 16 iAqual-ink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual Section 6. Using the Help Menu 6.4 Help Errors 6.1 Help Menu The HELP menu displays service information about your local service provider as entered in the PRODUCT INFORMATION system setup section. See Section 9.17, "Product Information". The HELP menu screen also provides diagnostic system information such as connection of devices, operation state of sensors, and errors of the system, if any. HOME > HELP HQ1p _ _ _ __ _ _ Thu — 23. 23. 2011 3:03 PM For Service Im.rlac.: Aq..ta T.--h Call M.d.k RS4 Only AquaLink R.. R CPUI..: E0290301 Local Service Co n R.' TLS1.0l X)00XXX-XXXX JB.a R_ win Ip. I... N.n UP 0— Hem. Mwu 0n6ir eh H.Ip Ilia Stem 6.2 Help Sensors This screen displays the operation state of the sensors. HOME > HELP > HELP SENSORS Help Sensors Thu June 23, 2011 393 PM S.n For Service Wat.r: OK Call Air: OK Sotar. OK Local Service Co pom XXX-XXXX a.. N.n w Dwn Han. Menu O—Teud+ H.tp e.ck 5tam 6.3 Help Remotes This screen lists all the equipment available through the RS485 Network. HOME > HELP > DIAGNOSTICS > NEXT Help Remotes PMThuJun. 23, 2011 3:03 R5485 D-ic.s For Service uk.u.tlnkM + Call Aq.Ak&T. h + A7.. n. + S.W AdW+ t Local Service Co RS"—ink ' pOW XXX-XXXX a.. 7. N_ UR own Ham. M.nu O..Te h H.lp B.ck stem The ERRORS screen lists all equipment with faults. HOME > HELP > ERRORS Help Errors Thu Jun. 23, 2011 3-03 PM Errors For Service vsh' N.R- Call w oeLk. A.ud.a. G—.1 F..h EE N.a+ Nn.c N. P_ Local Service Co EE N lung: On Un. pogo XXX-MM I... I' N.n U/ D... Ham. Manu OneTouch H.Ip a.a Status 6.5 iAquaLink Status The iAquaLink status screen monitors network information. HOME > HELP > IAQUALINK STATUS Actual -ink Status Thu Jun.23, 2011 3-03 PM For Service MACe nn.—d Call DH c' TC/ An m d. TV on.ce.d W4R W. Local Service Co RSik us I— oiQ XXX-XX of FW 0— 2JL2+ Pm - UP Dwn Ham. M.ru OmTourh Hetp B.a Stem Section 7. Using the Status Menu 7.1 Equipment Status HOME > STATUS p,quaunk Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM P°0 P Ai78o P 4 SSSS Pump Sp. Mod. H..t.r All OH On. On. On. I Touch 1 Touch 2 Touch 3 V ® O ' MI' iAquaLinkTM 2 0 Web Connect Device for Aqua Link" Control Systems I Owner's ManualAMMEW Page 17 The EQUIPMENT STATUS screen provides the current status of al I equipment. Equipment Status Thu Jun.23, 2011 Spa Pool Spa Heat 102' Pool Heat 60' Spa Light Color Lights Spa Jets Yard Lights Laminar Jet Jandy spump Fountain RPM 1750 Salinity 3.2 ppm Wan, 500 Aq..Pure 50% On.Touch Off Martinis for 2 Clean Mod. OH LMam. M.nu OrwTm h H.Ip Uck Static _J NOTE The EQUIPMENT STATUS screen will timeout after approximately 25 seconds at which time the previous screen will be displayed. Section 8. Using Other Devices On/ Off Use this menu to manually turn on or off any equipment. iAquaLink Thu Junst 23, 2011 3:03 PM Pool Temp Air Temp 860 780 LA Pump Spa Mode Heater All Off One One One Other Touch 1 Touch 2 Touch 3 Device, On/Oh Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON/OFF Devices Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM FILTER PUMP ON SPRINKLERS OFF AU%5 OFF VARIABLE ADJ SPEED All OFF AU%6 OFF Q SPA OFF AU%2 OFF SPA MODE OFF P.g. I POOL HEAT OFF AU% 3 OFF CLEAN MODE OFF SOLAR HEAT OFF POOL LIGHT OFF ALL OFF OFF I Home Menu Onelrouch Help Back Status 8.1 Filter Pump The FILTER PUMP selection turns the main filtration pump on or off for circulation to the pool. The filter pump also activates if the spa is turned on, if the pool cleaner is turned on, or if the spa spill -over effect is activated. The main filtration pump circulates the pool or spa water through the filter and heater. The pump must be on if you want to display the pool temperature, or if you want to heat the pool. HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON I OFF > FILTER PUMP Devices Thu Jun. 23. 2011 3:03 PM FILTER PUMP FION SPRINKLERS OFF AU%S OFF VARIABLE SPEED1AU% OFF Auxe OFF SPA A Information POOL HEAT SOLAR HEAT OFF A POOL LI o Pump will turn on after delay. OK Home Menu On.Touch Help 8.6 status Devices Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM FILTER PUMP ON SRRINKLERS OFF AU%S OFF VARIABLE SPEEDtO AU%1 OFF AUx• OFF SPAAU Information Pump will remain on during heater POOL HEATAU I cool down SOLAR HEAT OFF POOL UG o OK Home Menu OneTouch H.ID Bah Sta,u. 8.2 Variable Speed NOTE This equipment may not be part of your system Please check with your installer HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON / OFF > ADJ Devices Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM FILTER PUMP OFF SPRINKLERS ED i AU%S Ejj VARIABLESPEED OFFSPEED AUxt OFF AUxe OFF O SPA AUK2 OFF SPA MODE OFF P.O. j HEAT AUKS OFF CLEAN OPOOLMODEOFFI SOLAR HEAT POOL UGHT OEF:)) ALL OFF OFF Home Menu OnaTouch Help Bah Status Page 18 iAqual-inkTM 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLlnk° Control Systems I Owner's Manual 8.3 Spa The SPA switches water circulation from the pool to spa pool/spa combination models only). Turning on the spa also activates the filter pump (after a delay for valve rotation) and deactivates the pool cleaner if it is on. Activation takes place after a 30 seconds delay (while valves are turning). HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON I OFF > SPA Devices Thu Jun. 23, 20;1 3:03 PM FILTER PUMP ON SPRINKLEIIS OFF AUX S OFF VARIABLE ADJ AUII f OFF OFF ^ AUX6SPEED SPA l- fofmitionPOOLHEATkOL1OSp. will turn on .1t.F d.l.y. SOLAR HEAT o- uevlces'- Thu Jun. 23, 2011, 3:03 PM FILTER PUMP ON SPIIINKLERS OFF AUX S EED VARIABLE ADJSPEED SPA OFF AUX 1 EEJ Information A AUX 6 OFF t r POOL HEAT A @ Sp. will —in on during Cool down. SOLAR HEAT OL U I OU I 8.4 Pool Heat The POOL HEAT selection enables the heater for the pool. The POOL HEAT uses the setting from SET TEMP menu and also gives you the option to increase or decrease the pool heater temperature. HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON I OFF > POOL HEAT Devices Thu Jun. 23, 2011 3-03 PM FNF. PUMP ON SOIAR IEAT OFF AU%A OFF v' ED OFF s set Temperature Thu Jun. 23, 2011 3-03 M FIA ON -- ----- -- Pool HEAT ON OOL HEAT % 8 9 W 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 Herne M _ 0 Our EA wL- --n- 10 ff a 0 10 0 r The default pool temperature is 80°F (27C). The pool and spa heat temperatures can be adjusted between 34°F (I °C) through 104°F (40°C). NOTE If you enter temperatures outside this range, an invalid entry message will be displayed. 8.5 Spa Heat (Dual Equipment) This feature is also available on the HOME screen for pool and spa systems. The SPA HEAT enables the heater for the spa. The SPA HEAT uses the setting from SET TEMP menu and also gives you the option to adjust the spa temperature. HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON I OFF > SPA HEAT uevlces Thu Jun. OFz3; i011 3 03 PM F. TE. PUMP F SOL AR HEAT OFF AUX, OFF vu A.LE SPEEDOFF SPI SPA ED POOI HEAT OFF SPA HEAP FOFF Set Temperature Thu Jun. 23, 2011 3.63 PM SUT N SPA HEAT I 1a• S 9 4 5 6 1 2 3 O Or En R fj, L qqY `. (2) Cy '(D r Ho— Menu Oneimch He Bad, St.tu. The default spa temperature is 1020F (39°C). The pool and spa heat temperatures can be adjusted between 34°F (I DC) through 104°F (40°C). NOTE If you enter temperatures outside this range, an invalid entry message will be displayed. 8. 6 Solar Heat NOTE If a Heat Pump is properly connected to this system, HEAT PUMP will appear on the screen in place of SOLAR HEAT. The SOLAR HEAT selection controls solar heating. A solar heating system and optional solar sensor are required for SOLAR HEAT selection to operate. iAqual-ink - 2 0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-ink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual Page 19 HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON / OFF > SOLAR HEAT 8.8 Using Color Lights j Devices Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Filter On Spnnkl.,. OH Au.5 OHPump Variable i Speed Adj Aux 1 On Au. 6 Off O Spa OH Aux 2 On Au. 7 OH Page Pool Hut OH Aux 3 Off E.tq Au. EEJ O Solar Heat Off Pool L,ght Off All OH Home M uch Help Back Status NOTE If a solar sensor is not installed, EXTRA AUX replaces SOLAR HEAT and may be used to control an auxiliary piece of equipment (see the following Section 9 7, "Auxiliary Equipment' to turn on or off EXTRA AUX). For solar heating to take place, the SOLAR HEAT DEVICES ON/OFF) must be enabled and the filter pump must be on. Solar temperature must be at least 5°F/5°C above the water temperature and the water must be cooler than the thermostat setting. 8.7 Auxiliary Equipment The AUX modes control each of the auxiliary devices. To assign a different name to an auxiliary device, use the SYSTEM SETUP and LABEL AUX screen. HOME > DEVICES > AUX3 Devices Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM FILTER PUMP ON SPRINKLERS OFF OFAUX5 F 1' VARIABLESPEED AUX 1 OFF AUX 6 OFF JO SPA AUX 2 OFF SPA MODE OFF Pag. POOL HEAT AUX 3 OFF SOLAR HEAT OFF POOL LIGHT OFF Home Menu OneTouch Help Back CLEAN MODE FOFF ALL OFF OFF Status NOTE Prior to setting the color of the light, the light must be assigned and controlled by an auxiliary (for example, AUX 1). Please note that the auxiliary control can be custom labeled. HOME > OTHER DEVICES ONIOFF > AUXII > SET COLORS IMPORTANT Information Do not activate this feature unless you are certain that color lights are installed on your system Set Colors Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM j OIL Alpine Whit. Sky Blue Cobalt Blue Caribbean Spring Green Em.r run Emerald Rose Magenta Garnet Red Viol.t Home OneTouch Help Back Status Set Colors _ Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Adak Confirm - Alpine Green O Light will turn off in 5s. If you want to I change colors press OK now. o OK Emerald olet Q Home Menu OneTouch Help Status NOTE When a pool or spa light is turned ON manually, by the OneTouchTM control panel, or by a program, the last used color will automatically be chosen unless you press SELECT to change the color. If you press the BACK key when in the EQUIPMENT ON/ OFF menu, the light will turn on the last selected color If the SELECT key or the BACK key is not pressed, and if it has been 15 seconds since the UP/ DOWN keys have been pressed, then the most recently selected color will be selected again. Page 20 iAquaLink m 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink® Control Systems I Owner's Manual 8. 9 TEMP1 / TEMP2 (Pool or Spa Only) TEMPI is the priority temperature. It must be set higher than TEMP2, and it overrides TEMP2 whenever it is enabled. Set temperature for TEMPI before setting temperature for TEMP2. To Set Up TEMP1 NOTE The valid temperature setpoint range is between 34° - 104°F (1°C - 40°C). If you enter a value outside this range, an invalid entry message will appear on screen. HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON I OFF > DEVICES > TEMP1 Devices Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Fh- On Sprinkl— Pump Off A— S Ofi V Sp.. d Adj A..1 SpudOn Au.6 Off O Mug T—plAff On A..I Off •y r. mp2 3 Off All Off O(( O S• I., H«r Off All Ofi Home Menu OneTouch Help Bads Status Set Temperature Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Set To: 90 Temp, 7 1-8 9 eo 4 5 1- i2_ 3-I 0 Oear or i Home Menu OneTouch Help Bads Status To Set Up TEMP2 (For Pool and Spa Only System) The TEMP2 is the maintenance (low) temperature. It must be set lower than TEMPI. If TEMP2 is on and TEMPI is activated. TEMP2 will turn off. When TEMPI is turned off again, TEMP2 will reactivate. NOTE The valid temperature setpoint range is between 34° - 104°F (1°C - 40°C). If you enter a value outside this range, an invalid entry message will appear on screen. HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON I OFF > DEVICES > TEMP2 Set Temperature Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Sat To: 90 Temp 1 7 18 9 `\ 4 5 6\ 1 2 3 0 Cleu'I!Enter' U• ® v Home Menu OneTouch Help Bads Status 8. 10 Two Speed Operation (*Not Available for Export Models*) NOTE This equipment may not be part of your system. Please check with your installer. Optional TWO SPEED RELAY required NOTE In order to label AUX2 as LOW SPEED, it is required to have the DIP switch S1-2 turned in the ON position. NOTE All DIP switches are located on the left side of the AquaLink IRS power center bezel. For Pool and Spa Combination Units If your control is a Pool and Spa combination with a 2-speed filtration pump, the control will operate as follows: High Speed (Filter Pump) must be on before Low Speed. Filter pump button; as well as the Spa button, turns it to High Speed. Low Speed (AUX 2) button toggles back and forth from low to high. For Pool or Spa Only Units To use High/Low Speeds, Filter Pump turns on High Speed, AUX 2 turns on Low Speed. Whatever mode last used is the OFF button. To toggle, click whichever speed is not on. For Dual Equipment Units AquaLink RS 2/6 operates the same as the Pool/Spa Only units: i.e.. Filter Pump turns on HIGH SPEED and AUX 2 turns on LOW SPEED. The mode last used is the OFF button. To toggle, click whichever speed is not on. 2-speed works only on spa filter pump. . iAquaLinkTM 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual Page 21 Two Speed Programming for All Units When programming HIGH and LOW Speeds to operate together, think of HIGH SPEED (Filter Pump) as total duration of filtration time, then set Low Speed (AUX 2) to operate within that duration. For example, if you want High Speed on for 2 (two) hours and Low Speed for 10 hours, program the Filter Pump (High Speed) from 8 AM to 8 PM and Low Speed from 10 AM to 8 PM. NOTE It is not necessary to program both HIGH and LOW Speeds, even with a combo control system. If only LOW SPEED is programmed, HIGH SPEED will turn on at the LOW SPEED on time to prime the pump. After three (3) minutes the system will switch to LOW SPEED for the remainder of its programmed time. HIGH Speed Filtration Pump HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON / OFF > FILTER PUMP/ SPA 11 Devices Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM I I FILTER PUMP ON SOLAR HEAT ED AUX 1 OFF VARIABLE OFF SPEED OFF AUX 5 OFF O0 SPAk7FF OFFSPA MODE OFFpegsPOOLHEATOFFCLEAN MODESPAHEATOFFALLOFFOFF I1®Me®or o Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Low Speed Filtration Pump HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON / OFF > AUX 2 11 Devices Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM 11 FILTER PUMP ON SPRINKLERS OFF AU%S OFF VARIABLE AU%1 OFFSPEED 0 AU%6 OFF SPA AUX 2 O OFF SPA MODE OFF Pp. POOL HEAT AUX 3 OFF CLEAN MODE OFF O SOLAR HEAT OFF POOL UGHT EFD ALL OFF OFF 10 ---' ® OO 0-1 O Home Menu Onerouch Help Back Status Section 9. System Setup 9.1 System Setup Screen The SYSTEM SETUP menu screen allows you to configure pool/spa equipment, devices and iAquaLink features. For the following equipment, see their corresponding section. See Section 10, "Heat Pump Setup". See Section 11, "Variable Speed Pump Setup". See Section 12, "Sprinkler System Setup". See Section 13, "ChemLinkT" Setup". NOTE Some equipment may not be part of your system. Please check with your installer. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM S.Mr Lht Resew M n OAuxl S.ny. r Onabk. Lf b n Ru tirm Pret 1{m Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status 9.2 Label Auxiliary Functions The LABEL AUX menu allows custom naming of auxiliary equipment. For example, you can set the display to read Pool Light JL instead of AUX 4. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > LABEL AUX Label Auxiliaries Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Circuit Circuit Name Fmo.e Aux 1 Cleaner Yes 1 Generel Aux 2 Low Speed Yes Aux 3 Spillover Yes Aux 1 Pool Light JL No Lighb Aux 5 Spa Light JL No Aux 6 Fountain Yes yynK Aux 7 Blower No Feature LAux 8 None Yes J Page Page freeze p gown Pmtect Curtom Home Menu OneTouch Help Bads Status NOTE Please be aware that if the label NOT USED in the GENERAL LABEL menu is used on an AUX relay, the relay will not engage. Page 22 iAquaLinkTN 2 0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual On the LABELS screen, click the label of your choice and click SELECT. Use the CUSTOM screen to assign your own labels. General Labels Thu January 1, 2009 3:03 PM AUK1 CLEANER PUMP HIGH SPEED 1 AERATOR COLOR WHEEL FLOOR SYSTEM HOME A/C AIR BLOWER DRAIN LINE FOGGER HOME HEAT BACKWASH FAN FOUNTAIN JET PUMP BOOSTER PUMP FIBER OPTIC HEAT PUMP LAMP CHEM FEED FILL LINE HEATER LOW SPEED l _ _- Peg• J Pege Down UP Custom label Selece Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Light Labels Thu January 1, 2009 3:03 PM 1 BEDROOM DRIVE FLOOD e2 BUG EAST FOUNTAIN 13 CABANA ENTRY FRONT BACK COLOR WHEEL EQUIPMENT GARAGE BASEMENT DECK FAN GARDEN BEACH DECK FENCE GAZEBO Pege Down Pege UP Custom 4bel Setecl Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status 9.3 Color Lights The COLOR LIGHTS screen is used to select the color light type (Jandy Colors, Jandy® LED Light, SAm®/ SAL®, or Color Logic®), and to assign the color light to an available auxiliary relay. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > COLOR LIGHTS Color Light Setup Thu June 23,2011 303PM Jandy LED Hayward• WaterColors Color Logic FiandyC.brs Pentair• Sam/Sal 0 Home Menu On Op Back Status Click your choice of color light type to display the COLOR LIGHT ASSIGN AUX screen. This screen shows a list of available auxiliaries. Color Light Assign Aux Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM I Assign Aux - Aux 1 JC Aux 2 JL Aux 3 Aux 4 Aux 5 Aux 6 I Aux 7 Page Page Save- ` Down Up Home Menu OneTouch Help7_A, Click an auxiliary to be assigned to a color light. "JC" will appear next to the AUX if a Jandy Colors has been assigned. JL"will appear next to the AUX if a Jandy LED Light has been assigned. "SL" will appear next to the AUX if a SAm/SAL Light has been assigned. "CL" will appear next to the AUX if a Color Logic Light has been assigned. If the AUX is touched again, while on the same selected item. the `'JC". "JL". "SL", or "CL" will disappear meaning that a color light is no longer being controlled by the auxiliary. 9.4 ESP Link (Seasonal Adjust) The SEASONAL ADJUST menu is a feature that will automatically adjust filtration cycles, chlorine levels, water leveling, and sprinkler times based on the seasons. NOTE The table below shows the various default seasonal adjust values and their respective adjustable range DEFAULT ADJUSTABLE ADJUST RANGE VALUE FILTRATION 1 hour 0.5 hr, 1 hr, 1.5 hrs, 2 hrs CLEANER 1 hour 0.5 hr, 1 hr, 1.5hrs,2hrs AQUAPURE® 15% 10%, 20% SPRINKLERS 5 minutes 1 - 10 minutes FILL LINE 5 minutes not adjustable iAqual-ink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-ink° Control Systems I Owners Manual Page 23 MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > ESP LINK > SEASONAL ADJ KFMrationAqu,@,Pi ' sprin 1!1--k t, 0 hours , 15%? 1-22 minutes " The following example shows how the feature operates when the FILTRATION ADJUSTMENT value has been set to one (1) hour. In our example we will assume that a program for the FILTER PUMP is entered in the month of March, with the program parameter shown. When the month changes from April to May, one 1) hour is added to the OFF time. When the month changes from June to July, another one (I) hour is added to the OFF time. When the month changes from August to September, one (I) hour is subtracted from the OFF time. When the month changes from September to October, another one (1) hour is subtracted from the OFF time. When the month changes from November to December, another one (I) hour is subtracted from the OFF time. When the month changes from February to March, one (1) hour is added to the OFF time and we are back where we started. DECEMBER, JANUARY, Q•' OCTOBER, FEBRUARY NOVEMBER OFF time is substracted OFF time OFF time 13 is added is substracted MARCH, SEPTEMBER APRIL OFF time OFF time Lr is added is substracted OFF time is added MAY, JU JUNE AUGUST 9.5 Set Dimmers This menu is used to assign an auxiliary to control a dimmable light. A light dimming relay must be installed in order for your light(s) to be dimmable. NOTE An optional Light Dimming Relay must be installed and only 120 VAC lighting (or suitable transformer - driven incandescent lights) can be dimmed. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DIMMERS > AUX 9.6 OneTouchTM This screen allows custom configuration of the six 6)OneTouch buttons. Each setting allows for an independent thermostat setting. OneTouch settings can also be assigned to any SpaLinkO button. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > ONETOUCH SETUP neTouch Setup tAT,hy;rune 2.3„ 20 19;'3:03•PM ird. Seled- Name ter Ol k Home ,Menu OneTouch Help•'' , " •Back Statu3 Page 24 iAqual-inkTM 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-ink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > ONETOUCH SETUP > SET DEVICES OneTouch Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM ALL ONETOUCH OFF a rFILTER PUMP ON I SPA OFF KP ADJUST ON SP ONETOUCH POOL HEAT OFF SPA HEAT ENA MO 5 SOLAR HEAT OFF AU% 1 OFF CLEAN ONETOUCH MODELFE6AU% 2 OFF pn pu9eP^ Home Menu On*Touch Help Back Status To change the settings in the device list: Click a device, this will be highlighted and will be either turned ON/ENA or OFF, depending on your selection. The POOL HEAT or SPA HEAT gives you the option to change the SET TEMP settings when turned ON. You may want to change the temperature on the SET TEMP screen or just click ENTER to proceed with the preset temperature. OneTouch Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM ALL ONETOUCH OFF 4 SPA ONETOUCH MODES CLEAN ONETOUCH MODE 6 FILTER PUM_P___ ON_ SIR _ OF I 1VSP ADJ ON POOL H OFF SPA H ENA SOLAR OFF AU% 1 OFF AUX2 _ OFFS page page P Horne Menu OneTouch Help Back Status On the ONETOUCH SETUP menu, click the SELECT NAME button to display the menu shown below. On this screen, you can assign a label to any of the six 6) ONETOUCH buttons as follows: Click the ONETOUCHTM button to be assigned. In the label list, click a label of your choice and it will be highlighted, then click the SELECT button to assign. OneTouch Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM ALL OFF SPAMODE CLEAN MODE ONETOUCH— A ONETOUCH S ON 6 I DAY PARTY NIGHT PARTY SPA MODE POOL MODE ALL OFF 0(.b. l — S•Ld L L Click the ONETOUCH button to be assigned. In the label list, click the CUSTOM LABEL button to display the CUSTOM screen. On the CUSTOM screen, enter your customized label and click SAVE. NOTE The customized label will be assigned to ONETOUCH button but will not added to label list. Repeat this procedure to assign devices to the rest of ONETOUCH buttons. PM ALL ONETOUCH sb6 OFF • DAY PARTY NIGHT PARTY Thu A• r ]], mt 1 ]a] na I SPA MODE t POOL MODE ALL OFF Custom e 7 8 9 4 5 6 8 0 1 2 3 e 9.7 Spa Remotes 00 The SPA REMOTES SETUP is used to set up the 4-Function Spa Switch or the 8-Function SpaLink®. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SPA REMOTES I System Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM KP9 ESP Main Pn Settin ] LinkSRemotesTernaALmb* l Dimmers Sp Aux n Disable k 91or OSPch De Freeze un Prot U hbRectionIe M. ® 0 0 0 Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status The 4 Function Spa Switches are spa, spa heat, auxl and aux2. Write down the spa side switch button assignments to label the buttons on the switch with the label pack provided. If you want to customize a label: Ili— iAquaLink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqua Lin k° Control Systems I Owner's Manual Page 25 MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SPA REMOTES Spa Remote Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Number of Spa Remotes 4 Function 1 Spa Switch 2 8 3 Next Home Menu O400uch • Nelp ick-^ Status Spa',, 0m-6 a Setup Thu 7 oe23, MI 3:03 PM ice0],Devices Filter Pump Heat VSP Pump 1 Spa 2 Pool HeatF2:4Aux Spa Heat Heat Chiller x 1 Aux 1 2 Aux 2 Pt 'lbwn Upe 'Down W, O OneT—e4i Help ' Back _ Status SpaLink® Setup The 8 Function SpaLink are spa, spa heat, auxl, aux2, au0, aux4, aux5, and aux6. You can now assign a OneTouchTM macro setting to any button on the SpaLink remote. Write down your SpaLink button assignments so that you can label the buttons on the switch with the label pack provided. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SPA REMOTES Spa Remote Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 p. Number of Spa Remotes 4 Function 1 Spa Switch - 2 S Function SpaLink n 3 Next lfl (2)0 D Home Men ucfi Help Back Stitt Spa Remote Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Button : inS Div,%- 1:1 Spa Filter Pump I 1:2 Spa Heat VSP Pump 1:3 Aux 1 Spa1:4 Aux 2 Pool HeatiAux21:5 Aux 3 Spa Heat 1:6 Aux 4 Chiller 1:7 Aux 5 Aux 1 1:E Aux 6 llep 0`o wn PU p D Home• Medu,OneTouch Help .-Back^-Stitus--•'- - 9.8 Device Runtime The DEVICE RUNTIME menu is used to assign a runtime for a device or auxiliary. When the device is turned on from the OTHER EQUIPMENT ON/OFF menu, it will run for the duration specified on the DEVICE RUNTIME menu. NOTE A device runtime can be assigned to SPA, AUX1 AUX31, EXTRA AUX, and macros ONETOUCH1 - ONETOUCH6 from a minimum of one (1) minute to a maximum of five (5) hours. The default runtime of 30 minutes will be displayed. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DEVICE RUNTIME Device Run Time Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM S.t Ter.: 8 9 4 5;, .6„ 3., 0 ra..r itmK Ile M. a 0, V Q Home Menu OnsTouch Help Back Status Page 26 iAquaLink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink® Control Systems I Owner's Manual 9.9 Maintain Temp NOTE Maintain Temp is designed to operate outside (before or after) the normal filtration pump times The MAINTAIN TEMP menu provides the ability to specify how often the filter pump is turned on to sample the water temperature. This feature allows for the sampling interval to be set to one (I). two (2), or four 4) hours. The default value will be two (2) hours. Note that the MAINTAIN TEMP will run the pump for the chosen body of water to keep the water at the desired temperature, if this function is ON and the heater/chiller (if installed) is enabled. The system will automatically turn on the pump every couple of hours for just enough time to test the water temperature. If the temperature meets the set point, the pump will return to off. If the temperature needs to be adjusted, the pump will stay on and the heater/chiller will operate long enough to bring the water to the set temperature. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > MAINTAIN TEMP Maintain Temp Thu June H..t Start Stop S—pl. St.tu Po.1 10 00 AM U00 PM Sp. Tao PM 100o PM 2 Hrs Save 23, 2011 3.03 PM S.t: .05 PM 7 8 9 4 5 6 1 2 3 0 a— Enter L=r a c L 1 Horhi Muni on.Touch Help Back Status Schedule the MAINTAIN TEMP as follows: On the MAINTAIN TEMP screen, click the START time of the selected equipment, and use the numeric keypad to enter the new time. To set the stop time, click the STOP time of the selected equipment and use the numeric keypad to enter the new time. To set the sample time, click the SAMPLE time of the selected equipment and use the numeric pad to enter the new sampling interval. Click the ON/OFF button to enable or disable the MAINTAIN TEMP schedule of the selected equipment. 9.10 RS InterLink NOTE This equipment may not be part of your system. Please check with your Installer. The RS InterLink menu allows a single controller to access two (2) main power centers on the AquaLink RS system. For ease of operation, it is suggested that each power center be given a custom product name that would allow a user to identify to which power center the controller is connected. During operation. this name will appear on the iAquaLink Date/Time screen. NOTE The RS InterLink feature must be enabled before it may be accessed on the OTHER EQUIPMENT ON/ OFF screen. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > RS INTERLINK NOTE You can create a custom label for the power center. The factory default name for the power center(s) is labeled as "Power Center B". When labeling remember you are creating a label for the power center to which you will be switching. En.til.d- Gatotri L b.1 23 2011 3-03 Custorn Labef >M• 7• p++ soy M TOWER aNTER R Q Wi E, R T Y U Aj Se'6y 1Ki ,G H. J. K I M e' Hrn. Mir Q.Twd n.` 4d Sue. 9.11 Freeze Protection NOTE By factory default the filter pump circuit is freeze protected and cannot be removed from the freeze protection. Use Freeze Protection menu to assign freeze protection to your pool and spa equipment. When a piece of equipment is assigned to freeze protection, it will turn on when the iAquaLink detects freezing conditions. The main filter pump is freeze -protected as a default. Activation temperature can be adjusted between 347 I*Q and 42°F. Default freeze protection activation temperature is 38' F (3'Q and will deactivate within two degrees.. iAqual-ink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-inkO Control Systems I Owner's Manual Page 27 MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > FREEZE PROTECT Freeze Protect Thu June 23, 2011 3.03 PM F—T—p- ODarksWon Fat - 7 _ 8 ..: 9srx sel. H— Aux 1 Mug Au<e 1 2 3 p a.. E.— Horn. Menu On.T..h Help a.& Stem MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > LABEL AUX Label Auxiliaries Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Chart _ _ _ Gran Nam• Freeze Aux T Clean. Yee General Aux 2 Low Speed Ye Aux 3 oBlwSpillover Y es Au: / PPool Lght JL No b Aux 5 Sp. Light JL No Aux 6 Fountain Yes Water Aux 7 Blower No Feet-* A-! None Ye I --Pa J` lTp Pape _ Freeze Save Curtain Home Menu OneTcuch Help Back Status Select any piece of equipment in the DEVICE list and change the temperature using the numeric keypad. Once the temperature is set, click the ENTER button to move to the next screen to assign freeze protection to a selected piece of equipment. NOTE The filter pump is always assigned to freeze protection. IMPORTANT Information on Freeze Protection Freeze protection is intended to protect equipment and plumbing for short periods of freezing only. It does this by activating the filtration pump and circulating the water to prevent freeze inside equipment or plumbing. Freeze protection does not guarantee that equipment will not be damaged by extended periods of freezing temperatures or power outages In these conditions, the pool and spa should be shut down completely (e.g. drained of water and closed for the winter) until warmer weather exists. 9.12 Assign JVAs The ASSIGN JVAs menu allows Jandy® Valve Actuators JVAs) to be assigned to any auxiliary button. This means that whenever you press that auxiliary button, a valve turns. On pool/spa combination models, there are commonly two (2) extra JVAs that can be assigned to auxiliary buttons: the Cleaner JVA and the Solar JVA. On pool/spa only models, there are four (4) JVAs that can be assigned to auxiliary buttons. The installer must set these JVAs for this feature to operate correctly. Assigning JVAs lets the owner control certain features like diverting water to a waterfall or bank of spa jets. Multiple JVAs can be assigned to one (1) auxiliary button without extra hardware. IMENUMELP > SYSTEM SETUP > ASSIGN HAS Assign JVAs Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Assign JVA Intake Solar No Assignment Aux 1 Free Free Aux 2 Aux 3 Aux 4 Return Cleaner Aux S Free Free Aux 6 Page page i Select11P`-^,-' Down O Home Menu OneTouch Help Badt Status Click the JVA button you wish to assign and Click SAVE NOTE If a solar sensor is installed, the solar JVA will automatically be assigned and will be marked as USED. 9.13 Dusk Setup The DUSK SETUP screen is used to set a device to automatically turn on after sunset. On the DUSK SETUP screen, you can set the duration, a time adjust value if you live between major city selections or in a heavily shaded area, and set specific devices. NOTE Time and Date must be correct. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DUSK SETUP Dusk Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Disabled QFFTime d'ust11Min` 0.00 PM— utes j J S- Sunset at: Ti Devices 5:54PM J Home Menu ClneTouch Help Back Status Page 28 iAquaLinkTm 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-ink° Control Systems I Owners Manual Dusk Setup Off Time On the DUSK SETUP screen, click the OFF TIME button and enter the desired time. 11 Dusk Setup Off Time Thu June 23, 2011 3-03 PM Cityrrime Zone MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DUSK SETUP > CITYITIME ZONE Dusk Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3-03 PM Choose City/Country Choose Time Zone Honolulu L. V.gas Hawaii - HST- — Anchonga Phoenu Alaska - AKST V.--., Tucson SO.W. Dan— Pacr is - PST San Franco Mexico City I Mountain - MST ta. Angeles Danas Central - CST San Di.go Houston East.rn -EST 1 l iPag. Up Pag. Dam —I Save ta91li-aT LHomeMenuOneTouchHelpBackStatus Assign Devices MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DUSK SETUP > SET DEVICES 11 Dusk Setup Thu June 23. 2011 3:03 PM Assign Devices Filter Pump X Spa X VSP Adjust Pool Heat Spa Heat Solar Heat Aux 1 Down II S.°" 2 INC Home Menu OneTouch 9.14 All Off Time The ALL OFF TIME is used to direct the system to turn everything off at a specific time everyday. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > ALL OFF TIME All Off Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM I PM ON 7 8 9 4 5 6 Tm. I1PM I 1 2 3 , i 0 a._ E.- Home M.nu On.Tauch Halo gar} Status NOTE With this feature you can only set the hour value of the time - no minutes. The minutes will always be zero (0). 9.15 Pump Lockout The PUMP LOCKOUT menu allows you to enable pump off) or disable (pump stays on) when valves are rotating from pool to spa. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > PUMP LOCKOUT 11 Svstem Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM H. F ed Air Temp Pum JVAf Enabled Enabled D HP Priority Dusk DST Temp N/A S.tu Erubl Glibrata Str Prority AD OH Product D.gresa Dnablad Tm. Info F• 10 M,.. ® ® 0 Q Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status 9.16 Daylight Savings Time (DST) NOTE The factory default is ENABLED for the DST switching. The DAYLIGHT SAVINGS menu enables the automatic adjustment for DST. iAqual-ink- 2 0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-inP Control Systems I Owners a Page 29 MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DST 9.18 Air Temperature System Set Up Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM HeapPum Assign JVAs PLockOut Erubled Air Temp Enabled HP Priority N/A DuwSet DST Enabled Temp Glibnte 54 Priority Disabled All OH Tune Product Degrees Info F' Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status 9.17 Product Information The PRODUCT INFO screen is used to enter a custom product name, local service company name and telephone number. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > PRODUCT INFO Product Info Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Customize Customize Customize Product Name Service Info Service Phone AquaLink RS Local Service Co. XXX-XXX-XXXX 0 Z-- ® 0 0 Q Home Menu Onerouch Help Back Status Customize Product and Service Info SYSTEM SETUP > PRODUCT INFO > CUSTOM LABEL See Section 4.9. "Custom Label". Customize Service Phone SYSTEM SETUP > PRODUCT INFO Product Info Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM 7 8 9 4` 5 6 I 1 2 3 0 a..r Enter o r Q Home Menu OneTouch NeID Back Status Use the Air Temperature menu to turn the air temperature display on or off. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > AIR TEMP Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM HeatAssign Pum JVAa PLockOut Enabled Air Temp Enabled HP Priority N/A Du PSetu DST Enabled C t Slr Priority Disabled All OH Time ProductDo Info Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status 9.19 Temperature Calibrate This menu allows adjustment of the temperature that is displayed on the iAquaLink. The temperature can only be adjusted up four (4) degrees Fahrenheit or down four 4) degrees Fahrenheit. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > TEMP CALIBRATE NOTE If the temperature is off by more than four (4) degrees, contact your local service representative. IlTemperature Calibrate Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM II Pool BO' Adjust Temp +/- 4' 2 Fis-OP01-11 ` 0 (1 0 Q Home Menu ch Help Back Status 9.20 Degrees C/F The Degrees C/F menu allows you to change the iAquaLink temperature display from Fahrenheit to Celsius or vice versa. When changing from Fahrenheit to Celsius. you will have to re-enter the temperature settings. Page 30 MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > DEGREES iAquaLinkTm 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual yStQfll Setup`+'°' hu'!une 23,,2011 3:03PM ' H'Nt Assigm. g• F JVAs,r PLod,Out Edablid •: PEki HP Po' ry j N/A ,.r"' Dua" " situp','- DST Eriab ed'ti Timp'%• Glibna I(SlrF'non'ty- bledr Ajj Product Produt P +- Flome - Onelouch_ ?'status enu.Help Back t'- 9. 21 In -Floor Cleaning This menu is used to enable or disable the automatic in floor cleaning feature. When enabled, the AquaLink RS rotates the in -floor Jandy® valve actuators (JVAs) every 20 minutes. In -floor cleaning only works %vhen the filter pump is on. NOTE If activated this circuit will utilize the solar JVA relay socket and circuit to control the in -floor valve unless a solar sensor is installed, then the circuit reverts to AUX 3. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > IN -FLOOR I System Setub fl ne 23, 2011 3:03 PM' "I I„- Flooi Chemlink I D iible aPJear i CMmCan l Delay i OneTouCl 9. 22 Clear Memory Back Status The CLEAR MEMORY menu will clear all stored values from the AquaLink RS memory. All settings will be reset to their default settings. Stored values include auxiliary labels, all programs; freeze protection settings, remote settings, and thermostat settings. The time and date will not be cleared. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > CLEAR MEMORY Systemi• Setu,p. Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM , InFloarCh. mGnk DwNJ ' Confirm:. O Are you sure you want to erase all settings? Yes No 9.23 Cancel Delay NOTE This feature is for use by service personnel only. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > CANCEL DELAY SysterTlLrSE!tUP r Thu Ju 23, 2011t 1:03 PM I ; boi GimGWnYr' D n NOTE CANCEL DELAY should only be used by authorized service personnel. It should not be used during normal system operation. iAqual-ink- 2 0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-ine Control Systems I Owner's Manual Page 31 Section 10. Heat Pump Setup 10.1 Solar Priority/Heat Pump Priority The SOLAR PRIORITY/HEAT PUMP menu allows the system to use SOLAR HEAT/HEAT PUMP primarily. If Solar Heat is no longer available. the system will automatically switch to the alternate heat source. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SOLAR PRIORITY System Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Hut Pump Au' JVAa PLockOut Erubled Air T Cnabled HP Priority DusP D Enabled Ulibrate Calibrate Sk Priority I Disabled 11 All OM re+. Produn-1 laro Degno F' 2) 0 Q Home Menu Halo Bads Stan When solar and heater are enabled the solar will heat the water until either the thermostat setting has been reached or solar heat is no longer available. If the solar panel is not hot enough, solar heat will shut off and the other heat source (usually gas heater) will take over to bring the water up to the thermostat setting. This menu is used to ENABLE or DISABLE the solar priority. NOTE Depending on the position of DIP switch S2-1 and the presence of a solar or heat pump sensor, SOLAR PRIORITY or HEAT PUMP PRIORITY may be displayed on the SYSTEM SETUP menu. It is not possible to have both SOLAR PRIORITY and HEAT PUMP PRIORITY displayed on SYSTEM SETUP MENU at the same time. It is one or the other. 10.2 Heat Pump (Heat Mode) NOTE This equipment may not be part of your system. Please check with your installer. The HEAT MODE selection controls the heat pump operation. Heat Pumps are Controlled by Extra Aux/ Solar Boost Relay In order to use the heat pump, the filter pump must be turned on and the heat pump must be in HEAT MODE, and the switch on the heat pump on the equipment pad must also be set to HEAT MODE. NOTE HEAT PUMP takes the place of EXTRAAUX or SOLAR HEAT. It is not possible to have any two (2) of these on the EQUIPMENT ON/OFF menu at the same time. To operate the HEAT PUMP in this type of configuration, set the DIP switch S2-1 to ON and connect the HEAT PUMP temperature sensor to the SOLAR SENSOR input. Heat Pumps Controlled by the RS485 Interface In order to use the heat pump, the filter pump must be turned on and the heat pump must be in the HEAT MODE. NOTE In this configuration, it is possible to have the HEAT PUMP and SOLAR HEAT on the DEVICES ON/OFF at the same time. NOTE If both HEAT PUMP and SOLAR HEAT are to be controlled by the system then set the DIP switch S2-1 to OFF and connect the SOLAR SENSOR to the SOLAR SENSOR input. NOTE If SOLAR HEAT is not to be controlled by the system then set the DIP switch S2-1 to ON and connect the HEAT PUMP temperature sensor to the SOLAR SENSOR input. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > HEAT PUMP Heat Pump Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Heat Mode Heat/Cool Mode must be set at the Heat Pump Chill M 15 elk Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Heat Pump Low AmperstursThreshold Thu rJune 23, 2011 3:03 PM Set: l — 7 8, 9 Home Menu OneTouch Help Back 4 5 6 1 2. 0 clear s©s f 3 Enter Page 32 iAquaLinkTm 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-ink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual 10.3 Heat Pump (Chiller Mode) NOTE This equipment may not be part of your system. Please check with your installer. The CHILLER selection controls the chilling operation of the heat pump. Heat Pumps (Chiller) Controlled by the Extra Aux/Solar Boost Relay In order to use the chiller mode of the heat pump, the filter pump must be turned on and the heat pump must be in CHILLER MODE, and the switch on the heat pump on the equipment pad must also be set to CHILLER MODE. NOTE CHILLER takes the place of EXTRAAUX or SOLAR HEAT. It is not possible to have any two (2) of these on the DEVICES ON/OFF menu at the same time. To operate the HEAT PUMP in this type of configuration, set the DIP switch S2-1 to ON and connect the HEAT PUMP temperature sensor to the SOLAR SENSOR input. IMPORTANT Information on Chiller You must manually change the setting at your heat pump from Heat to Chiller. Heat Pumps (Chiller) Controlled by the RS485 Interface The CHILLER selection controls the chilling operation of the heat pump. In order to use the chiller mode of the heat pump; the filter pump must be turned on and the heat pump must be enabled. The heat pump will switch to chill automatically when the water temperature rises above the chiller temperature set point. NOTE In this configuration, it is possible to have HEAT PUMP/CHILLER and SOLAR HEAT on the EQUIPMENT ON/OFF at the same time. NOTE If both HEAT PUMP/CHILLER and SOLAR HEAT are to be controlled by the system then set the DIP switch S2-1 to OFF and connect the SOLAR SENSOR to the SOLAR SENSOR input. NOTE If SOLAR HEAT is not to be controlled by the system then set the DIP switch S2-1 to ON and connect the HEAT PUMP temperature sensor to the SOLAR SENSOR input. NOTE If the water temperature is greater than the chiller temperature setpoint then CHILLER is displayed on the EQUIPMENT ON/OFF screen. Otherwise HEAT PUMP is displayed. CHILL Mode MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > HEAT PUMP NOTE The system will force the Chiller set point to always be at least five (5) degrees Fahrenheit higher than the heater set point. NOTE If the end time of an enabled program overlaps the start time of a second enabled program, the second program will be delayed until the first program completes, and the master valve will remain activated between programs. Section 11. Variable Speed Pump Setup NOTE This equipment may not be part of your system Please check with your installer. A VARIABLE SPEED PUMP can be programmed to run at any one ( I ) of its eight (8) speeds. Power to the variable speed pump is switched on/off by a relay. You will need to set a program time for the relay; and for any speeds that you wish to run during the pump's on cycle. In the example shown below the variable speed pump is used for pool filtration, so it will be powered from the FILTER PUMP relay. Therefore, to program the variable speed pump you must first set a program time for the FILTER PUMP relay, then you need to program the desired pump speeds to turn on/off during the FILTER PUMP cycle. If you do not program any speeds to run during the filtration cycle, then by default the variable speed pump will run at the POOL speed setting during its filtration cycle. iAqukink- 2 0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual J11111101101,111MV Page 33 Example: The total length of the filtration cycle is to be from 8am to 5pm. So program the FILTER PUMP to turn on at 8am and to turn off at 5pm. 2. To run the variable speed pump at the SPEED3 setting frorn 8am to 1 pm, select VSP SPD I PGM, then select SPEED3, program it to turn on at 8am and off at 1 pin. To run the variable speed pump at the SPEED4 setting from 1 pm to 5pm, select VSP SPDI PGM, then select SPEED4, program it to turn on at 1 pin and off at 5pm. ON OFF DESCRIPTION FILTER PUMP 8AM 5PM Total duration of filtration cycle SPEED3 8AM 1PM Pump runs at the SPEED3 setting SPEED4 1 PM 5PM Pump runs at the SPEED4 setting The VAR SPEED PUMP menu is used to select the variable speed pump type (Jandy® ePump'", Pentair" IntelliFlo® VF, Pentair IntelliFlo VS, or Pentair IntelliPro® VS) and to select the various pump settings. To interface the IntelliPro VS. select IntelliFlo VS. 11.1 To Select the Pump/Model MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > VSP SETUP > PUMP/MODEL VSP Setup Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM odw mat . . ,,. . ii _ y`rPhrimirg +-•P'riming Pump M' AP 0otion • ,',Min i. - Max ^ v,Spiid Duiadon;x 1 JandyePump Filtration /00' RPM 3150 RPM 2500 1 F :05 2 Intwliflo VS 'Aux Pump 900 RPM 3000 RPM 2500 OS 3 Intelliflo VF Not Installed WA WA WA WA WA WA I -1 - J Sere Roston Spd Defaults Speed Setup f Home Menu Onelrouch Help Back Status In the PUMP MODEL list, select the variable speed pump type and click the SELECT button to save it. Select VSP Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Pump Model •_ Intelllflo VS Intell'rflo VF Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status 11.2 To Set Up the Pump Application The iAquaLink can control up to four (4) variable speed pumps. In the PUMP SETUP menu the user can select each pump (1-4) and configure how the pump(s) are to be used. For example, if the pump is to be used for pool/spa filtration, then you would select FILTRATION as the pump application. If the pump is to be used for a water feature, then you would select AUX. PUMP as the pump application. The default setting is NOT INSTALLED. COMBO POOL SPA ONLY DUAL EQUIPMENT FILTRATION FILTRATION POOL PUMP AUX. PUMP AUX. PUMP SPA PUMP NOT INSTALLED j NOT INSTALLED j AUX. PUMP NOT INSTALLED If the system is not going to control a variable speed pump, then leave the application set to NOT INSTALLED. If the system is going to control a variable speed pump, then you would set the application accordingly. In the example below we are telling the system that it will be controlling one (1) variable speed pump. Page 34 i kqual_ink- 2 0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-ink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > VSP SETUP > APPLICATION 11.5 To Set Up the Priming Duration Time VSP Application Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Pump Application Filtration Aux Pump Not Installed L _J Select 0 Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status 11.3 To Set Up MIN/MAX Parameters This menu allows the user to set a global minimum and maximum speed or flow for the indicated pump. The SCALE setting is fixed to RPM for the Jandy® ePulnpTM and the Pentair® IntelliFlo® VF. The SCALE setting is fixed to GPM for the Pentair IntelliFlo VF. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > VSP SETUP > MIN/MAX VSP Set RPM Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM RPM: 9 7], [L O 9 Sf 677 rUjET1 jOear erm ,I Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status l , 11.4 To Set Up the Priming Speed MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > VSP SETUP > PRIMING SPEED ' VSP Prime Speed Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM RPM: 2500 il, ; 9 4 1;;6 a — 21.,31 IIF=", i p j ',Clear' IFrt.r Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > VSP SETUP > PRIMING DURATION VSP Set Primming Duration Thu June 23, 2011 303 PM Set Minutes iT, n 'F,I 9 5; C U L1 a. it I z Z, a (1 0 0 Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status 11.6 To Assign a Pump Speed to an AUX MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > VSP SETUP Assign VSP to Aux/Relay Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM i Assign Speed 1 of pump t Aux 1 Aux 2 Aux 3 Aux 4 Aux 5 Aux 6 Page Page SaveUpDown n Home Menu OneTouch Heln Badc Status 11.7 To Set Up Pump Speed There are eight (8) default speed presets for each variable speed pump. iAoual-ink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for AouaLink° Control Svstems I Owner's Manual Page 35 MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > VSP SETUP > SPEED SETUP 11 VSP Speed Setup Thu June 23. 2011 3:03 PM I I Pump Model Application 1 Jandy @-Pump Filtration 2 Intenino Vs Aux Pump 3 Intelliflo V Not Installed Select the pump/model and click the NEXT button to display the eight (8) speed VSP SETUP screen. VSP Setup _Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Speed Speed Label Speed Setting Aux 1 Pool 1 2750 Filter Pump 1 2 Spa 1 3000 WA — - 1 3 Speed 3 1 2060 N/A 1 4 Speed 4 1 2500 Aux 4 1 5--Booster Pump 1 3000 Aux S I 6 Pool Heat I 3400 N/A I 7 Spa Heat I 3400 N/A I 8 In Floor 1 3000 Aux 6 I e Me- ® o 0 0 Home Menu OnsTouch Halo Back State 11.8 To Re -label the Speed Preset Back Sav@- Each of the eight (8) speed presets has a label and each of those labels can be changed from the default value. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > VSP SETUP > SPEED SETUP > NEXT > SELECT LABEL > SAVE 11 VSP Speed Label Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM General Labels Aux 1 Aerator Alr Blowai Badtrrash Booster Pump P S_ Oo.n , Custom LA.= =,J Home Menu OneTouch Halo Back Status 11.9 Default Preset Speed Labels (RS Combo and RS only) When a pump is configured for FILTRATION, the speed presets will be labeled as shown in the table below. The presets can be relabeled. DEFAULT Labels when Pump is configured for FILTRATION PRESET POOUSPA POOUSPA SPEED COMBO ONLY RPM) 1 POOL POOL 1725 2 SPA SPEED2 2750 3 SPEED3 or SPEED3 or 2750 CLEANER CLEANER if DIP S1-1 is on) if DIP S1-1 is on) 4 SPEED4or SPEED4 2750 SPILLOVER if DIP S1-3 is on) 5 POOL HEAT TEMP1 2250 6 SPA HEAT TEMP2 2250 7 SOLAR HEAT SOLAR HEAT 2750 if DIP S1-7 is off) if DIP S1-7 is on) or HEATPUMP or HEATPUMP if DIP S1-7 is on) if DIP S1-7 Is on) or SPEED? or SPEED7 8 INFLOOR INFLOOR j 2750 Preset 1: The default label for preset # I is POOL. This label is tied to the pool filtration mode. Anytime the pool pump is supposed to turn on, this preset is selected. Preset 2: On combo systems the default label for preset #2 is SPA. This label is tied to the spa filtration mode, anytime the spa pump is supposed to turn on, this preset is selected. Preset 3: On combo systems, if DIP switch S I - I is ON, the default label for this preset is CLEANER. Anytime the cleaner mode is turned on the pump will run at the preset settings. On a combo system, if DI P switch S I -1 is OFF, then the default label for this preset is SPEED3. Preset 4: If DIP switch Sl-3 is ON, the default label for this preset is SPILLOVER. Anytime the spillover mode is turned on, the pump will run at the preset settings. Page 36 i kquaLink,m 2 0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual If DIP switch S1-3 is OFF, then the default label for this preset is SPEED4. Preset 5: On pool/spa combo systems the default label is POOL HEAT. When the pool heater is enabled the pump will run at this speed. On pool/spa only systems the default label is TEMPI. When the pump is running and the heater set point TEMPI is enabled, then the pump will run at this preset. Preset 6: On pool/spa combo systems the default label is SPA HEAT. When the system is in the SPA mode and the SPA HEATER is enabled then the pump will run at this speed. On pool/spa only systems the default label is TEMP2. When the pump is running and the heater set point TEMP2 is enabled; then the pump will run at this preset. Preset 7: If the system is in the SOLAR HEAT mode or the HEAT PUMP mode then the pump will run at this preset speed. If the system is not configured for solar heat or a heat pump then the default label will be SPEED7. Preset 8: When the In -Floor clean mode is enabled and the pump is running, it will be running at this preset speed. Default Preset Speed Labels Dual Equipment) When a pump is configured to be either a POOL PUMP or a SPA PUMP the speed presets will be labeled as shown in the table below. The presets can be relabeled but the operation of the speeds may be changed by doing so. T' Z. La*belsL Speeds when Pumps ' f' DEFAU are configured SPAWP"._UQM9P!,, S,) as POOL PUMffie PRESET 7~L_Vh. FSPA PUMR• SPEE~D'' d_•. 1 POOL SPEEDI 1725 2 SPEED2 SPA 2750 3 SPEED3or SPEED3 2750 CLEANER if DIP S1-1 is on) 4 SPEED4 SPEED4 2750 5 POOL HEAT SPEED5 2250 6 SPA HEAT SPA HEAT 2250 7 SOLAR HEAT SPEED7 2750 if DIP S1-7 is off) or HEATPUMP if DIP S2-7 is on) or SPEED7 8 INFLOOR SPEED8 2750 Preset 1: On a dual equipment system when a pump is configured as a POOL PUMP the default label for preset #1 is POOL. This label is tied to the pool filtration mode. Anytime the pool pump is supposed to turn on, this preset is selected. On a dual equipment system when a pump is configured as a SPA PUMP, the default label for preset #1 is SPEED]. Preset 2: On a dual equipment system when a pump is configured as a SPA PUMP, the default label for preset #2 is SPA. This label is tied to the spa filtration mode. Anytime the spa pump is supposed to turn on, this preset is selected. On a dual equipment system when a pump is configured as a POOL PUMP, the default label for preset #2 is SPEED2. iAquaLink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLinP Control Systems I Owner's Manual Page 37 Preset 3: For the pool pump, if DIP switch S1-I is ON, then the default label for this preset is CLEANER. Anytime the cleaner mode is turned on the pump will run at the speed setting of this preset. If DIP switch S 1 -1 is OFF, then the default label for this preset is SPEED3. For the spa pump the default label is SPEED3. Preset 4: The default label is SPEED4. Preset 5: For the pool pump the default label is POOL HEAT. When the pool heater is enabled the pump will run at this speed. For the spa pump the default label is SPEEDS. Preset 6: For the pool pump the default label is SPEED6. For the spa pump the default label is SPA HEAT. When the spa heater is enabled the pump will run at this speed Preset 7: For the pool pump, if the system is in the SOLAR HEAT mode or the HEAT PUMP mode then the pump will run at this preset speed. If the system is not configured for solar heat or a heat pump then the default label will be SPEED7. For the spa pump the default label is SPEED7. Preset 8: For the pool pump, when the In -Floor clean mode is enabled and the pump is running, it will be running at this preset speed. For the spa pump the default label is SPEED8. 11.10 Variable Speed Pump Detail Operation Filtration Mode a) Manual Operation Setting speeds by turning ON auxiliaries that have speeds assigned to them. The pump is set to the speed that is assigned to the auxiliary. The exception to this rule will be when the pool/spa heater, solar heat, or heat pump is ON. To protect the heater, solar panels, or heat pump we do not allow the user to select a lower speed than the heater and solar speed settings while they are ON. 2. If you have several auxiliaries ON, that have speeds assigned, and you then turn OFF one of the auxiliaries, the pump will be set to the highest speed that is assigned to any of the auxiliaries that are ON. Adjusting speeds from the "Other Devices" screen. On this screen, you can adjust the pump to the desired speed, however the pump will only stay at the speed for that manual ON time. The manual adjust pump speeds are temporary and are not saved when the pump is turned off. The pump will return back to the default values once it is turned on again. b) Programmed Operation The pump will go to the speed programmed. However, if the pool/spa heater, solar heat, or heat pump is on, the pump will not go any lower than the pool/spa heater, solar heat, or heat pump speed setting. c) Freeze Protection In the freeze protect mode the pump will turn ON and be set to at least the freeze protect speed. If the filter pump speed is higher than the freeze protect speed, then the pump will run at the filtration speed. Also, if speeds have been assigned to auxiliaries and if those auxiliaries are freeze protected, the pump will be set to the highest of the speeds. Auxiliary Pump Mode a) Manual Operation Setting speeds by turning ON auxiliaries that have speeds assigned to them. Page 38 iAquabnk- 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-ink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual The speed assigned to the auxiliary that was pressed takes precedence. For example, if the pump is at 3000 RPM, and then AUX I is pressed, the pump will switch to the speed that is assigned to AUX I regardless of whether the speed is higher or lower than the speed that the pump is currently running at. So, referring to the table below, if all of the auxiliaries are OFF and then AUX 3 is turned ON the pump will go to 3000 RPM. Then if AUX 2 is turned ON the pump switches to 2000 RPM. However, if you have several auxiliaries ON and all of them have a speed assigned to them, what speed does the pump go to when you turn OFF one of the auxiliaries? The pump will switch to the highest speed that is assigned to the auxiliaries. For example, referring to the table below, if all 3 auxiliaries are ON and the pump is at 1000 RPM, what speed will the pump go to when AUX 1 is turned OFF? The answer is 3000 RPM, the highest speed that is assigned to the auxiliaries that are ON. AUX # SPEED ASSIGNED TO AUX 1 1000 RPM 2 2000 RPM 3 3000 RPM Setting speeds from the VSP Adjust/Set Speed menu (accessed from the other devices screen). l . Regardless of what speed is ON, the pump will switch to the speed depending on which one of the 8 buttons on this screen is pressed. b) Programmed Operation Programming pump SPEEDS. 1. The pump will go to the speed that is being turned ON by the program regardless of what the speed currently is. If a program time ends and there are other programs overlapping, the pump will go to the highest programmed speed. Programming AUXILIARIES that have speeds assigned to them. The pump will go to the speed that is assigned to the auxiliary that is being turned ON, regardless of the current speed. If several programs are overlapping for auxiliaries that have speed assigned to them, the pump will operate at the speed of the auxiliary that was most recently turned ON. If several programs are overlapping for auxiliaries that have speeds assigned to them, and then one of the programs end, then the pump will switch to the highest speed of all the auxiliaries that are ON. Section 12. Sprinkler System Setup NOTE This equipment may not be part of your system. Please check with your installer. In addition to the individual sprinkler programming, the user may enable or disable all sprinkler programs, cancel sprinkler programs for 24 hours, or manually start one or more sprinkler programs. 12.1 Running the Sprinkler System NOTE If there are no sprinkler programs set to ON, then SPRINKLERS does not appear in the DEVICES list. HOME > OTHER DEVICES ON I OFF > SPRINKLERS I U June z3, Sprinklers71E) Off Aux 5 Off Aux t Aux 6EH)ci) Spa Off Aux 2 Aux 7 Off Page Pool Heat Off Dimmer Adjust Extra Aux Off O Spa Heat Off Pool Light Off All Off Home Menu One, puck Help Back Status iAqual-ink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-inkm Control Systems I Owner's Manual Page 39 Cancel Today - 24 Hour Sprinkler Delay This feature is used to disable the sprinklers for a period of 24 hours. All pending programs are canceled and the system enters the delay state. After 24 hours the system returns to the ENA state. The 24-hour time delay is reset each time CANCEL TODAY is selected. NOTE This feature may also be used to quickly turn off all sprinkler valves. OTHER DEVICES ON 1 OFF > SPRINKLERS > CANCEL TODAY Enabling the Sprinkler System To automatically run programs at their start times. the sprinkler control system must be in the enabled state. OTHER DEVICES ON/OFF > SPRINKLERS > PROGRAMS Manually Starting a Sprinkler Program Selecting MANUAL START presents the user with a screen providing the option to start all enabled programs, or any individual enabled program, or a single valve. SPRINKLERS > SPRINKLER OPERATION > MANUAL START Continue on the screen shown below and click the desired PROGRAM # and click the START button. The program is started immediately and runs to completion unless interrupted by the user. If ALL PROGRAMS is selected, all enabled programs are run in succession, in numerical order. The sprinkler system enters ENA state at the end of manually started programs. NOTE If a program is not set to ON, it does not appear in the MANUAL START list. Page 40 iAqual-ink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual 12.2 Programming Sprinkler System Sprinkler Operation Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Manual Program Manual Valve Time Sat to: :OS Program 1 Valve 1 :10 it7' . 8 i 9 l' Program 2 I Valve 2 .05 J L- - - - -- Program 3 All Programs Valve 3 Off Valve 4 Off 1 — , r-- 5 6JJ Valve 5 1:30 1 -- r — 11 Stan ) IIUur EnterI—J a9 I 9DowarPUpL z % © ® eN Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Disabling the Sprinkler System When the sprinkler control system is disabled, all running programs are canceled and no programs will run, regardless of their individual ON/OFF setting. OTHER DEVICES ONIOFF > SPRINKLERS > PROGRAMS Sprinkler Operation Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Cancel Programs LManualTodayDisableStart Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status NOTE This equipment may not be part of your system. Please check with your installer. The AquaLink RS offers a versatile, easy to use features to program your sprinkler system. Up to three (3) programs can be scheduled with different Run Days, Start Times and Set Durations. MENU > SYSTEM SETUP > SPRINKLER SETUP Sprinkler Setup Thu June 23. 2011 3:03 PM Pg. Start Run Days Enable 1 7:00 AM SuMTh I On 2 8-00 AM All Days I On 3 6:00 AM No D J l Start Tune - Set Duration Save J Run Dar LA] Su M ! Tu Even Days Odd Daya Ilao®az-,© Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status To Set Up the Water Days You can choose All to run the program all week long, Even Days, Odd Days or select the desired day(s) to run the enable programs. On the SPRINKLER SETUP screen, enable the program # by touching the ON button. I )orinkier )etur, Thu June 23. 2011 3:03 PM I Pg. Start Run Days Enable 1 7:00 AM SuMTh I On 2 8:00 AM All Days I On 3 6:00 AM No Days J Start Tim* 1,F Set Duration II Save Run j Dysr Daa ALL] Su F—T W I' , F 1 Sa Even Days li Odd Days 10 B@, ® ® r, Home Menu OneTouch Help Back S To Set Up the Sprinklers Program Start Time Menu On the SPRINKLER SETUP screen, click the START TIME button to display the numeric keyboard. Enter the start time and click the ENTER button to save it. iAquaLinkTm 2 0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-inkO Control Systems I Owner's Manual Page 41 Section 13. ChemLinkT°" Setup 13.2 To Configure the ORP Controller The ChemLink controller automatically monitors and maintains both the sanitizer and the pH balance in swimming pools, spas, or any circulating water system that requires water chemistry management. 13.1 To Set Up the ChemLink NOTE Check with the installer before making changes to the SYSTEM SETUP. SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK As shown below, the CHEMLINK setup screen provides links to set LIP the ORP/pH balances, ORP/ PH manual feeds, and level switch. Also, provides the current values for the ORP and pH levels. If only one chemLink is present in the system, the CHEMLINK setup screen is displayed automatically. ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Ch—unk 1 - ORP/pH Setup ORP 650 ORP Manual Feed pH 7.5 pH Manual Feed Level Switch s.IM Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status If more than one chemlink is present, the screen will display the links for additional chemlinks. To continue, click the button of the chemlink to be configured. ChemLink — Thu June 23, 2011 3.03 Pllvl__ I I ChemLink 1 ChemLink 2 i L- Menu OneTouch Help Back Status SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORP/PH SETUP ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Ch—U k 1 ORP/pH Setup ORP 650 ORP Manual Feed pH 7.5 pH Manual Fee Level Switch 5•IM Home Menu OneTouch Back Status ORP Feeder Type Depending on your installation, the iAquaLink may display the following feeders: NONE - Default setting. SALT - For salt water chlorinators. ERO LP - Non typical application. MBV - Non typical application. ERO HP - Non typical application. LIQUID - For liquid peristaltic pumps. GRAN - For Polaris® G1000 dichor feeders. SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORP/PH SETUP > SELECT FEEDER ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Ch—Lmk 1 ORP St.tua F••d« UQUID F••d TM 1SSEC D•I.y OT 45 Mat Aijuri S. Pei. 7.0 H,gh Al- 8.0 Pug• Degwm aPp pH S.— Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Page 42 1111111TWIMMIRL iAquaLinkTm 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLinkO Control Systems I Owner's Manual ORP Feeder Times ORP Setpoint The feeders times, sets the amount of time the controller This setting specifies the level of sanitizer to be activates the feeder per dose. maintained. SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP ORP/PH SETUP I ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM ChemLink 1 ORP Status Feeder LIQUID Feed TM 15 SEC Delay OT 45 Min Set Point 7.0 High Alen 6.0 Oro II pH I Sere Ij Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Adjust lI Type ERO LPIMBVIERO HP Liquid Default Do not use 30 Sec Range 05 Sec to CONT ORP Delay On Time SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORP/PH SETUP ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Ch.-Link 1 ORP Status Feeder LIQUID Feed TM 15 SEC Delay OT 45 Min Adjust set Point 70 High Alert e.0 CIAl LVL J PU!e p er Orp E Q aSave Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Type Salt ERO LP/ Liquid Gran MBVI ERO HP Default Overfeed Do not 10 Min 30 Min Off use Range I I1-99 Min 1-99 Min OVERFEED: Salt only. Will alarm and not feed if ORP has activated for too long, preventing damage to the cell. FEED DELAY: Sets the amount of time the controller vaits to dose the pool again. ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM ChemLink 1 ORP Status Feeder LIQUID Feed TM 15 SEC Delay OT 45 Min Adjust Set Point 70 High Alen - _ - 6.0 I eJlII. J PU- DPa Orp pH Save e M a O Sri/ (ii Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Default 650 Range 200 to 900 ORP Alarm - High Alert The high alert alarm sets an alarm to deactivate the controller in the event of an ORP reading that is out of high range. This could be an indication of a mechanical malfunction in the feeding system. SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORP/ PH SETUP ChemLink Thu June, 2011 3:03 PM ChemLink 1 ORP Status Feeder LIQUID Feed TM 15 SEC Delay OT 45 Min Set Point 7.0 High Alert E.0I— LL; Alert6.0 PU a Or I S.- DonDOHHome Menu OneTouch Help Bads Status Default 950 Range 350 to 950 iAnnal ink TM 2.0 Wnh rnnncrt nn%tirn fnr An —I inke ('nnlrnl Q.,etomc I llt.me.'c hil--1 Page 43 ORP Alarm - Low Alert The low alert alarm sets an alarm to deactivate the controller in the event of an ORP reading that is out of low range. This could be an indication of a mechanical malfunction in the feeding system. SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORP/PH SETUP Chem Link Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Ch—L,nk 1 ORP Status Fordo LIQUID Feed TM 15 SEC Delay OT 45 Min Adjust Het Poim 70 Hgh Alert 8.0 O ^ L-JJJ) Low Alert — ,- - - 60 UP Dewn O'P PH Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Default 100 Range 100 to 650 Wait or Stop pH SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP > WAIT PH ChemLink Thu June, 2011 3:03 PM ChemLink 1 ORP Status Wait pH Np=-- Stop pH YES Nam Clean Dec 22 Adjust D Vj, 1 ' U Pe p Orp pH Sare Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Wait for pH: YES= ORP will not feed at the same time as pH. NO= ORP will feed regardless of when pH feeds. Default= YES Stop for pH: YES= ORP will not feed if the pH is out of range. NO= ORP will feed regardless of pH. Default= YES ORP Next Cleaning Manually set reminder to clean the ORP sensor. Enter Month, then Year for automatic reminder. Default - JAN 01 (essentially OFF). SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORP/PH SETUP > NEXT CLN Q..'Uk IORR S.— W.;, pH no Sq PH YES N.n CI.- _ _ _ Dr 22 i Aa oa rRDT 'I[ R% t ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM ova @10 aoo_ laJ C,E""1 Q 11 Hod, Statusne MenuOmTouchHelpBeu 13. 3 To Configure the pH Controller On the CHEMLINKTM setup screen, click the pH button to display the CHEMLINK pH setup screen. This screen provides the current settings for the pH levels. ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM ChemLink 1 PH Status Feed. LIQUID - Feed TM 15 SEC Delay OT 45 M,n ptljust Set Point7.0 High Alert 6.0 Low Alert e.0 1 PUpe PPH Save j Down n Home Menu OneTouch ask Status pH Feeder Type Depending on your installation, the iAquaLink may display the following feeders: NONE - Default setting. ERO LP - Non typical application. MBV - Non typical application. ERO HP - Non typical application. GRAN - Non typical application. LIQUID - For liquid peristaltic pumps. Page 44 iAqual-inkw 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-mk° Control Systems I Owners Manual SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINKTM > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP > FEEDER ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 p.m. ChemLink 1 pH Sutu Feeds _. f LIQUID Feed TM 15 SEC D. l.y OT lS Min set Point 7.0 High Alert e.0 Low Alert so PUpe Dmgsm Orp pH S- 0 (b to 2) Home Menu On*Touch Help Bads Status Atli — pH Feeder Times The feeder times sets the amount of time the controller activates the feeder per dose. SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM ChemLink 1 PH Ste— Feeder LIQUID F.. d TM 15 SEC D. I.y OT 45 Min J Adjust Set Point 7.0 High Alert so Low Al.. so l IJJI lPupe Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Type ERO LP/MBV/ERO HP Liquid Default Do not use 30 Sec Range 05 Sec to CONT pH Delay On Time The delay on time sets the amount of time the controller waits to dose the pool again. SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP > WAIT PH ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Ch.. L.nk 1 pH Ste— F.. d., LIQUID Feed TM 15 SEC D. Ny OT 45 Min Adjut Set Point 70 High AI.n e.0 a Lew Alert 8.0 l. r P. lI P-g- rp PH S.. j UpJI D LJ Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Type ERO LP/MBV/ERO HP Liquid Default Do not use 30 Sec Range 05 Sec to CONT pH Setpoint This setting specifies the level of sanitizer to be maintained. SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Ch— U.k1 pH Sulu Feed- LIQUID Feed TM 15 SEC DeVy OT 45 Mn, Set Point _ -_ J 7.0- H. gh Alen Low Alen Home Menu OneTouch Help Back Status Default 7.5 Range 7.0 to 8.2 pH Alarm - High Alert The high alert alarm sets an alarm to deactivate the controller in the event of a pH reading that is out of high range. This could be an indication of a mechanical malfunction in the feeding system. SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM Ch— Lnk 1 PH Sulu Feed., LIQUID Feed TM 15 SEC D. I.y OT sS Min just Set Point 7.0 High Alen e.0 E(4:11 Lewu.n eo` Do9wn° pr ° H I— O Home Menu Onelrouch Help Back Status Default 8.4 Range 7.5 to 8.4 iAquaLinkTM 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owners Manual Page 45 pH Alarm - Low Alert The low alert alarm sets an alarm to deactivate the controller in the event of a pH reading that is out of low range. This could be an indication of a mechanical malfunction in the feeding system. SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK TM > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM ChemLink 1 ORP St.tu. Feed., UOUID Feed TM 15 SEC D.I.y OT 45 Min Set Point 7.0 High Alert 8.0 low Alert S0 Home Menu ` OneToucli Help Beck Stan Default 6.8 Range 6.8 to 7.4 Ad, — pH Acid or Base Feed SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP DEFAULT -Acid. ACID -Feeds acid to lower the pH. BASE - Feeds base material to raise the pH. ChemLink Thu June 23, 2011 3:03 PM ChemLink 1 PH Stet. A6d/R... Acid N.. Cleen J.n 01 N..t C.1 J.n Adlurt Cal., pH 7.5 ID Y J Pope l DP Q OtP PH . Home Menu OneTouch Help Bad, Status pH Next Cleaning Manually set reminder to clean the pH sensor. Enter Month. then Year for automatic reminder. DEFAULT - JAN 01 (essentially OFF) SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP ChemLink Thu June 2a, 2011 3:03 PM Ct.nt,nv, .H st.e. Ad%.t N 7.5 A, I I LppL_u—JLe•_—__j ChemLink Thu Jun. 23, 2011 3.03 PM aft . V @ ate• n o0 0 0 Hone Menu C.T./ ® y iLL •• Nl ao© pH Next Calibration Manually set reminder to clean the pH sensor. Enter Month. then Year for automatic reminder. DEFAULT - JAN 01 (essentially OFF) SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP pH Calibration This is calibration for pH reading. You can enter the actual pH here to adjust sensor reading. DEFAULT - 7.5 Page 46 iAqukink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqual-ink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual Chin,U.k 1 pH Stan- - A,—* Add N— Clan Jan 01 N.. GI Jan Adji Cal n pH 7.5 A IV Fag. .i P•vm_ - Ory -pH 13.4 Manual Feed Activation To Perform an ORP Manual Feed SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP ChemLink Thu Un!•zoii 3:03PM Ch— .k t ORP/pH Setup ORP 650 ORP Manual Feed pH 7.5 pH Manual Feed Level Switch S.1— Home - Menu OneTouch Help Back Status - To Perform a pH Manual Feed SYSTEM SETUP > SET CHEMLINK > CHEMLINK > ORPIPH SETUP n,tl JUDO 23, zot, 3:03.PM ORP/pH Setup ORP 650 ORP Manual Food pH 7.5 I pH Manual Feed Level Switch I S.1— I, Hdmeis. Menu OneTouch. Help'' ,Back' Status To Enable the ChemLinkTM Feeder Tank Level Switch This feature allows the use of an external, tank -mounted level switch to indicate when a liquid tank is empty to prevent the dry feeding of a peristaltic pump. These switches are an after -market product and not available through Jandy. There are only provisions for one (1) switch. The switch must be normally closed NC). On the CHEMLINK setup screen, select the LEVEL SWITCH entry. An `X' on the display indicates the Level Switch is enabled. Click the LEVEL SWITCH again to disable it. iAquaLinkTm 2.0 Web Connect Device for Aqukink° Control Systems I Owner's M E Page 47 Section 14. Glossaries 14.1 Safety Delays and Lockouts Lockouts Any device can be locked out. This will prevent the locked out device from being turned on manually. However, the device will turn on/off when it is being controlled by a program. Pool/Spa Switching Filter Pump Delay The filter pump turns off while valves rotate between pool and spa to prevent damage to the pool equipment. The valves take 35 seconds to rotate between pool and spa; the filter pump will activate as soon as the valves have finished turning. Heater Cool Down Delay When the system is heating (water is circulating to the spa) and the Spa button is pressed, the system will remain in Spa Mode for five (5) minutes, and will continue to circulate the water. This delay allows water to cool the heater down by circulating water through it, preventing equipment damage. Heater Start-up The heater will only come on if the water is circulating e.g... filter pump is on and has been circulating for 15 seconds) to the corresponding body of water (e.g., spa for spa heater) and the actual water temperature is below the temperature you set with TEMP SET in the Menu. If these conditions are not met, the heater will be enabled (ready to go), but will not fire. Heater "Short Cycling" Prevention When the heater is activated and the desired temperature is reached, heater will turn off and remain off for three (3) minutes, even if the temperature falls below the desired temperature. This feature prevents heater short cycling (i.e... heater turning off and on in rapid succession). Cleaner Lockout The pool cleaner will only activate if the system is in pool mode (i.e., water circulating to pool). The pool cleaner requires that water is circulating to the pool in order for it to operate. Return to pool mode to activate the cleaner. Spillover Lockout The spillover will only activate if the system is in pool mode (i.e., water circulating to pool). The spillover requires that water is circulating to the pool in order for it to operate. Return to pool mode to activate the spillover. Also, if the pool cleaner is on, it will turn off during spillover operation. Spillover When DIP Switch Sl-3 is in the ON position, the Aux. 3 relay socket is activated and the return valve actuator turns. The spillover is disabled while the spa is on. A message is displayed when spillover is turned on while in spa mode (water circulation is to spa). The spillover requires that water circulation is to pool in order to operate. The spillover will activate when the system switches back to pool mode. Enabled When activated allows the function to work. Disabled When activated does not allow the function to work. 14.2 Special Auxiliary Labels Spare AUX With DIP switch SI-6 turned OFF, the spare auxiliary socket is energized in "Pool Mode" and off in "Spa Mode". With DIP switch ON, the spare auxiliary socket is energized in the "Spa Mode" and off in the "Pool Mode". Operates only with Pool/Spa combination units. Extra AUX System features (for example, light dimming, software labeling, and timed auX) can be assigned to the extra AUX button. Only freeze protection cannot be assigned to the extra auxiliary. Air Blower When an AUX button labeled "Air Blower— is pressed, it will turn on the air blower for 30 minutes, then automatically turn it off. An air blower may be programmed like any other auxiliary, except that you can program only the ON time. The air blower will turn on at the programmed ON time, and turn off 30 minutes later. Page 48 iAqual-ink- 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual This is to protect the blower motor from overheating during extended operation. To change the ON time from the default value of 30 minutes, refer to the DEVICE RUNTIME feature. Fill Line When an AUX button labeled "Fill Line" is pressed, it will turn on the fill line for 30 minutes, and then automatically turn it off. A fill line may be programmed like any other auxiliary, except that you can program only the ON time. The fill line will turn on at the programmed ON time, and turn off 30 minutes later. This is to avoid overfilling the pool. Choose the appropriate number of "fill" programs during the week to keep your pool at the appropriate level. To change the ON time from the default value of 30 minutes, refer to the DEVICE RUNTIME feature. 14.3 Controller Messages CLEANER CANNOT BE TURNED ON WHILE SPA IS ON This message is displayed if the pool cleaner is activated when in spa mode (i.e., water is circulating to spa). The pool cleaner requires that water be circulating to the pool in order for it to operate. Return to pool mode to activate the cleaner. CLEANER CANNOT BE TURNED ON WHILE SPILLOVER IS ON Tile return valve has been rotated to the spa position to give the spa spillover effect. FREEZE PROTECT This message indicates that freezing conditions have been detected by the freeze protection sensor, and that equipment assigned to freeze protection (e.g.. filter pump) are active. See Section 9.1 I. "Freeze Protection". NOTE If a freeze protected Auxiliary is turned off during freeze protection, a message will be displayed indicating that item is off but will turn on in X amount of minutes. The minutes will vary depending on how long freeze mode has been active from 1 to 15 minutes. SENSOR OPEN This error message indicates that the sensor is not installed properly or is malfunctioning. Call your pool service person to resolve this problem. NOTE If the message reads WATER TEMP OPEN, the heater will not fire If message AIR TEMP OPEN is displayed, freeze protection will not operate correctly. POOL HEATER ENABLED This message indicates that the pool heater is ready to use but is not actually firing. The filter pump must be on, and the water temperature must be below the setting for the heater to fire. PUMP WILL REMAIN ON WHILE SPILLOVER IS ON This message is displayed when you attempt to turn off the filter pump while a spa spillover is on. Since the filter pump is necessary for spillover operation, the pump will remain on until the spillover is turned off. PUMP WILL TURN OFF AFTER COOL DOWN CYCLE This message indicates that the filter pump is circulating water to cool down the heater. The filter pump will continue to run for five (5) minutes to protect the heater from damage, whenever the heater has fired and has been off for less than five (5) minutes. PUMP WILL TURN ON AFTER DELAY This message is displayed during pool/spa switching. The AquaLink RS waits 35 seconds while the valves turn from pool position to spa position (or vice -versa) before activating the filter pump. SERVICE MODE This message indicates that the Controller has been locked out from the power center and is not operational. Service mode is used by the pool service person to aid them in servicing the pool. The Controller will not be functional until the switch at the power center is moved back to AUTO mode. iAqual-ink- 2 U Web Connect Device for Aqual-ink° Control Systems I Owner's Manual Page 49 SENSOR SHORT This error message indicates that the sensor is not installed properly or is malfunctioning. Call your pool service person to resolve this problem. NOTE If the message reads WATER TEMP SHORT, the heater will not fire. If the message AIR TEMP SHORT is displayed, freeze protection will not operate correctly. SPA WILL TURN OFF AFTER COOL DOWN CYCLE When the system is in Spa Mode (water is circulating to the spa) and the Spa button is pressed to switch water circulation to the pool, the system will not switch to Pool Mode for five (5) minutes, and will continue to circulate the water [if the heater has fired and has been off for less than five (5) minutes]. This delay allows water to cool the heater down by circulating water through it, preventing equipment damage. TIMED AUX ON, WILL TURN OFF AFTER 30 MINUTES This message indicates that a timed auxiliary (usually a blower) has been activated and will turn off after 30 minutes. Some labels (e.g., blower, fill line) have a built-in 30 minute shut off. TIMEOUT MODE This message indicates that the Controller has been locked out from the Power Center and is not operational. TIME OUT mode is used by the pool service person to aid them in servicing the pool. The Controller will not be functional for three (3) hours, or until the switch at the power center is turned back to AUTO mode. SPILLOVER DISABLED WHILE SPA IS ON This message is displayed when the spa spillover is pressed while in spa mode (water circulation is to spa). The spillover requires that water circulation is to pool in order to operate. The spillover will activate when the system switches back to pool mode. Page 50 iA ivaLinkTM 2 0 Web Connect Device for AquaLinkO Control Systems I Owners Manual Section 15. iAqual-ink Menu Flow Chart Continued on next page ADD PROGRAM SCHEDULE SELECT EQUIP DELETE CHANGE SETSET TEM DATE/TIME CUSTOMIZE HOME MONTH, DAY, YEAR TIME GENERAL AUX MACROS SYSTEM SETUP VAR SPEED PUMP SETUP POOL HEAT SPA HEAT CHILL HEAT MAINTAIN HOURS INTELLIFLO• VF PUMP MODEL f-Lf FILTRATION APPLICAT12N AUX PUMP NOT INSTALLED MIN -MAX SET RPM PRIME SPEED SET RPM PRIME DURATION SET DURATION VALUE SET SPEED LABEL SPEED/LABELS SELECT PUMP SET SPEED ASSIGN TO AUX GENERAL LABELS LIGHT LABELS LABELAUX SELECT DEVICE WATER FEATURE LABELS SELECT LIGHT CUSTOM LABELS COLOR LIGHTS rASSIGN TYPE CUSTOMIZED TO AUX DESCRIPTION( FILTRATION CHLORINATION ESP LINK SPRINKLERS DIMMER ON FILL LINE OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT) GO BACK CLEANER 41SETDEVICES ONETOUCH SETUP 4 FUNCTION SPA SWITCH SELECT NAME SPA REMOTE 8 FUNCTION SPALINK• NEXT SPA REMOTE BUTTONS PROGRAM 1 START TIME SPRINKLER SETUP PROGRAM 2 SET DURATION OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT) QN PROGRAM 3 ENABLE OFF DEVICE RUNTIME SELECT DEVICE START TIME STOP TIME MAINTAIN TEMP SELECT EQUIPMENT SAMPLE TIME ENABLED ON RS INTERLINK ENABLE DISABLED OFF FREEZE PROTECTION SELECT DEVICE HEAT MODE HEAT PUMP HEAT PUMP IS CONTROLLED VIA SOLAR PUMP RELAY CHILL MODE HEAT PUMP ITEM SEEN INREVISION'N'ORLATER LOWTEMP ENABLED HEAT PUMP PRIORITY OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT) DISABLED DIP SWITCH S2. 1 MUST BE ON SEE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ENABLED HEAT PUMPS CONTROLLED VIA SOLAR HEAT PRIORITY RS4E5 OR SOLAR PUMP RELAY OPTIONALEOUIPMENT) J L_fDISABLE- iAquaLink,m 2.0 Web Connect Device for AquaLink° Control Systems I Owners Manual Page 51 HOME SYSTEM SETUP INTAKE ASSIGN JVA RETURN ONETOUCHI DUSK SETUP SOLAR CLEANER ENABLED DISABLED ON EATURE CITY(rIME ZONE ALL OFF TIME OFF SET TIME OFF TIME ENABLED SET DEVICES PUMP LOCKOUT DISABLED TIME ADJUST ENABLED DAYLIGHT SAVING - DTS DISABLED CUSTOMIZE PRODUCT NAME PRODUCT INFORMATION CUSTOMIZE SERVICE INFO ENABLED AIR TEMP CUSTOMIZE SERVICE PHONE DISABLED POOL FEEDER FEEDER TEMP CALIBRATE FAHRENHEIT SPA FEEDER TM FEEDER TM DEGREES DELAY OT DELAY OT CELCIUS ENABLED SET POINT SET POINT IN FLOOR YES DISABLED HI ALERT HI ALERT CLEAR MEMORY NO ORP/PH SETUP ORP PH CANCEL DELAY ORP MANUAL FEED LOW ALERT LOW ALERT CHEMLINK- 1 WAIT PH ACID BASE PH MANUAL FEED CHEMLINK STOP PH NEXT CLN CHEMLINK 2 LEVEL SWITCH NEXT CLN CAL AT PH LOCKOUT/PASSWORD LOCKOUT PASSWORD I CHANGE PASSWORD SYSTEM SYSTEM SPASWITCH YES SPA SWITCH YES SPALINK• NO SPALINK NO DEVICES DEVICES GROUP A GROUP B START DATE SET TIME PROGRAM GROUP CUSTOM LABEL GROUP C( T)DEQCUSTOMBIZEDSDESCRIPTION) ENABLED DISABLED SETAQUAPURE° OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT) SPA MODE CLEAN MODE ALL OFF ONETOUCH4 ONETOUCH5 ONETOUCH6 QUICK BOOST BOOST SET UP SERVICE SENSOR REMOTES ERRORS START GO BACK SET TIME I SPILLOVER MODE ONLY DISPLAYED WHEN DIP SWITCH S IJ IS SET TO ON STATUS Zodiac Pool Systems Canada, Inc. 2115 South Service Road West, Unit 3 Oakville, ON 1-61- 5W2 1.888.647.4004 1 www.ZodiacPoolSystems.ca Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. 2620 Commerce Way, Vista, CA 92081 1.800 822.7933 1 www ZodiacPoolSystems.com Zodiac Group Australia, ABN 87 002 641965, 219 Woodpark Rd, Smithfield NSW 2164, Australia ZODIAC° is a registered trademark of Zodiac International, S A.S.U., used under license. ZODIACAlltrademarksreferencedhereinarethepropertyoftheirrespectiveowners. 1013 Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. H00433600 REVB PERMIT # c2-3 OFFICE o CHG1 CORPORATION Operating Manual MODELS RC554XP AND 554000 ORP/pH Digital Controller OFEED OpH 0 O PH ALERT FEEDS ORP ALERT pH MODE OAViO fECD SCT FEED HI lOY! pX ONCE IFVEI TIME T MLRT G1ll ORP ORP 0 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS READ AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 1 of 24 1. SAFETY: When installing and using this electrical equipment, basic safety precautions should always be followed, including: 1.1 WARNING! To reduce the risk of injury, do not permit children to use this product unless they are closely supervised at all times 1.2 WARNING! Risk of electric shock. Connect only to a grounding type receptacle protected by a ground -fault circuit interrupter (GFCI). Contact qualified electrician if you cannot verify that the receptacle is protected by a GFCI and that your installation meets local electrical codes, including grounding of water system components. 1.3 WARNING! Risk of electric shock. Do not bury electric cords. Locate cord to minimize abuse from lawn mowers, hedge trimmers, and other equipment. Replace damaged cords immediately. Do not use extension cords. 1.4 WARNING! Risk of electric shock. Install at least 10 feet (3.0m) from inside wall of water enclosure using non-metallic plumbing. Do not install this controller in a location accessible to the public. 1.5 WARNING! Risk of Chemical Overdose/Exposure. Removing power from circulating pump must also remove power from the controller. Provide a properly located outlet controlled by the circulating pump circuit. 1.6 WARNING! Risk of electric shock/pinching/chemical exposure. Remove power sources or lockout circuit prior to performing maintenance on controller. 1.7 WARNING! Risk of Chemical Overdose/Exposure. Use a device such as a flow switch to shut off power from the controller in the event of circulating pump failure. It is unsafe to automatically dispense chemicals into a circulating system that is not running. 1.8 WARNING! Risk of Chemical Exposure. Pool water must be balanced and stabilized before operating this controller. 1.9 WARNING! Risk of Chemical Overdose/Exposure. Minimize amount of chemical on site that is available to dispense. Size the feeder and container to pool/spa capacity. Dilute chemical for small bodies of water. 1.10 WARNING! Risk of Chemical Exposure. Do not shut down circulation and control system immediately after using pool, spa or hot tub. Systems must operate until water chemistry is stable. Systems must be restarted before water chemistry is out of NSPI recommended ranges or water chemistry must be manually corrected. 1.11 WARNING! Controller uses microprocessor. Wireless communication equipment or other electrical devices operated in close proximity may cause inadvertent actuation of chemical feed pumps. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 2 of 24 Table of Contents Section title Page 1. Safety Instructions 2 2. Quick Start Reference 4 3. Description and Specifications 3.1 General Description 5 3.2 Specifications 7 3.3 Description of controls 8 4. Installation 4.1 Locating the controller 12 4.2 Mechanical installation 12 4.3 Power panel access 13 4.3.1 Dip switches 13 4.3.2 Fuses 13 4.3.3 Flow switch 13 4.3.4 Globe Flowcell 14 5. Operation 5.1 Startup 15 5.2 pH settings 15 5.3 pH Calibration 15 5.4 ORP settings 15 5.5 Operating mode 16 6. Troubleshooting 17 7. Warranty 19 8. Appendix 8.1 Dip switch settings 20 8.2 Factory default settings 21 8.3 Water chemistry ranges-NSPI 21 8.4 Typical system installations 22 ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 3 of 24 2. Quick Start Reference Use this section for reference. Please read all safety instructions and appropriate manual sections for installation and operation instructions. Do NOT add chemicals to feeders until all startup operations are completed. Manually adjust and balance pool/spa to acceptable levels and verify using DPD test kit prior to startup. Automation should be used to maintain chemical levels, not to balance a pool/spa that is out of acceptable chemical ranges. On/Off: Press the MODE button to turn the unit on. Note: 'FLOW light must illuminate. To turn the unit off press and release MODE button to change to ORP or pH mode. Then press and hold the MODE button. "OFF" will be displayed in the windows. To Operate: Press and release the MODE button until the "AUTO" LED is lit. Unit will now operate in the factory preset settings: Set levels: ORP = 650 mV, pH = 7.4 Feed times: 0.6 second feed with a 5-minute delay AlertLimits: ORP: 900 high, 100 low, pH: 8.0 high, 7.0 low To Change Settings: Press and release the MODE button until the desired ORP or pH LED is lit. Once the settings are changed, they will remain at those settings until they are changed again. Set level: press the SET LEVEL button until the desired set point is reached. Release the button. Feed time: press the FEED TIME button until the desired feed time is reached. Release the button. The numbers represent the seconds of feed time (all with 5-minute delays). Range is 0.6 to 900 sec. (15 min.). Continuous feed is 'con'. Hi alert: press the HI ALERT button until the desired level is reached. Release the button Low alert: press the LOW ALERT button until the desired level is reached. Release the button. Consecutive Feed Alert Limit: See Appendix for adjusting limit. Manual Feed: Press and release the MODE button to light the LED associated with the desired feeder to be manually fed: ORP or pH. Press the FEED ONCE button. The desired feeder will go through one "set feed" time cycle. There is no manual feed option when the unit is in Continuous feed. Other: See the appropriate manual sections for: Calibrating the pH sensor — See section 5.3 Changing dip switches (pH/ORP interlock, Consecutive Feed Alert Limit, acid/base chemical feed and keypad lockout). — See Appendix section 8.1 ROLA- CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 4 of 24 3. Description and Specifications 3.1 General Description The controller is a microprocessor -based chemical automation system which continuously monitors and maintains the pH balance and sanitizer level in a swimming pool or spa. The pH and sanitizer level (ORP) are displayed using sun -bright seven -segment light emitting diodes. The pH and ORP levels are continuously monitored and displayed on the controller's front panel. The ORP/pH controller has been designed to be user friendly. One MODE button and six SET buttons allow the operator to easily set parameters. The pH display range is 6.0 to 8.4 with a .1 unit resolution. The pH set point is adjustable from 7.0 to 8.0 in .1 pH steps with a factory default set point of 7.4 pH. During a pH feed cycle, the pH feed lamp will flash when pH chemicals are being fed and illuminate continuously during the feed delay portion of the feed cycle. The pH Alert lamp will illuminate when the pH reading is higher or lower than the high and low pH Alert set points and prevent the feeding of pH chemicals. The Digital Display numbers will flash and the pump/feeder will not activate if the Set Level is not reached within the preset Consecutive Feed Alert Limit. The default value is 20 cycles for timed feed mode or 20 minutes for continuous feed mode. See appendix for setting Consecutive Feed Alert Limit. The sanitizer (ORP) display range is 0 to 995 mV with a 5 mV display resolution. The ORP set point is adjustable from 400 to 900 mV with default set point of 650 mV. During an ORP feed cycle, the ORP feed lamp will flash when sanitizer chemicals are being fed and illuminate continuously during the feed delay portion of the feed cycle. The ORP Alert lamp will illuminate when the ORP reading is higher or lower than the high and low ORP Alert set points and prevent the feeding of sanitizer chemicals. The Digital Display numbers will flash and the pump/feeder will not activate if the Set Level is not reached within the preset Consecutive Feed Alert Limit. The default value is 20 cycles for timed feed mode or 20 minutes for continuous feed mode. See appendix for setting Consecutive Feed Alert Limit. A manual feed cycle for pH or ORP can be started by pressing the MODE button (placing the controller in stand-by mode for either pH or ORP) and then pressing the FEED ONCE button. The feed cycle is a timed -based 'feed then delay' system. The controller has a series of fixed feed times (0.6 to 900 sec.) with associated delays as well as a Continuous feed mode. A feed cycle consists of a feed time plus a delay time. Example: a 30 second feed time followed by a five-minute delay would have a 5'/z minute feed cycle. The chemical feeder dispenses chemical only during the feed time portion of the cycle and then waits for a delay period to allow for chemical to dispense throughout the swimming pool or spa. The controller incorporates an internal non-volatile memory in which all factory default settings as well as field -modified settings are stored. The internal memory is not affected by power interruption and requires no backup battery. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 5 of 24 Acid/base, pH/ORP interlock, Consecutive Feed Alert Limit and keypad lockout control switches are located behind the Power Panel Access Cover. See section 4.3. The pH and ORP outputs are capable of handling 5 amps each at 120 Volt AC. The relay outputs are fused and transient protected. An internal terminal strip is provided for field wiring of the controller. The internal step-down transformer has a class -two energy limiting rating to provide for electrical safety. Note: When automating any body of water, it is essential to size the feeders to reach desired levels in a relatively short period of time. Generally, automating an existing body of water with existing feeders will require the output of the feeders be increased accordingly. If feeders are unable to keep up with demand in a short period of time, automation becomes ineffective. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 6 of 24 3.2 Specifications ORP & PH Ranges ORP pH Display: 0 to 995 mV 6.0 to 8.4 Set Level: 400 mV to 900 mV 7.0 to 8.0 5 mV increments) Factory default: 650 mV 7.4 Input Power: 120 Volts AC, 50/60 HZ, 3 wire grounded power cord Combined load not to exceed 10 amps GFCI source required Output Power: 120 Volts AC, 50/60 HZ, 5 amps (fused) for both ORP and pH Two 3-wire grounded power receptacles Terminal strip for hardwire applications included Displays: ORP and pH - red digital Power and flow indicator - LED Alert indicator & Feed indicator - LED (ORP & pH) Mode indicator - LED (pH, ORP, Auto) Note: feed lamps flash during the feed time and are on continuously during the delay time of the feed cycle. Operating Temperature: 40 to 1200 F Selectable Features ORP and pH settings + Manual feed ORP and pH feed/delay times + Keypad lockout + pH calibration High and low ORP and pH alerts + Reset + ORP and pH Interlock Acid/base feed + Adjustable Consecutive Feed Alert Limit Features and Options Flow switch input + Individually fused outputs 120 VAC transformer ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 7 of 24 3.3 Description of Controls 1- WATER FLOW LAMP Illuminates brightly when water flow is indicated. Also indicates that power is on. 2- pH/ORP ALERT LAMPS Illuminates red when the Hi or Low Alert levels are reached. 3- CHEMICAL FEED LAMPS pH FEED lamp flashes while feeding chemical and illuminates continuously during feed delay. ORP FEED lamp flashes while feeding chemical and illuminates continuously during feed delay. 4- pH/ORP DIGITAL DISPLAYS Monitors pH and ORP and displays programmed set points. The Digital Display numbers will flash if Consecutive Feed Alert Limit is exceeded. 5- pH STANDBY LAMP AND PROGRAMMING BUTTONS When pH standby lamp is illuminated the six set buttons are enabled. 6- MODE BUTTON AND AUTOMATIC LAMP Press MODE button to pH or ORP and hold for 2 seconds for OFF. Press and release MODE button to step from pH to ORP. Press again to return to AUTOMATIC mode. 7- ORP STANDBY AND PROGRAMMING BUTTONS When ORP standby lamp is illuminated the five SET buttons are enabled. 8- pH/ORP SENSOR CONNECTORS — BNC type 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 OFEED O 0 p 1 ALER FEED,4 ORP'. ALERT pH MODE 0AVf01 PH uw rusc A MT as uuS ORV pH OPTOO iA 8 / / -] ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 8 of 24 Modes: The controller has four modes of operation: ON/OFF mode. AUTO mode — normal operation mode pH - setting mode ORP - setting mode To move from one mode to another simply press the MODE button. The illuminated lamp indicates the current mode. 3.3.1 On/off mode: To turn the controller "ON": press the MODE button. To turn the controller "OFF": press and change MODE to pH or ORP and hold the MODE button for two seconds until both displays read "OFF". Release the MODE button and the controller turns off and the displays go blank. Note: Turning the controller "OFF" using the MODE button simply turns off the controller functions, but does not turn off the power to the controller. The 'FLOW` lamp located at the center of the controller is both the power light and a flow indicator when an optional flow switch is used. 3.3.2 AUTO mode: This is normal operation mode. The controller operates the respective feeders to automatically maintain the parameters set for both pH and ORP. 3.3.3 pH SET mode: This enables the six programming buttons to set desired pH parameters. Note: When scrolling through the set modes, to reverse the direction simply release the button momentarily and press the button again. Feed Once button: By pressing the FEED ONCE button, the pH feeder will feed and delay for one complete feed cycle. See FEED TIME Button for feed/delay times. If the Feed time is set for "Continuous feed" the manual feed will not operate. Set Level button: Pressing the SET LEVEL button once will display the current set level. To change the set level, press and hold the SET LEVEL button (which displays in 0.1 pH increments) until the desired level is reached. Feed Time: The feed times are displayed in seconds. Each feed cycle includes a five (5) minute delay time. Pressing the FEED TIME button allows the user to scroll through the available feed times. Release the button when the desired pH feed time is reached. To set the controller in Continuous feed, release the button when the display reads "con". Continuous feed runs feeder continuously; (1) until set point is reached or (2) until Consecutive Feed Alert Limit is reached or (3) until Hi/Low Alert limit is reached. See appendix for Consecutive Feed Alert Limit details. Feed time can also be set to "off". Note: The controller will overshoot the pH Set Level by 0.1 to reduce on/off cycles. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 9 of 24 Hi Alert: Pressing the HI ALERT button allows the operator to set or turn off the HI alert level feature. As the button is pressed the pH readout will scroll through the available HI alert pH levels (7.5 to 8.4 and off). Release the button when the desired level is reached. The Hi Alert cannot be turned off in the BASE feed selection. Low Alert: Pressing the LOW ALERT button allows the operator to set or turn off the Low alert level feature. As the button is pressed the pH readout will scroll through the available Low alert pH levels (6.8 to 7.4 and off). Release the button when the desired level is reached. The Low Alert cannot be turned off in the ACID feed selection. Note: If the pH reading is out of the pre-set alert range for more than ten (10) minutes the pH red alert lamp will illuminate and the pH feeder will be disabled. The system will automatically reset when the water chemistry has been corrected. pH Calibrate: This button allows the operator to calibrate the pH sensor to a buffer or to a sample tested with a test kit. Pressing the pH CALIB button allows the operator to adjust the pH reading to match the buffer or test kit value. Note: The sample to be tested should always be taken from the flow cell or container in which the pH sensor is located. The pH calibration allows the adjustment of +/- 1 pH in .1 pH increments. Consecutive Feed Alert Limit: The Digital Display numbers will flash and the pump/feeder will not activate if the Set Level is not reached within the preset Consecutive Feed Alert Limit. See appendix for setting Consecutive Feed Alert Limit. 3.3.4 ORP SET mode: This enables the first five programming buttons to set desired ORP parameters. Feed Once: By pressing the FEED ONCE button, the ORP feeder will feed and delay for one complete feed cycle. See FEED TIME Button for feed/delay times. If the feed time is set for "Continuous feed" the manual feed will not operate. Set Level: Pressing the SET LEVEL button once will display the current set level. To change the set level, press and hold the SET LEVEL button (which displays in 5 mV increments) until the desired level is reached. Feed Time: The feed times are displayed in seconds. There is a five (5) minute delay time associated with each feed time. Pressing the FEED TIME button allows the user to scroll through the available feed times. Release the button when the desired ORP feed time is reached. To set the controller in Continuous feed mode, release the button when the display reads "con". Continuous feed runs feeder continuously; (1) until set point is reached or (2) until Consecutive Feed Alert Limit is reached or (3) until Hi/Low Alert limit is reached. See appendix for Consecutive Feed Alert Limit details. Feed time can also be set to "off'. Note: The controller will overshoot the ORP Set Level by 10mV to reduce on/off cycles. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 10 of 24 Hi Alert: Pressing the HI ALERT button allows the operator to set or turn off the HI alert level feature. As the button is pressed the ORP readout will scroll through the available HI alert ORP levels (650 mV to 900mV, preset at 900 mV). Release the button when the desired level is reached. Low Alert: Pressing the LOW ALERT button allows the operator to set or turn off the Low alert level feature. As the button is pressed the ORP readout will scroll through the available ORP levels (100 mV to 640 mV in 5 mV increments and "OFF"). Release the button when the desired level is reached. The pH CALIB button is not functional in the ORP mode. Note: If the ORP reading is out of the pre-set alert range for more than ten (10) minutes the ORP red alert lamp will illuminate and the ORP feeder will be disabled. The system will automatically reset when the water chemistry has been corrected. Consecutive Feed Alert Limit: The Digital Display numbers will flash and the pump/feeder will not activate if the Set Level is not reached within the preset Consecutive Feed Alert Limit. See appendix for adjusting Limit. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 1 I of 24 4. Installation 4.1 Locating the Controller Install the chemical pump and erosion feed systems as shown in manuals included with the feeders. The controller may need to be set for the particular feeder system used. Before installing the controller, it is important to do a site assessment to consider where and how you will mount the unit. The controller should be mounted on a wall or other surface within eight feet of the feeder, at least ten feet away from the edge of the water, and within six feet of the GFCI power source. Never mount a controller above or near an acid tank. Never mount a controller in a location accessible to the public. Install the controller in an area protected from natural elements (sun, rain, freezing, etc.). See appendix for typical feed system schematics. 4.2 Mechanical Installation Once the site is selected, obtain screws or anchors (mounting screws are not provided with controller) to securely mount the controller on the wall or a panel. Install a screw in the wall/panel where the top center of the controller is to be located. Leave % inch of the screw out of the wall to hang the controller from the keyhole located on controller's back. Remove the power panel access cover and install screws through the two holes located at the bottom left and right corners of the controller. Wall Installed screw V.- h-10 VY Do not remove front panel Controller mounted via the Power panel access Controller with power panel access cover removed ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 5541-35 2/19/18 Page: 12 of 24 4.3 Power panel access 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 4.3.1 Dip switches 9. ORP FUSE 10. TERMINAL STRIP 11. pH FUSE 12. DATA PORT 13. FLOW SWITCH TERMINAL 14. DIP SWITCH ARRAY 15. FLOW SWITCH INPUT 16. pH OUTPUT 17. ORP OUTPUT 18 EXTERNAL POWER INPUT The controller has a series of dip switches to control functions that are not normally accessible on the front panel. These dip switches are located inside the power panel access cover. To access switches, remove power from the controller and remove power panel access cover. There are four dip switches- #1 is the top switch. The switch is 'off when in the left position and 'on' in the right position. See appendix for settings. 4.3.2 Fuses The ORP and pH are independently fused to protect the controller from defective feeders. These fuses are located inside the lower panel. The fuse holders are shipped with 5 amp fuses. (Replacement fuses are 5mm x 20mm Fast Acting IEC.) 4.3.3 Flow Switch The controller has a flow switch terminal located inside the Power Panel Access Cover on the left side. It is shipped with a jumper in place. The terminal must either have the jumper or a flow switch installed. The flow switch light on the face of the controller is also a power light that shows that the controller is connected to a live power source. If the terminal does not have a closed circuit, the controller will not turn on. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 13 of 24 NSF certification of this automated controller requires the use of a flow switch. To install a flow switch, remove the jumper and install the flow switch leads. Note: With the flow switch installed and the jumper removed, the flow light will no longer operate as a power light. It is recommended the jumper be retained to assist in troubleshooting if necessary. 4.3.4 Globe Flowcell (see Globe Flowcell Operating Manual) Connect the Globe Flowcell grounding stud to ground in order to prevent erroneous readings and to prevent damage to the probes. Note: It is recommended that an inline filter be used to help keep the Globe Flowcell (including probes) and flow switch free from debris. Debris may cause obstruction in flow switch and prevent the switch from functioning. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 14 of 24 5. Operation 5.1 Startup Do not add chemicals to the feeders until all startup operations are completed. Using a DPD test kit, manually adjust and balance the water chemistry to acceptable ranges. Automation should be used to maintain chemical levels, not to balance a pool that is far out of acceptable ranges. With the controller in the OFF mode, turn the filter pump on and check for leaks in the system and flow through the flow cell. The flow lamp will be illuminated if the controller has power, it is connected to the flow switch and there is adequate flow. If a flow switch is not attached, the flow lamp will be illuminated if there is a jumper in the Flow Switch Terminal allowing the controller to be used without a flow switch. Using a flow switch is always recommended. 5.2 pH settings Press and release the controller MODE button until the pH LED is lighted (refer to the description of controls). Then select the desired Set Level, Feed Time and High and Low Alert Levels. Adjust Consecutive Feed Alert Limit if Set Level is not met within preset limit as indicated by the Digital Display flashing. —See appendix for detail. Note: Controller can be set to feed acid or base. See Acid/Base pH chemical feed section in Appendix for Dip switch settings. To verify that acid feed mode is selected adjust the pH set level below the pH indicated on the display. The feed lamp should come on if the controller is in acid feed mode. To verify that base mode is selected adjust the pH set level above the pH indicated on the display. The feed lamp should come on if the controller is in base feed mode. 5.3 pH Calibration The pH sensor can drift slightly over time and calibration will offset this drift. Always calibrate using water from the sample port of the flow cell and use an independent pH test method to determine pH value of sample, unless using preset buffer solution. Press and release the controller MODE button until the pH LED is lighted (refer to the description of controls). Then use pH CALIB button to adjust reading to match known pH value of sample. It may take up to 24 hours for the sensors to acclimate to the system so recalibrate 24 hours after the first calibration. The pH sensor calibration should be checked every four to six weeks. If calibration is required more often then probe may need cleaning or replacement. 5.4 ORP settings Press and release the controller MODE button until the ORP LED is lighted (refer to the Description of Controls section). Then select the desired Set Level, Feed Time and Hi and Low Alerts. Adjust Consecutive Feed Alert Limit if Set Level is not met within preset limit as indicated by the Digital Display flashing. —See appendix for details. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 15 of 24 The ORP display indicates the effectiveness of the sanitizer; it does not directly correlate to a chlorine ppm reading. To determine your ORP set level, manually adjust and balance the pool to be within acceptable ranges. Use a DPD test kit to confirm the free chlorine level. Use the ORP reading of the balanced pool as your ORP set level. 5.5 Operating mode Press and release the MODE button until the AUTO LED is lighted. This is the operational mode for the controller. The controller must be in this mode for the feeders to maintain the desired parameters. Note: When using the RC554XP or 554000 controller with ROLA-CHEM pumps, the pump switch should be in the CONTINUOUS position (not Timed or Off). If the sanitizer level is too low or high, adjust the ORP set level up or down in small increments (for example 10mV to 25 mV increments) to lock in the desired sanitizer level. Note: The ORP reading is highly dependent on both the pH and the cyanuric acid levels. Both of these variables must be kept within acceptable ranges to maintain an acceptable relationship between the ORP and the ppm of the sanitizer. Note: Low feed rates can cause the feeder to lag or feeding to be extended. A high feed rate can result in too much chemical being added. If using timed feed cycle, the feed lamp will flash during the feed time and be lit continuously during the delay time of the feed cycle. If over feeding is occurring, consider using a shorter feed cycle. In Continuous feed, the feed lamp will flash while feeding. When an alert lamp is on indicating readings below or above the alert settings the pump/feeder will not activate. The Digital Display numbers will flash and the pump/feeder will not activate if the Set Level is not reached within the preset Consecutive Feed Alert Limit. See appendix for adjusting Limit. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 16 of 24 6. Troubleshooting 6.1 Chemicals not feeding FLOW light on Controller must be illuminated. Check flow switch in Globe Flowcell if light is not on. Feeder power and time switches must be in 'CONTINUOUS' position. Check feeder by using alternate power source. Factory setting for feed time is 0.6 sec on with 5 minute delay. Feeders may require longer feed time. Chemical reading has met Set Level. 6.2 Displayed chemical level does not correspond to actual level ORP=O, pH=6.0 indicates sensors (probes) are attached to incorrect connector Sensors (probes) need cleaning. (see Globe Flowcell Operating Manual) Sensors (probes) need replacing. Note: ORP probe reading can be affected by a failing pH probe. Both probes must be in good operating condition. Connect Globe Flowcell ground stud to ground. (see Globe Flowcell Operating Manual) 6.3 Set Level not being reached/maintained Factory setting for feed time is 0.6 sec on with 5 minute delay. Feeders may require longer feed time. If time is too short, set -points will not be maintained. If feed time is too long, overfeeding chemicals may occur. Correct time is dependent on multiple factors such as pool/spa water volume, feeder output, chemical concentration and chemical needs. Factory setting for Consecutive Feed Alert Limit is 20 cycles for timed feed mode or 20 minutes for continuous feed mode. If set level has not been reached within this adjustable limit the Digital Display numbers will flash and pump/feeder will be disabled. If set level cannot be met within this limit then higher limits may be required. See appendix for adjusting Limit. If Limit is set too high, overfeeding chemicals may occur. Controllers are designed to maintain set -points. Do not expect controllers to make major adjustments —major changes should be done manually. Pump/feeders must be large enough to reach desired set -points in a relatively short time. Automation using controllers may require larger feeder or more concentrated chemicals than system that uses continuous time controlled feeding (i.e. feeders only). ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 17 of 24 6.4 Error Code displayed If an error code appears in the display the controller can be reset by following this procedure. A. Unplug power from controller. B. Simultaneously depress and hold SET LEVEL and pH CALIB buttons. While they are depressed, plug in controller power cord. The displays will read "Ld" and then turn On. C. Release the buttons. D. The controller is now in test mode. Test mode reduces the feed delay time from 5 minutes to 5 seconds to simplify diagnostics. E. Turn the controller Off again to exit test mode. Press MODE to ORP or pH. Hold MODE button until display reads "oFF". Release the MODE button. Only the flow light should be on. F. Press MODE to turn the controller On and return to operating mode. The last two steps are extremely important because this puts the controller back in operating mode. If these two steps are not performed the controller will remain in test mode and it will not operate properly. If an error code continues to appear contact ROLA-CHEM service personnel. 6.5 Digital Display numbers flashing Consecutive Feed Alert Limit has been reached. See appendix for Consecutive Feed Alert Limit details. Adjust feed time as needed. 6.6 Alert light illuminated Hi/Low alert limit has been reached. Adjust feed time or alert settings as needed. 6.7 Feed Once button does not work Feed Once button will not operate if the feed time is set for "Continuous feed". Feed Once button will not operate if controller is in auto Mode. Controller must be in ORP or pH mode. 6.8 Globe Flowcell / Probe / Flow Switch troubleshooting See Globe Flowcell operating manual. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 18 of 24 7. Warranty and Service Limited Warranty: ROLA-CHEM warrants the original purchaser that this unit is free from manufacturing defects in material and workmanship from the date of the original purchase for one (1) year. If this unit fails within the one (1) year period, it will be repaired or replaced (ROLA-CHEM's option) at no charge when returned to ROLA-CHEM with proof of purchase receipt. This warranty does not apply to any product damage caused by improper use, accident, misuse, improper line voltage, fire, flood, lightning, earthquake, other acts of nature, or if product was altered or opened by anyone other than qualified ROLA-CHEM personnel. All expendable items (tubing, etc.) are not covered under this warranty. Heavy duty probes are warranted from the date of original purchase for one (1) year. ROLA-CHEM, under no circumstances, shall be liable for any consequential damages directly or indirectly caused by this unit. Please observe all rules and regulations required by state and local regulations, building codes, health codes, OSHA, etc. Service Procedure: For operation assistance in the United States please call: 800) 549-4473, Monday through Friday 8:00 am-5:00 pm Central Time or email: info@rola- chem.com. Have model number and serial number available. ROLA-CHEM has specialized knowledge and equipment to test and diagnose your product. Contact our service personnel as noted above for assistance. If you are directed to ship the product to ROLA-CHEM and given an RGA#, please note RGA# on the package and ship freight pre -paid to: ROLA-CHEM CORPORATION 5858 Centerville Road St. Paul, MN 55127-6804 www.rola-chem.com ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 19 of 24 8. Appendix 8.1 Dip switch settings The controller has dip switches to control functions/options that are not accessible on the front panel. These dip switches are located inside the power panel access cover. Slide switch right for ON or left for OFF. See section 4.3. Switch #1 OPR/PH interlock 1 OFF - ORP chemical feeding is independent of pH feeding and range. 1 ON factory setting - ORP chemical feeds only when pH is within set limits. ORP chemical will not feed when pH chemical is feeding. Switch #2 Consecutive Feed Alert Limit Setting consecutive feed alert limit to OFF voids NSF certification. If limit is set too high, overfeeding may occur. Timed feed Mode (Feed time set to a value other than "con" or "off' on Controller front panel) 2 OFF — There is no consecutive feed limit. 2 ON factory setting — The pH and ORP chemical feeder outputs go through a preset number of consecutive feed cycles before feeders are disabled. If preset count is reached for either pH or ORP, the respective feeder outputs will be disabled and its display will flash indicating a Consecutive Feed Alert. The Consecutive Feed Alert cycle limit can be set from 20 to 100 (default is 20) on model RC554XP and can be independently set for both pH and ORP. The available range on model 554000 is 3 to 20 (default is 10). To adjust the Consecutive Feed Alert Limit feature in the 'timed feed mode' 1) Turn off & remove power, then move #2 dip switch to ON. 2) Re -power & press MODE to set it for ORP or pH. 3) Note feed time setting then Set FEED TIME to OFF. 4) Press FEED ONCE button to select the consecutive feed cycle limit. 5) Press FEED TIME to return the feed time to the previous setting. Continuous feed Mode (Feed time set to "con" on Controller front panel) 2 OFF — There is no consecutive feed limit. 2 ON factory setting - The pH and ORP chemical feeder outputs continuously feed for a preset time before feeders are disabled. If the preset time period is reached for either pH or ORP, the respective feeder output will be disabled and its display will flash indicating a Consecutive Feed Alert. The Consecutive Feed Alert Limit period can be set from 20 to 180 minutes on model RC554XP (default is 20) and can be independently set for both pH and ORP. The available range on model 554000 is 10 to 99 (default is 10). To adjust the Consecutive Feed Alert Limit feature in the 'Continuous feed mode' 1) Turn off & remove power, then move #2 dip switch to ON. 2) Re -power & press MODE to set it for ORP or pH. 3) Set FEED TIME to 'con'. 4) Press FEED ONCE button to select the continuous feed time limit. Switch #3 Acid/Base PH chemical feed 3 OFF factory setting — Unit set to feed acid chemical when pH is over set level. 3 ON — Unit set to feed base chemical when pH is under set level. Switch #4 Keypad Lockout 4 OFF factory setting — Keypad operable to set controller parameters 4 ON — Keypad operable only for pH calibration. Other parameters stay at settings established prior to moving dip switch #4 to OFF. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 20 of 24 8.2 Factory Default Setting Reset: The controller can be reset at any time to the default factory settings. The factory presets are: ORP set level: 650mV pH set level: 7.4 ORP alerts: high- 900 mV, low- 100 mV pH alerts: high- 8.0, low- 7.0 Feed time: 0.6 seconds Consecutive Feed Alert Limits: 20 cycles for timed feed mode or 20 minutes for continuous feed mode Note: Record current settings before performing reset. To reset factory default settings, follow these steps: A. Press MODE to ORP or pH. Hold MODE button until display reads "oFF". Release the MODE button. Only the flow light should be on. B. Simultaneously depress and hold SET LEVEL and pH CALIB buttons. While they are depressed, press the MODE button. The displays will read "Ld" and then turn On. C. Release the buttons. D. The controller is now in test mode. Test mode reduces the feed delay time from 5 minutes to 5 seconds to simplify diagnostics. E. Turn the controller Off again to exit test mode. F. Turn the controller On to return to operating mode. The last two steps are extremely important because this puts the controller back in operating mode. If these two steps are not performed the controller will remain in test mode and it will not operate properly. 8.3 Water Chemistry Ranges These ranges are in accordance with suggested NSPI Standards for swimming pools.) pH: 7.4-7.6 Alkalinity: Approx. 80-120 ppm ** (parts per million) Higher levels may be acceptable in areas where it naturally occurs in the local water supply. Consult a pool professional in your area. Cyanuric Acid: 0-50 ppm. Maintain at 30 ppm or less for best probe life.)* TDS (Total Dissolved Solids): 300-2000 ppm Calcium Hardness: 200-400 ppm Free Chlorine: 1.0-3.0 ppm (> 700 mV ORP) 20-30 ppm of cyanuric acid provides approx. 95% of the shielding effect for chlorine. When using tri-chlor, recommended alkalinity is 95-125 ppm. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 21 of 24 8.4 Typical System Installations ELECTRICAL OUTLET CONTROLLED BY CIRCULATION SYSTEM ACID CHLORINE PUMP I / 11 CONTROLLER PUMP I / 11 CHLORINE .'FLOWS ffHNaOCI GLOBE FLOWCELL STRAINER I I HEATER VALVE BASKET } FILTER POOL PUMP WATER 'FLOWSWITCH FROM — — EARTH POOL GROUND TYPICAL SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE FEED SYSTEM iI WATER TO POOL SAFETY FLOWSWITCH FOR "SAFETY FLOWSWITCH TO ENSURE " OPTIONAL STRAINER PROTECTION OF HEATER AND CIRCULATION TO CONTROL PROBES AND VALVE TO HELP KEEP TO ENSURE DILUTION OF AND INDICATOR THAT POOL MANIFOLD AND PROBES CHEMICAL INTO POOL CIRCULATION IS OCCURRING. CLEAR OF DEBRIS. ELECTRICAL pH PUMP OUTLET TIMED FEED CONTROLLED BY CONTROLLER CIRCULATION 00 MIXER SYSTEM pH SOLUTION SOL. VALVE tl FLOWSWITCH 120 VAC SODA GLOBE STRAINER ASH FLOWCELL STRAINER I f EROSION li FEEDER VALVE C HEATER FILTER CHECK POOL VALVE PUMP WATER WATER FLOWSWITCH TOFROM POOL EARTH T `RTH POOL GROUND GROUND SYSTEM USING EROSION FEEDER (TRI-CHLOR/ DI-CHLOR) WITH SODA ASH PUMP SAFETY FLOWSWITCH FOR SAFETY FLOWSWITCH TO ENSURE OPTIONAL STRAINER PROTECTION OF HEATER AND CIRCULATION TO CONTROL PROBES AND VALVE TO HELP KEEP TO ENSURE DILUTION OF AND INDICATOR THAT POOL MANIFOLD AND PROBES CHEMICAL INTO POOL. CIRCULATION IS OCCURRING. CLEAR OF DEBRIS. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 22 of24 8.4 Tvuical Svstem Installations. cont.. ELECTRICAL CONTROLLER OUTLET CONTROLLED BY CIRCULATION SYSTEM SOL. VALVE FLOWSWITCH (120 VAC GLOBE STRAINER FLOWCELL % _L STRAINER VALVE FILTER POOL PUMP WATER FROM jl 1 ( f CHECK VALVE ACID PUMP EROSION FEEDER HEATER FLOWSWITCH ACID POOL EARTH DEARTH GROUND GROUND SYSTEM USING EROSION FEEDER WITH ACID PUMP CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE & MURIATIC ACID) WATER TO POOL SAFETY FLOWSWITCH FOR "SAFETY FLOWSWITCH TO ENSURE " OPTIONAL STRAINER PROTECTION OF HEATER AND CIRCULATION TO CONTROL PROBES AND VALVE TO HELP KEEP TO ENSURE DILUTION OF AND INDICATOR THAT POOL MANIFOLD AND PROBES CHEMICAL INTO POOL. CIRCULATION IS OCCURRING. CLEAR OF DEBRIS. CONTROLLER ELECTRICAL OUTLET CHLORINE CONTROLLED BY GENERATOR CIRCULATION SYSTEM CONTROLS COM NC FLOWSWITCH NO GLOBE FLOWCELL RELAY SPOT STRAINER + 20 vac COIL VALVE n I HEATER BASKET } FILTER l POOL WATER PUMP CELL TO POOL WATER 'FLOWSWITCH FROM — —EARTH POOL GROUND SYSTEM USING ELECTROLYTIC CHLORINE GENERATOR REFER TO SPECIFIC INSTRUCTION FROM CHLORINE GENERATOR SUPPLIER) SAFETY FLOWSWITCH FOR "OPTIONAL SAFETY FLOWSWITCH TO — OPTIONAL STRAINER PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT. ENSURE CIRCULATION TO CONTROL AND VALVE TO HELP KEEP PROBES AND INDICATOR THAT POOL MANIFOLD AND PROBES CIRCULATION IS OCCURRING. CLEAR OF DEBRIS. ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 23 of 24 NOTES- ROLA-CHEM Digital Controller PN 554135 2/19/18 Page: 24 of 24 PERMIT# / - OFFICE o o nA CFIEM PRO SERIES PUMP CORPORATION Installation & Parts Manual 0 U2 6 3 4 5 4 TIMER F INLET OUTLET Section title 1. Safety Instructions 2. Specifications 3. Installation 4. Operation 5. Maintenance 6. Chemical Feed Pump Size Guide 7. Troubleshooting 8. Parts List 9. Warranty and Service Page 2 3 4 5 5 8 9 10 12 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS READ AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: I of 12 1. SAFETY: When installing and using this electrical equipment, basic safety precautions should always be followed, including: 1.1 WARNING! To reduce the risk of injury, do not permit children to use this product unless they are closely supervised at all times. 1.2 WARNING! Risk of electric shock. Connect only to a grounding type receptacle protected by a ground -fault circuit interrupter GFCI). Contact qualified electrician if you cannot verify that the receptacle is protected by a GFCI and that your installation meets local electrical codes, including grounding of water system components. 1.3 WARNING! Risk of electric shock. Do not bury or modify the metering pump cord. Locate cord to minimize abuse from lawn mowers, hedge trimmers, and other equipment. 1.4 WARNING! Risk of electric shock. On cord and plug -connected units, replace a damaged cord immediately. 1.5 WARNING! Risk of electric shock. Do not use extension cord to connect unit to electrical supply; provide a properly located outlet. 1.6 WARNING! Risk of electric shock. Do not install within an outer enclosure or beneath the skirt of a hot tub or spa unless so marked. All instructions must be in accordance with appropriate electrical codes. 1.7 WARNING! Risk of electric shock/pinching/chemical exposure. Remove power sources or lockout circuit prior to performing maintenance on metering pump. Pumps are usually timer controlled and can start at any time. 1.8 WARNING! Risk of Chemical Overdose/Exposure. Removing power from circulating pump must also remove power from the chemical injection pump. Provide a properly located outlet controlled by the circulating pump circuit. 1.9 WARNING! Risk of Chemical Overdose/Exposure. Use a device such as a flow switch to shut off power from the from the chemical injection pump in the event of pool pump or circulation failure. It is not safe to automatically dispense chemicals into a circulating system that is not running. 1.10 WARNING! Risk of Chemical Overdose/Exposure. Minimize amount of chemical on site that is available to dispense. Size the feeder and container to pool/spa capacity. Dilute chemical for small bodies of water. ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: 2 of 12 1.11 WARNING! Risk of Chemical Exposure. Depressurize the system prior to connecting or disconnecting the metering pump. 1.12 CAUTION! Wear protective clothing, gloves and safety glasses at all times when working on or near the metering pump. 1.13 CAUTION! Install the metering pump and chemical containers in a ventilated secured location. Protect children, pets, and property from chemical hazards. Containment and/or wash down capability must be in accordance with local regulations and chemical suppliers' instructions. 1.14 CAUTION! Read and follow all instructions supplied with the chemical being fed. User is responsible for determining the compatibility of the chemical with the metering pump. Consult supplier of chemical if use and handling instructions are not available. 1.15 CAUTION! This pump is for use with permanently installed pools and may also be used with hot tubs and spas. Do not use with storable pools. A permanently installed pool is constructed in or on the ground or in a building such that it cannot be readily disassembled for storage. A storage pool is constructed so that it is capable of being readily disassembled for storage and reassembled to its original integrity. 1.16 CAUTION! Service tubing regularly, e.g. when refilling chemical container. See OPERATION and MAINTENANCE sections for details. 2. Specifications Power: 120 volt AC (corded) or 240 volt AC (conduit), 50/60 HZ, 2.5 amp (max.) Pressure / suction: 30 psi max. dispense line pressure. RC503 maximum dispense line pressure is 25 psi. 18 foot max. inlet suction lift Capacity: Estimated gallons per day SETTING ON OFF RC252 RC25/53 RC103 RC503 LO 4 SEC 9 MIN 0.01 0.10 0.34 1.00 2 1.5 MIN 7.5 MIN 0.18 1.20 3.72 8.88 3 3 MIN 6 MIN 0.33 3.60 10.8 24.0 4 4.5 MIN 4.5 MIN 0.50 6.00 19.4 40 5 6 MIN 3 MIN 0.66 8.40 25.2 53 6 7.5 MIN 1.5 MIN 0.78 11.0 33.4 67 HI 9 MIN 4 SEC 0.90 12.0 38 77 Capacity in this table is intended as a guide. Actual output may vary based on actual environment. ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: 3 of 12 3. Installation Tools required — Phillips screwdriver & adjustable wrench, 23/32" drill &'/2" pipe tap (NPT) or 7/16" drill & %" pipe tap (NPT) 3.1 Install the ROLA-CHEM pump in an area protected from natural elements (sun, rain, freezing, etc.). Environmental effects may increase required service and maintenance. The inlet side of the pump must be above the incoming liquid and the chemical container. Flooded suction is not required or recommended. Ensure that the tube can be routed without allowing it to kink. Do not install directly above the chemical container or other equipment that can be damaged by chemicals. Wall mounting key slots are provided on the rear of the pump enclosure (6.25" apart for #10 screws). Comply with local health codes. Cross connections must not allow undesired chemical treatment. 3.2 For chlorine pumps, undiluted swimming pool grade 15% maximum sodium hypochlorite may be used. For acid pumps, 32% maximum hydrochloric acid may be used. Black Norprene Pinch Tube is included for use with hydrochloric acid. See sizing for dilution. 3.3 Connect the injection fitting into the line to be treated. This should be after the heater. Use pipe tape to seal the pipe threads. Do not exceed pressure / suction specifications. A check valve may be used at the point of injection to prevent backflow, then the tubing assembly can be disconnected at its connection to the check valve and it will not be necessary to plug the injection fitting hole. For installation where pressure is greater than 20 psi, use a check valve as the injection fitting or in -line before injection fitting. One 3/8barbed check valve and one 3/8barbed inlet x % NPT ( American National Standard Taper Pipe Thread) outlet check valve are included with standard pumps. Use tubing clamp over tube on barbed ends of fitting on outlet side of pump. For low pressure applications, a brass injection fitting will fit a'/2 NPT connector or a'/2 NPT hole tapped into heavy gage pipe. Push the vinyl tube through the fitting until it hits the bottom of the pipe, then pull it back about % inch. This creates an outlet for chlorine away from the injector fitting and helps the injector fitting from becoming clogged. For installations where a % NPT injection port connection is already available, a % NPT adapter with a tubing clamp is included in the literature kit. CAUTION! Do not install injection fitting directly into copper lines (may cause corrosion and discoloring). 3.4 Place the suction tubing in the chemical container with the weight lying on its side. This will keep the end of the suction tubing off the bottom to allow for sediment. 3.5 Electrical hook-up must comply with Code, including safety devices. Voltage must be per the data plate. ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: 4 of 12 CAUTION! Pump must be wired to prevent overdosing. Connect pump to turn off when circulating system is off. Connect pump power to a flow switch on the return piping (if circulation system stops, chemical pump must stop). CAUTION! Pump must be turned off when backwashing filters. 4. Operation 4.1 Before placing the ROLA-CHEM pump in operation, lubricate the Pinch Tube with silicone lubricant (supplied in the literature kit) and install per Pinch Tube Assembly replacement instruction section 5.2. NOTE: Maintain lubrication on the Pinch Tube at all times. Intervals for applying lubrication vary with pump size, frequency of operation and pressures. To access the Pinch Tube Assembly, remove the knob from the front of the pump housing. Rotate the housing cover counterclockwise and lift off the cover, or on the RC252 Models remove wing nuts and lift off the body half. Reverse steps to reassemble. CAUTION! Remove power from pump when lubricating Pinch Tube. Do not remove Pinch Tube Assembly from pump housing while system is under pressure. 4.2 The three-way switch has TIMER, CONTINUOUS and OFF positions. For interrupting action, use the TIMER position and adjust the timer knob for the desired output. For use with a controller (and for continuous, non-stop chemical feeding) use the CONTINUOUS position. TIMER reduces the output by interrupting the chemical feeding for the selected portion of its nine minute timing cycle (setting of 4 provides approximately 4.5 minutes on and 4.5 minutes off). The pump will feed at its maximum rate relative to operating conditions whenever it is feeding. Where an extremely accurate feeding setting is required, use a calibrated cylinder and a stopwatch to calculate the amount fed under actual operating conditions. Be sure to use full timer cycles when making the calculations. See rate chart for nominal feed rate settings. CONTINUOUS runs the pump at maximum feed rate regardless of the timer knob position. S. Maintenance 5.1 Preventive maintenance is the best defense against possible leaks. Inspect tubing frequently as stated in safety instructions and lubricate Pinch Tube often to maintain a coating of silicone grease. Pinch Tube is designed for minimum service life of 500 hours pump run time. However Pinch Tube life is affected by many factors such as system back pressure, environmental temperature, and the chemical being pumped. Replace the Tube Assembly when found to be deteriorating or at the start of a new season. CAUTION! Both inlet and outlet connections may be under pressure. Depressurize the system prior to connecting or disconnecting the metering pump. WARNING! Pump tubing may contain chemicals. Wear protective clothing, gloves and safety glasses at all times when working on or near the metering pump. ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: 5 of 12 WARNING! Severe pinching of fingers can occur while installing Pinch Tube Assembly. Caution must be used to keep fingers away from rotating parts. 5.2 Pinch Tube Assembly replacement procedure 1) See OPERATION section 4.1 to access Pinch Tube Assembly. P-7 j 7 Figure 1 Inlet 2) Jog switch intermittently between OFF and CONTINUOUS positions to move Roller to position as shown in Figure 1 then switch OFF. Roller will rotate clockwise when switch is in CONTINUOUS position. 3) Pull lower left end of Pinch Tube Assembly out of inlet port (as noted in Figure 1) and continue to pull away from Roller. Jog switch intermittently between OFF and CONTINUOUS positions to move Roller. Keep fingers away from rotating parts. Tube will be released as Roller rotates. Figure 2 3/4 4) To install new Pinch Tube, Jog switch intermittently between OFF and CONTINUOUS positions to move Roller to position as shown in Figure 2 then switch OFF. 5) Lubricate Pinch Tube Assembly as noted in OPERATION section 4.1. Lay inlet end without clamp) in inlet port on left with about 3/" of Pinch Tube protruding from housing. See Figure 2. C 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 ve 0 ?8 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 3 L Figure 4 ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: 6 of 12 6) Jog switch intermittently between OFF and CONTINUOUS positions to rotate Roller assembly while guiding Pinch Tube Assembly into housing as shown in Figures 3 and 4 then switch OFF with roller in position as shown in Figure 4. Keep fingers away from rotating parts. Figure 5 7) With switch OFF, lay Pinch Tube Assembly in outlet port as shown in Figure 5. 8) Reassemble housing cover. 5.3 Remove the Pinch Tube Assembly when the pump is not in use. Place the Pinch Tube Assembly in a clean poly bag when not in use. The pump shipping bag may be saved for this purpose. A Pinch Tube Assembly under light duty may last more than one season, but replacing the Pinch Tube Assembly may prevent damaging the pump or an unscheduled maintenance call. 5.4 Crystal buildup is seldom a problem with ROLA-CHEM pumps. However, it may be necessary to flush the pump tubing. Use plain water or a weak solution of muriatic acid (1/2 pint muriatic acid to one gallon of water). WARNING! Always add acid to water. Never add water to acid. (e.g. fill container with one gallon of water then add 1/2 pint of acid) Wear protective clothing, gloves and safety glasses. Additional preventative maintenance may be required in harsh environments. Strong chemicals and chemical vapors may cause corrosion of metal components. Inspect pumps for corrosion to exposed metal components. For pumps utilizing timer functions, replacement of the timer/pot assembly is recommended after five years. ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: 7 of 12 6. Chemical Feed Pump Size Guide WARNING! Failure to use proper size feeder may result in injury. Pump size must be in compliance with local health codes. When in doubt about pump size or if different brand feed pumps are used, consult your supplier or ROLA-CHEM. NOTE: ORP/pH controllers will not function properly with an over or undersized feeder. SPA Capacity (Gallons) POOL Capacity. Gallons) CHLORINE PUMP ACID PUMP 500-2,500 2,500-5,000 RC 252 SEE NOTE` 0.9 GPD) 2,500-25,000 5,000-65,000 RC 25/53 SEE NOTE' 12GPD) 65,000-200,000** RC 103 RC 25/53 38 GPD) 12 GPD) 180,000-400,000*" RC 503 RC 25/53 77 GPD) 12 GPD) Sizing chart is only a guide and is based on ROLA-CHEM or equivalent pumps using 10.5% sodium hypochlorite (chlorine) or 20-32% hydrochloric acid (muriatic acid). Consider diluting chemicals for small bodies of water. Required pump size may vary when diluting chemicals. Size pumps based on dilution ratio and available pump sizes. Typical dilution ratios for muriatic acid range from 4:1 to 9:1. When feeding acid diluted 9:1, the acid pump may be the same size as the chlorine pump. WARNING! Always add acid to the water. Never add water to acid. (e.g. fill tank with four gallons of water then add one gallon of acid) Wear protective clothing, gloves, and safety glasses. RC 103 pumps have been used on pools up to 240,000 gallons (RC 503 pumps to 500,000 gallons). ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: 8 of 12 7. Troubleshooting Pump Problems Issue Pump does not operate, no noise, no motion. Pump will not shut off with switch in TIMER position. Cause Action Power Check power source, switches, circu box, ground fault tripping, etc. Switch or timer Check switch continuity and replace if faulty. If switch has no continuity in off position and pump will not shut off, replace timer. Pump motor turning but no Motor gearbox movement in roller assembly. Short Pinch Tube life. Pump rotating but not pumping fluid. Pump motor starts and stops with switch in CONTINUOUS position. Replace motor. Worn or loose Replace worn roller assembly or components gearbox assembly and secure pump housing and cover. Lubrication Lubricate Pinch Tube more frequently. High System pressure Check that system pressure is 30 psi max. (RC503 25 psi max.). Discoloration Tubing discoloration does not affect performance. Tubing can be replaced if desired. Pinch Tube Assembly Replace Pinch Tube Assembly. Roller assembly Replace roller assembly. Motor bearings Replace motor. High temperatures Check fan and replace if damaged. Improve ventilation to pump. Switch Replace switch. ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: 9 of 12 8. Parts List ITEM PART No. DESCRIPTION MODEL RC252 RC25/53 RC103 RC503 1 527255 ENCLOSURE COVER NS X X X X 2 527251 ENCLOSURE BODY NS X X X X 3 525253 SCREW 10-24 x 4-1/2 PPH STL ZP X X X X 4 521752 HOUSING, BODY X X X 5 521751 HOUSING, COVER X X X 6 523408 KNOB, LOCK ASSY X X X 7 523400 ROLLER, TRI NS-ASSY (3 ROLLER) X X X 8 525233 SCREW 10-24 x 3/4 PTH SST X X X 9 521225 HOUSING, PUMP X 10 525004 BRASS STUD 10-32 X 11 525140 WING NUT 10-32 X 12 523332 ROLLER, 2 INCH H-BLOCK X 13 521058 GEAR MOTOR, 1 RPM, 120V 120 V 521094 GEAR MOTOR, 1 RPM, 240V 240 V 521805 GEAR MOTOR, 4 RPM, 120V 120V 521806 GEAR MOTOR, 4 RPM, 240V 240V 521316 GEAR MOTOR, 16 RPM, 120V 120V 521317 GEAR MOTOR, 16 RPM, 240V 240V 524756 GEAR MOTOR, 30 RPM, 120V 120V 524755 GEAR MOTOR, 30 RPM, 240V 240V 14 524752 FAN, 2.5 INCH X X X X 15 524065 TIMER/POT ASSY 120 V ALL 120 V PUMPS 524066 TIMER/POT ASSY 240 V ALL 240 V PUMPS 16 521154 KNOB, TIMER X X X X 17 524711 SWITCH ASSY, 3 WAY X X X X 18 523252 TUBE ASSY-TYGONNINYL 8 INCH NOTE A X 523118 TUBE ASSY-TYGONNINYL 13.5 INCH NOTE A X X X 523414 TUBE ASSY-NORPRENE/VINYL 8 INCH NOTE A X 523140 TUBE ASSY-NORPRENE/VINYL 13.5 INCH NOTE A X X X 19 523250 TYGON PINCH TUBE ASSY-8 INCH NOTE B X 523115 TYGON PINCH TUBE ASSY-13.5 INCH NOTE B X X X 523251 NORPRENE PINCH TUBE ASSY-8 INCH NOTE B X 523114 NORPRENE PINCH TUBE ASSY-13.5 INCH NOTE B X X X 20 523102 LUBRICANT, E-Z GLIDE, 3GRAM X X X X 21 525114 CLAMP, HOSE #8 (LARGE) X X X X 22 520111 FITTING, HOSE CONNECTOR, 3/8 BARB X X X X 23 520110 CLAMP, HOSE #6 (SMALL) X X X X 24 520120 TUBING, VINYL .31 x .44 x 66 INCH X X X X 520116 TUBING, VINYL .31 x .44 x 100 FOOT (OPTIONAL) 25 523110 WEIGHT, HOSE 7/16 X X X X 26 520112 RETAINER -HOSE WEIGHT X X X X 27 527158 BRASS INJECTION FITTING, 1/2" MNPT X X X X 28 525113 SEAL INJECTION FITTING (SPARE) X X X X 29 520113 ADAPTER, PP1/4MNPT x 3/8 BARB X X X X 30 521170 CHECK VALVE, PVC, 3/8 BARB x 1/4 NPT X X X X 31 521160 CHECK VALVE, PVC, 3/8 x 3/8 BARB X X X X 32 524155 POWER CORD, 18-3SJT, 120V PUMP -CORDED, 120 V 524156 POWER CORD, 18-3SJT, 240V PUMP-CORDED,240 V 33 524090 STRAIN RELIEF CORDED PUMPS 34 524115 J-BOX 35 524135 LOCK NUT, STEEL 1/2 CONDUIT MODELS 36 524110 NIPPLE, 1/2 x 1 37 525214 GROUND SCREW #8, GREEN X X X X 38 8110030 LOCK WASHER (GROUND SCREW) X X X X 39 527159 FITTING, INJECTION-8M,NYLON (OPTIONAL) NOTE A: COMPLETE TUBE ASSEMBLY ITEM 18 INCLUDES: PINCH TUBE ASSEMBLY (ITEM 19) AND ITEMS 23 THRU 27 NOTE B: PINCH TUBE ASSEMBLY ITEM 19 INCLUDES: TYGON (OR NORPRENE) PINCH TUBE, CLAMP (ITEM 21) AND FITTING (ITEM 22) ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: 10 of 12 20 LUBRICATE TIMER POSITIONS COMPLETE 18 TUBE ASSEMBLY INCLUDES ITEMS 19 AND 23 - 27 35 36 - \ a 32 CORDED MODELS 34 CONDUIT MODELS 4CH TUBE ASSEMBLY INCLUDES GON (CLEAR) OR NORPRENE (BLACK) PINCH TUBE ID ITEMS 21 - 22 I; 1/2 N PT I — r. 25" BRASS INJECTION FITTING INSTALLATION 29 30 31 39 27 28 PLASTIC FITTING ADAPTER (OPTIONAL) CHECK VALVES BRASS COMPONENTS INJECTION FTTTINGS ITEMS 9 - 12 FOR RC252 37 38 GROUND SCREW & LOCK WASHER (NOT SHOWN) ARE FOR FASTENING GROUND WIRE TO BACK OF MOTOR ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: I 1 of 12 9. Warranty and Service Limited Warranty: ROLA-CHEM warrants the original purchaser that this unit is free from manufacturing defects in material and workmanship from the date of the original purchase for one (1) year. If this unit fails within the one (1) year period, it will be repaired or replaced (ROLA-CHEM's option) at no charge, when returned to ROLA-CHEM with proof of purchase receipt. This warranty does not apply to any product damage caused by improper use, accident, misuse, improper line voltage, fire, flood, lightning, earthquake, other acts of nature, or if product was altered or opened by anyone other than qualified ROLA-CHEM personnel. All expendable items (tubing, etc.) are not covered under this warranty. ROLA-CHEM, under no circumstances, shall be liable for any consequential damages directly or indirectly caused by this unit. Please observe all rules and regulations required by state and local regulations, building codes, health codes, OSHA, etc. Service Procedure: For operation assistance in the United States please call: 800) 549-4473, Monday through Friday 8:00 am-5:00 pm Central Time or email: info@rota-chem.com. Have model number and serial number available. ROLA-CHEM has specialized knowledge and equipment to test and diagnose your product. Contact our service personnel as noted above for assistance. If you are directed to ship the product to ROLA-CHEM and given an RGA#, please note RGA# on the package and ship freight pre -paid to: ROLA-CHEM CORPORATION 5858 Centerville Road St. Paul, MN 55127-6804 www.rola-chem.com ROLA-CHEM Pro Series Pump PN 522105 05/04/2017 Page: 12 of 12 Installation and Operating Data jandy. 7:o Installation and Operation Manu; ePumpTM Series Pumps PERMIT / f a 17 A WARNING JFFICE FOR YOUR SAFETY: This product must be installed and serviced by a professional service technician, qualified in pool/spa installation. The procedures in this manual must be followed exactly. Improper installation and/or operation can create dangerous electrical hazards, which can cause high voltages to run through the electrical system, possibly causing death, serious injury or property damage. Improper installation and/or operation will void the warranty. ATTENTION INSTALLER: This manual contains important information about the installation, operation and safe use of this product. This information14shouldbegiventotheowner/operator of this equipment. ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 3 Table of Contents Section 1. Important Safety Instructions ............. 4 1.1 Safety Instructions................................4 1.2 Pool Pump Suction Entrapment Prevention Guidelines .......................... 6 Section 2. General Description .............................8 2.1 Introduction ........................................... 8 2.2 Description............................................8 Section 3. Installation Information ....................... 8 3.1 Plumbing...............................................8 3.1.1 Preparation Information .................... 8 3.1.2 Pump Location ................................. 8 3.1.3 Pipe Sizing ....................................... 9 3.2 Electrical Installation .............................10 3.2.1 Voltage Checks ................................ 10 3.2.2 Bonding and Grounding ................... 10 3.2.3 Electrical Wiring ................................ 10 3.2.4 Installing the Controller ..................... 11 3.3 ePump Dip Switch Settings .................. 12 3.4 Pressure Testing ................................... 12 3.4.1 Replace Blue Pressure Test O-ring if Necessary ...................................... 13 3.5 Conduct Pressure Test ......................... 14 Section 4. Operation..............................................14 4.1 Start-up.................................................14 DATE OF INSTALLATION INSTALLER INFORMATION Section 5. Service and Maintenance .................... 15 5.1 Routine Maintenance ............................ 15 5.2 Winterizing the Pump ........................... 15 Section 6. Troubleshooting and Repair ............... 16 6.1 Troubleshooting....................................16 6.2 Service Technician Maintenance .......... 18 6.2.1 Blocked Impeller ............................... 18 6.2.2 Impeller Removal and Replacement 18 6.2.3 Mechanical Seal Replacement......... 21 6.2.4 Variable Speed Drive Electronics Replacement .................................... 22 6.2.5 Motor Replacement .......................... 23 Section 7. Product Specifications and Technical Data ...................................... 24 7.1 Replacement Parts List and Exploded View...................................................... 24 7.2 Performance Curves ............................. 26 7.3 Physical and Operational Specifications ....................................... 27 7.3.1 Specifications .................................. 27 7.3.2 Dimensions.......................................27 7.4 Replacement Motor Guide .................... 27 EQUIPMENT INFORMATION RECORD INITIAL PRESSURE GAUGE READING (WITH CLEAN FILTER) PUMP MODEL NOTES: HORSEPOWER Page 4 ePump- Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual andym Section 1. Important Safety Instructions READ AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS 1.1 Safety Instructions All electrical work must be performed by a licensed electrician and conform to all national, state, and local codes. When installing and using this electrical equipment, basic safety precautions should always be followed, including the following: A WARNING RISK OF SUCTION ENTRAPMENT HAZARD, WHICH, IF NOT AVOIDED, CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. Do not block pump suction, as this can cause severe injury or death. Do not use this pump for wading pools, shallow pools, or spas containing bottom drains, unless the pump is connected to at least two (2) functioning suction outlets. Drain covers must be certified to the latest published edition of ANSI/ASME All 2.19.8. A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury, do not permit children to use this product. A WARNING To reduce the risk of property damage or injury, do not attempt to change the backwash (multiport, slide, or full flow) valve position with the pump running. A WARNING Jandy Pumps are powered by a high -voltage electric motor and must be installed by a licensed or certified electrician or a qualified swimming pool service technician. A WARNING Due to the potential risk of fire, electric shock, or injuries to persons, Jandy Pumps must be installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC), all local electrical and safety codes, and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). Copies of the NEC may be ordered from the National Fire Protection Association, 470 Atlantic Ave., Boston, MA 02210, or from your local government inspection agency. A WARNING Incorrectly installed equipment may fail, causing severe injury or property damage. A WARNING Do not connect system to an unregulated city water system or other external source of pressurized water producing pressures greater than 35 PSI. Trapped air in the system can cause the filter lid to be blown off, which can result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage. Be sure all air is out of the system before operating. Jandy. ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 5 A WARNING To minimize risk of severe injury or death, the filter and/or pump should not be subjected to the piping system pressurization test. Local codes may require the pool piping system to be subjected to a pressure test. These requirements are generally not intended to apply to the pool equipment, such as filters or pumps. Jandy pool equipment is pressure tested at the factory. If, however, the WARNING cannot be followed and pressure testing of the piping system must include the filter and/or pump, BE SURE TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS: Check all clamps, bolts, lids, lock rings, and system accessories to ensure they are properly installed and secured before testing. RELEASE ALL AIR in the system before testing. Water pressure for test must NOT EXCEED 35 PSI. Water temperature for test must NOT EXCEED 100°F (380C). Limit test to 24 hours. After test, visually check system to be sure it is ready for operation. Notice: These parameters apply to Jandy equipment only. For non-Jandy equipment, consult the equipment manufacturer. A WARNING Chemical spills and fumes can weaken pool/spa equipment. Corrosion can cause filters and other equipment to fail, resulting in severe injury or property damage. Do not store pool chemicals near your equipment. CAUTION Do not start pump dry! Running the pump dry for any length of time will cause severe damage and will void the warranty. CAUTION This pump is for use with permanently installed pools and may also be used with hot tubs and spas, if so marked. Do not use with storable pools. A permanently installed pool is constructed in or on the ground or in a building, such that it cannot be readily disassembled for storage. A storable pool is constructed so that it may be readily disassembled for storage and reassembled to its original integrity. Do not install beneath the skirt of a hot tub. The pump requires adequate ventilation to maintain air temperature at less than the maximum ambient temperature rating listed on the motor rating plate. For Canadian installation, this pump carries a Type 3R enclosure rating and therefore is not intended for installation in areas subjected to windblown dust. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Page 6 ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Tandy. 1.2 Pool Pump Suction Entrapment Prevention Guidelines A WARNING SUCTION HAZARD. Can cause serious injury or death. Do not use this pump for wading pools, shallow pools, or spas containing bottom drains, unless pump is connected to at least two (2) functioning suction outlets. i A WARNING Pump suction is hazardous and can trap and drown or disembowel bathers. Do not use or operate swimming pools, spas, or hot tubs if a suction outlet cover is missing, broken, or loose. The following guidelines provide information for pump installation that minimizes risk of injury to users of pools, spas, and hot tubs: Entrapment Protection - The pump suction system must provide protection against the hazards of suction entrapment. Suction Outlet Covers - All suction outlets must have correctly installed, screw -fastened covers in place. All suction outlet (drain) covers must be maintained. Drain covers must be listed/certified to the latest published edition of ANSI/ASME Al12.19.8. They must be replaced if cracked, broken, or missing. Number of Suction Outlets Per Pump - Provide at least two (2) hydraulically -balanced main drains, with covers, as suction outlets for each circulating pump suction line. The centers of the main drains suction outlets) on any one (1) suction line must be at least three (3) feet apart, center to center. See Figure 1 on page 7. The system must be built to include at least two (2) suction outlets (drains) connected to the pump whenever the pump is running. However, if two (2) main drains run into a single suction line, the single suction line may be equipped with a valve that will shut off both main drains from the pump. The system shall be constructed such that it shall not allow for separate or independent shutoff or isolation of each drain. See Figure 1 on page 7. More than one (1) pump can be connected to a single suction line as long as the requirements above are met. Water Velocity - The maximum water velocity through the suction fitting or cover for any suction outlet must be 1.5 feet per second, unless the outlet complies with the latest published edition ofANSI/ASME All 2.19.8, the standard for Suction Fittings For Use in Swimming and Wading Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs, and Whirlpool Bathtub Applications. In any case, do not exceed the suction fitting's maximum designed flow rate. If 100% of the pump's flow comes from the main drain system, the maximum water velocity in the pump suction hydraulic system must be six (6) feet per second or less, even if one (1) main drain (suction outlet) is completely blocked. The flow through the remaining main drain(s) must comply with the latest published edition of ANSI/ASME A112.19.8, the standard for Suction Fittings For Use in Swimming and Wading Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs, and Whirlpool Bathtub Applications. Testing and Certification - Suction outlet covers must have been tested by a nationally recognized testing laboratory and found to comply with the latest published edition of ANSI/ASME All2.19.8, the standard for Suction Fittings For Use in Swimming and Wading Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs, and Whirlpool Bathtub Applications. Fittings - Fittings restrict flow; for best efficiency use fewest possible fittings (but at least two (2) suction outlets). Avoid fittings that could cause an air trap. Pool cleaner suction fittings must conform to applicable International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) standards. andy® ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 7 Listed/Certified to latest published edition of ANSI/ASME A112.19.8 Anti -entrapment Cover/Grate or Suction Fitting, Screw -fastened to Main Drain Sump Suction Outlet Main Drain) At Least 3 Feet No Valves between Tee and Main Drains Valves OK betwee Pump and Tee Figure 1. Number of Suction Outlets Per Pump Listed/Certified to latest published edition of ANSI/ASME A112.19.8 Anti -entrapment Cover/Grate or Suction Fitting, Screw -fastened to Main Drain Sump Suction Outlet Main Drain) I---- Pump Page 8 ePump'" Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Tandy® Section 2. General Description 2.1 Introduction This manual contains information for the proper installation, operation, and maintenance of Jandy ePump Series variable -speed pumps. Procedures in this manual must be followed exactly. To obtain additional copies of this manual, contact Jandy Customer Service at 800.822.7933. For address information, see the back cover of this manual. 2.2 Description The ePump is a variable -speed pump that can be run from 600 RPM to 3450 RPM. When connected to the Jandy ePump controller, up to eight (8) speed settings may be programmed and recalled. This allows you to select the most appropriate speed for your application. Even more versatile programming is possible when you use a Jandy AquaLink® RS controller. Jandy ePump Series Pumps are designed to meet the needs of today's more hydraulically demanding pool equipment. The pump housing, backplate, diffuser, impeller, and hair and lint pot (pump debris filter basket) are all made from high quality thermoplastic materials. These materials were chosen for their strength and corrosion resistance. The pump is driven by an electric motor directly attached to the pump impeller. As the electric motor turns, it causes the impeller to turn, which forces water to flow through the pump. The water flows through the pump inlet and then into the filter basket. The basket assembly pre-strains/traps large particles. The water then enters the center of the pump housing, flows through the impeller into the diffuser, and flows out the pump discharge port. Section 3. Installation Information 3.1 Plumbing 3.1.1 Preparation Information Upon receipt of the pump, check the carton for damage. Open the carton and check the pump for concealed damage, such as cracks, dents or a bent base. If damage is found, contact the shipper or distributor where the pump was purchased. 2. Inspect the contents of the carton and verify that all parts are included. See Section 7.1, Replacement Parts List and Exploded Kew 3.1.2 Pump Location CAUTION For Canadian installation, this pump carries a Type 3R enclosure rating and therefore is not intended for installation in areas subjected to windblown dust. I . Jandy recommends installing the pump within one 1) foot above water level. The pump should not be elevated more than a few feet above the water level of the pool. A check valve is recommended on the suction line to the pump. AWARNING Some Safety Vacuum Release System (SVRS) devices are not compatible with the installation of check valves. If the pool has an SVRS device, be sure to confirm that it will continue to safely operate when any check valves are installed. NOTE To achieve better self -priming, install the pump as close as possible to the water level of the pool. 2. If the pump is located below water level, isolation valves must be installed on both the suction and return lines to prevent back flow of pool water during any routine or required servicing. The pump and other circulation equipment must be located more than five (5) feet from the water. Choose a location that will minimize turns in the piping. NOTE In Canada, the pump must be located a minimum of three (3) meters (approximately 10 feet) from the water (CSA C22.1). 4. The pump must be placed on a solid foundation that will not vibrate. To further reduce the possibility of vibration noise, bolt the pump to the foundation, or place it on a rubber mat. NOTE Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. recommends bolting the pump directly to the foundation. The pump foundation must have adequate drainage to prevent the motor from getting wet. Protect the pump from the rain and sun. 6. Proper ventilation is required for the pump to operate normally. All motors generate heat that must be removed by providing proper ventilation. Tandy® ePump'" Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 9 Provide access for future services by leaving a clear area around the pump. Allow plenty of space above the pump to remove the lid and basket for cleaning. 8. If the equipment is in a potentially dark area, provide adequate lighting. 3.1.3 Pipe Sizing NOTE All HP ratings given in this section apply to full - rated pumps. 3.1.3.1 Suction Pipe When the pump is located up to 50 feet from the pool, the recommended minimum pipe size for the suction side of the pump is 2" for .75 to 1.5 HP*. For 2.0 HP* pumps, the recommended pipe size is 2'/". For 3.0 HP* pumps, the recommended pipe size is 3". HP refers to full rated pumps. 3.1.3.2 Discharge Pipe When the pump is located up to 50 feet from the pool, the recommended minimum pipe size for the discharge side of the pump is 2" for .75 to 1.5 HP*. For 2.0 HP* pumps, the recommended pipe size is 2%". For 3.0 HP* pumps, the recommended pipe size is 3". HP refers to full rated pumps. NOTE All pipe sizes are able to withstand the pressures the pump will deliver, but not necessarily the flow. If the pipe is too small for the pump, or is elevated above water, the maximum gallons per minute (GPM) may not be delivered. If this happens, the pump will develop a pocket of air (cavitation) that makes noise. This may shorten the life of the pump. 3.1.3.3 Installation Recommendations If the pump is located below water level, isolation valves must be installed on both sides of the pump to prevent the back flow of pool water during any routine or required servicing. To help prevent difficulty in priming, install the suction pipe without high points (above inlet of pump - inverted "U"s, commonly referred to in plumbing as an airlock) that can trap air. For installations of equipment up to 100 feet from the water, refer to Table 1, the pipe sizing chart. For installations of equipment more than 100 feet from the water, the recommended pipe size must be increased to the next size. Table 1. Pipe Sizing Chart for Schedule 40 PVC Pipe Size Maximum Flow Suction 8 feet per second) Maximum Flow Discharge 10 feet per second) 11/2' 50 GPM (189 LPM) 65 GPM (246 LPM) 2" 85 GPM (322 LPM) 105 GPM (397 LPM) 21/2' 120 GPM (454 LPM) 149 GPM (564 LPM) Y 184 GPM (697 LPM) 230 GPM (871 LPM) ePump Series Pumps come equipped with unions on both the suction and discharge ports. This feature simplifies installation and service and eliminates the possibility of leaks at threaded adapters. The ePump Series Pump must be connected to at least two (2) hydraulically -balanced main drains suction outlets) for each pool pump suction line. Each drain must be provided with covers that are listed or certified to the latest published edition of ANSI/ASME A 112.19.8. The suction outlets of the main drains must be at least three (3) feet apart or at different planes. The suction outlets can be a drain and skimmer, two (2) drains, two 2) skimmers, or a skimmer with an equalizer line installed. For additional details and guidelines, refer to ANSI/SPSP 7, the standard for Suction Entrapment Avoidance in Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs, and Catch Basins. Check the local codes for proper installation requirements. Applicable local codes will take precedence over other codes. NOTE To prevent entrapment, the system must be built so it cannot operate with the pump drawing water from only one (1) main drain. At least two 2) main drains must be connected to the pump when it is in operation. However, if two (2) main drains run into a single suction line, the single suction line may be equipped with a valve that will shut off both main drains from the pump. 5. The piping must be well supported and not forced together where it will experience constant stress. 6. Always use properly sized valves. Jandy Diverter Valves and Jandy Ball Valves typically have the best flow capabilities. 7. Use the fewest fittings possible. Each additional fitting has the effect of moving the equipment farther away from the water. NOTE If more than ten suction fittings are needed, the pipe size must be increased. Every new installation must be pressure tested according to local codes. Page 10 ePump'" Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Tandy® 3.2 Electrical Installation 3.2.1 Voltage Checks The correct voltage, as specified on the pump data plate, is necessary for proper performance and long motor life. Incorrect voltage will decrease the pump's ability to perform and could cause overheating, reduce the motor life, and result in higher electric bills. It is the responsibility of the electrical installer to provide data plate operating voltage to the pump by ensuring proper circuit sizes and wire sizes for this specific application. CAUTION Failure to provide data plate voltage (within 10%) during operation will cause the motor to overheat and void the warranty. 3.2.2 Bonding and Grounding l . The motor frame must be grounded to a reliable grounding point using a solid copper conductor, No. 8 AWG or larger. In Canada, No. 6 AWG or larger must be used. If the pump is installed within five (5) feet of the inside walls of the swimming pool, spa, or hot tub, the motor frame must be bonded to all metal parts of the swimming pool, spa, or hot tub structure and to all electrical equipment, metal conduit, and metal piping within 5 feet of the inside walls of the swimming pool, spa, or hot tub. 2. Bond the motor using the provided external lug. A WARNING Always disconnect the power source before working on a motor or its connected load. A WARNING In order to avoid the risk of property damage, severe personal injury, and/or death, make sure that the control switch, time clock, or control system is installed in an accessible location, so that in the event of an equipment failure or a loose plumbing fitting, the equipment can be easily turned off. Table 2. Recommended Wire Sizes for ePumps CAUTION The pump must be permanently connected to a dedicated electrical circuit. No other equipment, lights, appliances, or outlets may be connected to the pump circuit, with the exception of devices that may be required to operate simultaneously with the pump, such as a chlorinating device or heater. 3.2.3 Electrical Wiring I . The pump motor must be securely and adequately grounded using the green screw provided. Ground before attempting to connect to an electrical power supply. Do not ground to a gas supply line. Wire size must be adequate to minimize voltage drop during the start-up and operation of the pump. See Table 2 for suggested wire sizes. Insulate all connections carefully to prevent grounding or short-circuits. Sharp edges on terminals require extra protection. To prevent the wire nuts from loosening, tape them using a suitable, listed (UL, ETL, CSA) electrical insulating tape. For safety, and to prevent entry of contaminants, reinstall all conduit and terminal box covers. Do not force connections into the conduit box. 4. Note the LED on the top of the electronics drive enclosure (to the lower left of the ePump label). The LED is lit whenever power is present at the motor, regardless of whether the motor is running or not. NOTE Since the pump is operated by either an ePump controller (JEP-R), an AquaLink® RS controller, or an AquaLink®• Pool Digital Assistant (PDA), the pump will not be turned on until it is turned on with one of these controllers. RECOMMENDED MINIMUM WIRE SIZE FOR ePUMP SERIES PUMPS* Distance from Sub -panel 0-50 Feet 50-100 Feet 100 - 150 Feet 150 - 200 Feet Branch Fuse AMPS Model Class:CC, G, H, J, K, RK, or T Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage 230 VAC 208-230 VAC 208-230 VAC 208-230 VAC 208-230 VAC JEP2.0 20A 12 10 8 6 JEP1.5 20A 1 12 1 10 1 8 1 6 Assumes three (3) copper conductors in a buried conduit and 3% maximum voltage loss in branch circuit. All National Electrical Code (NEC) and local codes must be followed. Table shows minimum wire size and branch fuse recommendations for typical installation per NEC. Landy® ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 11 3.2.4 Installing the Controller The ePump can be operated by one of three 3) controllers: the ePump controller (JEP-R), the AquaLink® RS controller (Rev O or later), or the AquaLink© PDA (Rev 4.0 or later). The ePump communicates with the controllers via a four -wire RS-485 interface. To install the ePump controller: NOTE The ePump controller part no. is JEP-R. I. Remove power from the ePump by disconnecting the high voltage lines or by opening any breaker to which the ePump power is connected. AWARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Turn off all switches and the main breaker in the ePump electrical circuit before starting the procedure. Failure to comply may cause a shock hazard, resulting in severe personal injury or death. 2. Remove the cover of the ePump junction box and feed the RS-485 cable into the fitting. 3. Unplug the RS-485 connector from the ePump. 4. Attach the four (4) wires in the RS-485 cable to the RS-485 connector. Match the wire colors with the positions on the connector: I- red, 2- black, 3- yellow, and 4- green. See Figure 2. 5. Insert the RS-485 connector back into the ePump. ePump Controller (JEP-R) Rear View) U w5w. _._. gym» Jandy ePump a (Rear View) N D: V O ON o 000 1 2 3 4 000 0 4-Position DIP Switch 6. Slide dip switches I and 2 up, so they are in the ON position, and slide switches 3 and 4 down, so they are in the OFF position. See Figure 2. Connect the other end of the cable to the controller. Match the colors of the wires with the appropriate connector positions, as described in Step 4. Restore power to the ePump and verify the operation of the controller. Refer to the ePump Controller Owner's Manual, H031 1200, to operate the pump. To install an AquaLink® RS controller (Rev O or later) or an AquaLink® PDA (Rev 4.0 or later): I . Remove power from the ePump by disconnecting the high voltage lines or by opening any breaker to which the ePump power is connected. A WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Turn off all switches and the main breaker in the ePump electrical circuit before starting the procedure. Failure to comply may cause a shock hazard, resulting in severe personal injury or death. AquaLink® RS RS-485 Connectors o • 00 Connect to AquaLinkm RS RS-485 Connector YoZ ^^ ( or Multiplexer wgu"' Interface Board) U"r Mm» Jandy ePump Rear View) in m 0° a U) U ON CZ3o= 6666 vee 1 2 3 4 0000 4-Position DIP Switch Figure 2. Wiring ePump Controller (JEP-R) to ePump Figure 3. Wiring AquaLink® RS Controller or AquaLink® PDA to ePump Page 12 ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Jandym 2. Remove the cover of the ePump junction box and feed the RS-485 cable into the fitting. 3. Unplug the RS-485 connector from the ePump and attach the four (4) wires in the RS-485 cable to the RS-485 connector. Match the wire colors with the connector positions as follows: 1-red, 2-black, 3-yellow, and 4-green. See Figure 3. 5. Insert the RS-485 connector back into the ePump. 6. Slide dip switches I and 2 down, so they are in the OFF position. See Figure 3. 7. Select the desired address(es) for the ePump(s) by setting dip switches 3 and/or 4, as shown in Section 3.3, ePump Dip Switch Settings. 8. Connect the other end of the cable to an RS-485 connector on the AquaLink® RS (or multiplexer interface board), matching wire colors with connector positions, as described in Step 3. 9. Restore power to the ePump and verify the operation of the controller. 10. Refer to the appropriate manual to operate the pump: AquaLink® RS Owner's Manual, 6593, or AquaLink® PDA Owner's Manual, H0572300. 3.3 ePump Dip Switch Settings As shown in Figures 2 and 3, the 4-position dip switch is located at the rear of the ePump. This dip switch serves two (2) functions: it selects the pump address, and it determines what type of controller will be used with the pump. The tables below show the dip switch settings. Switch 1 Switch 2 Controller OFF OFF AquaLink RS or AquaLink PDA OFF ON AquaLink RS or AquaLink PDA ON OFF AquaLink RS or AquaLink PDA ON ON ePump Controller (JEP-R) Switch 3 Switch 4 Pump Address OFF OFF PUMP 1 ON OFF PUMP 2 OFF ON PUMP 3 ON I ON I PUMP 4 3.4 Pressure Testing All Jandy model ePumps come with an additional disposable o-ring for pressure testing. This is the blue pressure test o-ring. See Figures 4 and 5. Figure 4. Blue Pressure Test 0-ring in Lid Assembly Figure 5. Exploded View of Pump Jandy. ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 13 CAUTION Do not open the pump lid before pressure testing, because the blue pressure test o-ring may fall out. If this happens, you will need to replace it. If you have not opened the pump lid, skip to Section 3.5, Conducting Pressure Test. 3.4.1 Replace Blue Pressure Test 0-ring if Necessary If you open the pump lid before conducting the pressure test, the blue o-ring will probably fall out. If this happens, you will need to install it on the lid again before conducting pressure testing. There is a risk of damage to the blue o-ring during re -installation. If you damage it when trying to re -install it, you will need to order a new blue pressure test o-ring before you begin conducting the pressure test. These instructions describe the proper procedures for replacing, using, and disposing of the blue o-ring. These instructions must be followed exactly. Rear! through the instructions completetp before starting the procedure. 3.4.1.1 Remove Pump Lid Make sure that the pump is turned off. Make sure that the switch to the circuit breaker that powers the pump motor is turned off. 8 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Turn off the pump and the main breaker in the pump electrical circuit before starting the procedure. Failure to comply may cause a shock hazard, resulting in severe personal injury or death. A WARNING I ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Due to the potential risk of fire, electric shock, or injuries to persons, Jandy Pumps must be installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code NEC), all local electrical and safety codes, and the occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). Copies of the NEC may be ordered from the National Protection Association, 470 Atlantic Ave., Boston, MA 02210, or from your local government inspection agency. In Canada, Jandy Pumps must be installed in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code CEC). Figure 6. Placement of Blue Pressure Test 0-ring Make sure all necessary isolation valves are closed to prevent pool water from reaching the pump. Following the markings on the locking ring, turn the ring counter -clockwise until the 'START' markings align with the ports. 5. Carefully remove the lid with locking ring. 3.4.1.2 Replace Blue 0-ring Turn the lid with locking ring upside down and place it on a stable surface. 2. Place the blue o-ring on the step located'/4" from the bottom of the lid. See Figure 6. Make sure that the o-ring is properly seated. It helps to "place" the o-ring on the step rather than to "roll" it on. That prevents it from rolling off. NOTE The blue o-ring sits approximately'/4" away from the seal. See Figure 6. 4. Carefully install the lid, making sure that the blue pressure test o-ring sits in the housing without binding" or "rolling' off. Following the markings on the locking ring, align `START' markings with the ports and turn clockwise until `LOCKED' markings align with the ports. Do not tighten past the `LOCKED' marking. Page 14 ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Jandy® 3.5 Conduct Pressure Test A WARNING When pressure testing a system with water, air is often trapped in the system during the filling process. This air will compress when the system is pressurized. Should the system fail, this trapped air can propel debris at a high speed and cause injury. Every effort to remove trapped air must be taken, including opening the bleed valve on the filter and loosening the pump basket lid while filling the pump. A WARNING Trapped air in the system can cause the filter lid to be blown off, which can result in death, serious injury, or property damage. Be sure all air is properly purged out of the system before operating. DO NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR TO PRESSURE TEST OR CHECK FOR LEAKS. A WARNING Do not pressure test above 35 PSI. Pressure testing must be done by a trained pool professional. Circulation equipment that is not tested properly might fail, which could result in severe injury or property damage. A WARNING When pressure testing the system with water, it is very important to make sure that the pump basket lid is completely secure. I . Fill the system with water, using care to eliminate trapped air. 2. Pressurize the system with water to no more than 35 PSI. 3. Close the valve to trap pressurized water in the system. 4. Observe the system for leaks and/or pressure decay. 5. If there are lid leaks, repeat Steps 1-3. For technical support, call 800.822.7933. 6. After successfully completing the test, discard the blue pressure test o-ring. Section 4. Operation 4.1 Start-up CAUTION Never run the pump without water. Running the pump "dry" for any length of time can cause severe damage to both the pump and motor and will void the warranty. If this is a new pool installation, make sure all piping is clear of construction debris and has been properly pressure tested. The filter should be checked for proper installation, verifying that all connections and clamps are secure according to the manufacturer's recommendations. A WARNING To avoid risk of property damage, severe personal injury or death, verify that all power is turned off before starting this procedure. 1. Release all pressure from the system and open the filter pressure release valve. 2. Depending on the location of the pump, do one of the following: If the pump is located below the water level of the pool, open the filter pressure release valve to prime the pump with water. If the pump is located above the water level of the pool, remove the lid and fill the basket with water before starting the pump. 3. Prior to replacing the lid, check for debris around the lid o-ring seat. Debris around the lid o-ring seat will cause air to leak into the system and will make it difficult to prime the pump. 4. Hand -tighten the lid to make an air tight seal. Do not use any tools to tighten the lid: hand -tighten only. Make sure all valves are open and the unions are tight. 5. Restore power to the pump. Then turn on the pump by following the instructions in the appropriate manual: ePump Controller Owner's manual, H0311200, AquaLink® RS Owner's Manual, 6593, or AquaLink® PDA Owner's Manual, H0572300. 6. Once all the air has left the filter, close the pressure release valve. Dandy. ePump- Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 15 The pump should prime. The time it takes to 8. Verify that all valves have been returned to the prime will depend on the elevation and length of proper position for normal operation. pipe used on the suction supply pipe. See Section 3.1.3.3, Installation Recommendations, for proper 9. Open the pressure release valve on the filter, and elevation and pipe size. make sure it is clean and ready for operation. If the pump does not prime and all the instructions 10. Turn on the power to the pump. Once all the to this point have been followed, check for a air has been evacuated from the filter, close the suction leak. If there is no leak, repeat Steps 2 pressure release valve. through 7. For technical assistance, call Jandy Technical Support at 800.822.7933. Section 5. Service and Maintenance 5.1 Routine Maintenance Inspect the pump debris tray basket for debris by looking through the clear pump lid. Remove any debris, because as debris accumulates, it will begin to block the flow of water through the pump. Keep the basket clean to improve the performance of the pump. 1. Turn off the power to the pump. If the pump is located below the water level, close the isolation valves on the suction and discharge sides of the pump to prevent backflow of water. Turn the lid's locking ring counter -clockwise until START' aligns with the ports. Carefully remove the lid. (You may use a tool for leverage.) CAUTION A misaligned basket will cause the lid to be improperly seated, allowing an air leak, which could result in pump damage. 3. Lift the basket out of the pump. 4. Dispose of the debris and thoroughly clean the basket, making sure all the holes are open. Using a garden hose, spray the basket from the outside to help clear the holes. Remove any remaining debris by hand. 5. Replace the basket in the pump by aligning the opening with the suction pipe. If aligned properly, the basket will drop easily into place. Do not force it into place. 6. Remove the lid seal and remove debris around the lid seal seat, as this can allow air to leak into the system. Clean the lid seal and place it on the lid. Replace the lid with locking ring. Hand -tighten the lid to make an air -tight seal. Do not use any tools to tighten the lid: hand -lighten only. 5.2 Winterizing the Pump CAUTION The pump must be protected when freezing temperatures are expected. Allowing the pump to freeze will cause severe damage and void the warranty. CAUTION Do not use antifreeze solutions in the pool, spa, or hot tub systems! Antifreeze is highly toxic and may damage the circulation system. The only exception to this is Propylene Glycol. For more information, see your local pool/spa supply store or contact a qualified swimming pool service company. Drain all water from the pump, system equipment, and piping. Remove the two (2) drain plugs. Store the drain plugs in a safe location and reinstall them when the cold weather season is over. Do not lose the o-rings. Keep the motor covered and dry. Do not cover the pump with plastic, because this will create condensation that will damage the pump. NOTE Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. recommends having a qualified service technician or electrician properly disconnect the electrical wiring at the switch or junction box. Once the power is removed, loosen the two (2) unions and store the pump indoors. For safety, and to prevent entry of contaminants, reinstall all conduit and terminal box covers. When the system is reopened for operation, have a qualified technician or electrician make sure all piping, valves, wiring and equipment are in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Pay close attention to the filter and electrical connections. The pump must be primed prior to starting. Refer to Section 4.1, Start-up. Page 16 ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Jandy® Section 6. Troubleshooting and Repair Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. strongly recommends that you call a qualified service technician to perform any repairs on the filter/pump system. To locate a qualified technician, check your local yellow pages or visit wwwjanducom and click on "Product Support." 6.1 Troubleshooting Symptom Possible Cause/Solution The cleaning/circulating system is Verify that skimmer baskets, pump basket and other screens are clean. Clean as not operating correctly. necessary. Check filter and clean as necessary. Check valve positions. Adjust as necessary. NOTE Multiple pieces of equipment operating at one time (for example, waterfalls, spa jets, and surface returns) will affect the proper operation of the cleaning system. Check the cleaning system manual to ensure that the system is adjusted according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Bubbles are present in the pump Air is in the system. Check the pool or spa water level to ensure that it is at the proper level basket. and air is not being drawn into the suction piping. If the water is at the normal level, turn off the pump. Turn the lid's locking ring counter -clockwise until 'START' aligns with the ports. Remove the lid and check for debris around the lid seal seat OR improper installation of the lid seal, as either condition will allow air to leak into the system. Clean the lid seal and replace it on the lid. Replace the lid on the pump housing. Align 'START' with the ports and turn the locking ring clockwise until 'LOCKED' aligns with the ports. Hand -tighten the lid to make an air -tight seal. Do not use any tools to tighten the lid. Turn the pump back on. Air leaks are still present. Check the suction side piping union. While the pump is running, try to tighten the union. If this does not stop the air leak, turn off the pump. Loosen both unions and slide the pump out of the way Remove, clean, and re -install both union o-rings. Reposition the pump next to the piping and secure the union nuts to the pump With clean union o-rings, hand -tightening of the unions should create a seal. If the unions still do not seal, gently tighten with a large pair of tongue -and -groove pliers. Do not over -tighten. There is no air in the system, but It is possible that debris is caught in the pump impeller. The pump impeller moves the the pressure is still low. water, and the vanes in the impeller can become blocked with debris. See Section 6.2, Service Technician Maintenance, 6.2.1, Blocked Impeller, in this manual for more information. There is no debris blocking the The pump impeller and diffuser are showing signs of normal wear. Have a qualified service impeller and the pressure is still technician check the impeller and diffuser and replace as necessary. low. If the pump is part of a relatively new installation, it could be an electrical problem. Contact a qualified service technician Have the technician check for loose electrical connections and check the voltage at the pump motor while it is in operation. The voltage must be within 10% of the motor's data plate rating. If the voltage is not within 10%, contact a qualified electrician and/or the local power service provider Pump seal is leaking air. Have a qualified service technician replace the seal. The pump is leaking water between This is caused by a damaged or failed mechanical seal. Replace the seal. See Section 6.2, the motor and pump body. Service Technician Maintenance, 6.2.3, Mechanical Seal Replacement, in this manual. The pump gets hot and shuts off Make sure that there is adequate room around the motor to circulate air and keep the periodically. motor cool. Have a qualified electrician check for loose connections and check the voltage at the pump motor while it is in operation. The voltage must be within 10% of the motor's data plate rating. If the voltage is not within 10%, contact a qualified electrician and/or the local power service provider. dy. ePump'" Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 17 Symptom Possible C-auselSolution Pump will not start. No power to pump Make sure pump is properly connected to high voltage. LED on top of electronics enclosure should be illuminated. See Section 3.2, Electrical Installation, in this manual Improper low -voltage wiring. Check low -voltage wiring between pump and controller. Correct if necessary. See Section 3.2, Electrical Installation, in this manual Improper pump address setting Make sure that ePump dip switches 3 and 4 are set properly for the installation Both should be OFF for use with ePump controller or set to the proper address when connected to an AquaLink®RS controller or an AquaLink®PDA. See Section 3.3, ePump Dip Switch Settings, in this manual. Fault condition exists. View fault message on controller and correct fault before proceeding. If unsure how to correct fault, contact technical support at 800.822.7933. ePump controller LCD is not Incorrect dip switch setting. displaying information or Make sure ePump dip switches 1 and 2 are both ON. See Section 3.3, ePump Dip Switch ePump LEDs are not illuminated. Settings, in this manual. Improper low -voltage wiring. Check low -voltage wiring between pump and controller. Correct if necessary. See Section 3.2, Electrical Installation, in this manual. Controller displays "Pump not Improper low -voltage wiring connected". Check low -voltage wiring between pump and controller. Correct if necessary. See Section 3.2, Electrical Installation, in this manual. Improper pump address set. Ensure ePump dip switches 3 and 4 are set properly for the installation. Both should be OFF for use with ePump controller or set to the proper address when connected to an AquaLink IRS controller or an AquaLinkm PDA. See Section 3.3, ePump Dip Switch Settings, in this manual. Fault message appears on Fault condition exists. controller display. View fault message on controller and correct fault before proceeding. If unsure how to correct fault, contact technical support at 800.822.7933 Page 18 ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual andym 6.2 Service Technician Maintenance A WARNING This pump must be serviced by a professional service technician qualified in pool/spa installation. The following procedures must be followed exactly. Improper installation and/or operation can create dangerous electrical hazards, which can cause high voltages to run through the electrical system. This can cause property damage, serious personal injury, and/or death. Improper installation and/or operation will void the warranty. 6.2.1 Blocked Impeller A WARNING Before servicing the pump, switch off the circuit breakers at the power source. Severe personal injury or death may occur if the pump starts while your hand is inside the pump. I . Turn off the pump. Switch off the circuit breaker to the pump motor. 2. Remove the lid and basket. 3. Look inside the pump for debris. Remove any debris found inside. 4. Replace the basket and lid. 5. Switch on the circuit breaker to the pump motor. 6. Turn on the pump, and see if the problem is solved. 7. If the impeller is still blocked with debris and it is not possible to remove the debris using Steps 2 through 4, the pump will need to be disassembled in order to access the inlet and outlet of the impeller. 6.2.2 Impeller Removal and Replacement A WARNING Before servicing the pump, switch off the circuit breakers at the power source. Severe personal injury or death may occur if the pump starts while your hand is inside the pump. Turn off the pump. Switch off the circuit breaker to the pump motor. If you are not replacing the motor, do not disconnect the electrical wiring. NOTE If you are replacing the motor, Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. strongly recommends that a qualified service technician or electrician properly disconnect the electrical wiring at the pump motor. 2. Turn off any valves to prevent pool water from reaching the pump. Drain the water from the pump by loosening the unions or removing the drain plugs. 3. Using a 9/16" wrench, loosen the bolts connecting the pump body to the motor backplate. See Figure 7. Figure 7. Remove the Pump Housing 4. Pull the motor and backplate out of the pump body. Remove the pump body o-ring. The impeller is connected to the motor shaft. 5. Using a No. I Phillips screwdriver, remove the two (2) screws holding the diffuser. (The diffuser is the cover over the impeller.) Then remove the diffuser. (See Figure 8.) 6. Access the inlet and outlet of the impeller and remove any debris. Diffuser Screws (2) Backplate Diffuser f Washers (2) Diffuser 0-Ring Figure 8. Remove the Diffuser a m, ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 19 7. Remove the fan cover on the back of the motor by removing the screws. (See Figure 7.) The motor shaft and fan will be exposed. 8. Hold the exposed motor shaft with a %a" wide flat blade screw driver while removing the impeller center screw. Use a No. 3 Phillips screwdriver and turn the left-hand threaded screw clockwise to loosen it. See Figure 9. Fan Backplate Mechanical Impeller Seal Self Sealing Left Handed Screw Figure 9. Remove the Impeller Diffuser 0-ring 0 o, Diffuser Screws and Washers (2) NOTE Do not hold the fan to remove the impeller screw. 9. Hold the motor shaft with a %z" wide flat blade screw driver while unscrewing the impeller from the motor shaft with your hand. Turn the impeller counter -clockwise to unscrew it. 10. Inspect the impeller and diffuser for signs of rubbing and/or damage. Diffuser Impeller D Self Sealing Left Handed Mechanical Screw Seal Figure 10. Diffuser and Impeller Exploded View Backplate 0-ring Washers (8) Bolts (8) e e'-- za Q::Z Page 20 ePump- Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual jandy® 6.2.2.1 Impeller Reassembly l . Press the new carbon face seal half (see Figure 11) on the motor shaft using a twisting motion. Make sure the carbon surface is facing toward the ceramic ring in the backplate. CAUTION Very Important! To prevent damage to the seal, grasp the lower portion of the seal (opposite the carbon face) when installing it NOTE To assist assembly, use only water or soapy water as a lubricant. Any other lubricant will destroy the seal after a short period of time. NOTE Be sure to keep the seal and mating parts clean. Carbon Seal Surface Ceramic Face Seal Carbon Face/ Spring Backplate Seal Side of Seal Impeller Side of Mechanical Seal Figure 11. Mechanical Seal While holding the motor shaft with a %" wide flat blade screw driver, thread the impeller onto the motor shaft. Hand -tighten the impeller until it is secure. Install the impeller center screw into the center of the impeller. Turn the left-hand threaded screw counter -clockwise and tighten it, using a No. 3 Phillips screwdriver. Do not overtighten. 3. Replace the fan cover by replacing the screws. 4. Replace the motor shaft cover by inserting the cover tabs into the slots and rotating the cover 90° clockwise. 5. Replace the diffuser over the impeller, using care to insert alignment pins into the correct holes. The molded -in arrow must point toward the handle of the backplate. 6. Replace the two (2) small Phillips -head screws. Tighten the screws to draw the diffuser against the motor backplate. To help prevent an airleak into the system; make sure the diffuser o-ring, o-ring groove, and o-ring seal area are clean and free of debris. If you removed the diffuser o-ring, make sure you install it into the groove you removed it from. (See Figure 12.) If grease is used to retain the o-ring, it must be silicone based. Do not use petroleum- hasedgrease. It will destroy the o-ring. Figure 12. Pump Body and Diffuser Exploded View 8. Slide the diffuser into the mating hole in the pump body. While supporting the motor, start two 2) screws on opposite sides. (This will hold the motor in position while you start the other six (6) screws.) 9. Tighten the screws lightly in a crossing "X" pattern using a 9/16" wrench. Start with the inner middle) four (4), then the outer (top and bottom) four (4) to draw the backplate to the body in an even manner. Once all the screws are snug, torque in the same order to 18 foot-pounds. 10. If the pump is located above the water level of the pool. remove the lid and fill the basket with water before starting the pump. I l . To help prevent an air leak into the system, remove any debris around the lid seal seat. 12. Hand -tighten the lid to make an air tight seal. Do not use anp tools to tighten the lid. 13. Open the pressure release valve on the filter and make sure it is clean and ready for operation. 14. Switch on the circuit breaker to the pump motor. 15. Turn on the pump and check the system for normal operation. 16. Once all the air has left the filter, close the pressure release valve. jan dym ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 21 6.2.3 Mechanical Seal Replacement NOTE This is a two-part replacement process. The mechanical seal must be replaced as a set. NOTE Refer to Figure 13 for an illustration of the location of the mechanical seal and impeller. CAUTION Do not damage the ceramic or carbon surfaces of the seals. If the surfaces are damaged, leaks will occur. Backplate Mechanical Seal Self Sealing t• Left Handed Screw D W Backplate Ung Impeller 0 Diffuser Diffuser 0-ring Washers (2) Screws (2) Figure 13. Backplate, Impeller, Diffuser, Mechanical Seal Exploded View I . To access the mechanical seal, follow Steps 1 through 9 of Section 6.2.2, Impeller Removal and Replacement. 2. Remove the carbon face seal half frorn the motor shaft (See Figure I I). This is a spring -loaded seal. Grasp the portion of the seal closest to the impeller body and pull the seal off using a twisting motion. 3. Remove the motor from the backplate, following the steps in Section 6.2.5, Alolor Replacement. 4. Place the backplate o-ring side down and force the cerarnic seal out using a screwdriver or drift. Turn the backplate o-ring side up and insert the new ceramic seal side into the backplate. Use great care to press the seal in squarely with your fingers. The ceramic is easily damaged and must be pressed in using only your fingers or soft tools. Do not use any lubricant other than water or soapy water. Install the backplate by following the relevant steps in Section 6.2.2.1, Impeller Reassemble. Install the motor by following the steps in Section 6.2.5, Motor Replacement. Page 22 ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Jandy® 6.2.4 Variable Speed Drive Electronics Replacement NOTE The Variable Speed Drive Electronics Unit and the motor are separate pieces of equipment and can be replaced independently of each other. A WARNING To ensure continued safety and reliable operation, Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. requires that you replace the Variable Speed Drive Electronics Unit with a unit that has the identical HP rating and service factor Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. approved unit only). Turn off the electrical power to the pump motor using your controller. Switch off the circuit breaker to the pump motor. A WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Turn off all switches and the main breaker in the ePump electrical circuit before starting the procedure. Wait five (5) minutes after power is disconnected before opening motor. Do not proceed until the LED on top of the Drive Electronics is completely off. Failure to comply may cause a shock hazard, resulting in severe personal injury or death. NOTE For instructions on operating the controller, refer to your controller manual: ePump Controller Owner's Manual, H0311200, AquaLink® RS Owner's Manual, 6593, or AquaLink® PDA Owner's Manual, H0572300. Remove the junction box lid and disconnect the three (3) high voltage wires and the four (4) communication wires. Remove the four (4) screws and o-rings on the main cover and remove the main cover. See Figure 14. Unplug the three -wire harness from the board. See Figure 15. Remove the four (4) screws that secure the electronics enclosure to the motor. See Figure 15. Remove the electronics enclosure and mount the new electronics enclosure using the four (4) screws that secure it to the motor. See Figure 15. Plug the three -wire harness into the connector on the board. Replace the main cover using the four (4) screws that secure it in place. See Figure 14. 9. Reconnect the three (3) high voltage wires and the four (4) communication wires. Four Main Four 0-rings Cover Screws r Junction Box t - Main Lid Screw Cover Junction Box Lid Four Communication - Wires Dip _ Switches Three High Voltage Wires Three Wires to Boats Figure 14. Remove Main Cover for Variable Speed Drive Electronics Unit CAUTION IMPORTANT! To prevent potential damage to the ePump, AquaLink® IRS, or AquaLink® PDA, set the dip switches to the same settings used in the previous Variable Drive Electronics Unit. 10. Set the dip switches to the same settings set in the previous Variable Speed Drive Electronics Unit. See Section 3.3, ePwnp Dipswitch Sellings. 11. Re -install the junction box lid. Figure 15. Remove Variable Speed Drive Electronics Enclosure m, ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 23 6.2.5 Motor Replacement A WARNING To ensure continued safety and reliable operation, Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. requires that you replace the motor with a motor that has the identical HP rating and service factor (Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. approved unit only). Have a qualified service technician or electrician properly disconnect the electrical wiring at the Pump motor. A WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Turn off all switches and the main breaker in the ePump electrical circuit before starting the procedure. Wait five (5) minutes after power is disconnected before opening motor. Do not proceed until the LED on top of the Drive Electronics Unit is completely off. Failure to comply may cause a shock hazard, resulting in severe personal injury or death. 2. To detach the pump housing from the motor, follow Steps I through 10 in Section 6.2.2, Impeller Removal and Replacement. 3 Remove the four (4) screws on the main cover and remove the main cover. See Figure 14. 4. Note the alignment of the backplate to the motor, as shown in Figure 16. Place the backplate motor assembly o-ring side down, unscrew the four 9/16" screws; and remove the motor. 5. If installing a new motor, remove the protective plastic cap from the motor shaft. Place the motor on the backplate so that the opening in the motor faces the bottom of the backplate. The electronics controller on the motor should be at the 12 o'clock position. 6. Replace the four (4) bolts and washers holding the backplate to the motor. To reassemble the backplate assembly to the housing, follow Steps 2 through 9 of Section 6.2.2.1, Impeller Reassembly. If the pump is located above the water level of the pool, remove the lid and fill the basket with water before starting the pump. To help prevent an air leak into the system, remove any debris around the lid seal seat. 10. Hanel -tighten the lid to make an airtight seal. Do not use rrnV tools to tighten the lid Figure 16. Backplate Assembly 11. Open the pressure release valve on the filter and make sure it is clean and ready for operation. 12. Have a qualified service technician or electrician properly connect the electrical wiring at the pump motor. 13. Turn on the electrical power to the pump motor using your controller and check the system for normal operation. NOTE For instructions on operating the controller, refer to the appropriate manual for your controller: the ePump Controller Owner's Manual, H0311200, the AquaLink® RS Owner's Manual, 6593. or the AquaLink® PDA Owner's Manual, H0572300C. 14. Once all the air has left the filter, close the pressure relief valve. NOTE Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. recommends that the mechanical seals be replaced at the same time the motor is replaced. See Section 6.2.3, Mechanical Seal Replacement, for details. Page 24 ePump'" Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual dy. Section 7. Product Specifications and Technical Data 7.1 Replacement Parts List and Exploded View To order or purchase parts for Jandy pumps, contact your nearest Jandy dealer. You can also contact the Jandy Customer Service Department at 800.822.7933. Key No. Description Model No. Part No. 1 Motor, ePump Series Replacement Kit JEP2.0 R0474403 1 Motor, ePump Series Replacement Kit JEP1.5 R0474402 2 Backplate, Pump, SHP, PHP/MHP Replacement Kit All R0445200 3 Impeller, Assembly, SHP, PHP, JEP JEP2.0 R0445305 3 Impeller, Assembly, SHP, PHP, JEP JEP1.5 R0445304 4 Diffuser with O-ring and Hardware All R0445400 5 Mechanical Seals (Carbon and Ceramic) All R0479400 6 Body, Pump All R0445601 7 Motor Mounting Foot Assembly, SHP All R0445700 8 Locking Ring (With Lid and 0-ring) All R0445800 9 Filter Basket All R0445900 10 Plug, Drain (Set of 2) All R0446000 11 Tail Piece (2" by 2'/z') with Union Nut and 0-ring (Set of 2) JEP2 0, JEP1.5 R0446101 12 Seal, Lid All R0446200 13 Blue Pressure Test 0-ring All R0479000 14 0-ring, Backplate All R0446300 15 0-ring, Tail Piece (Set of 2) All R0446400 16 Diffuser/Impeller Hardware Set All R0446500 17 Backplate Hardware with Set of 8 Bolts and Washers All RG446600 18 Motor Hardware voth Set of 4 Bolts and Washers All R0446700 19 Screws, Motor Mounting Foot (Set of 2) All R0446800 20 Speed Drive (w/Cover & Hardware), ePump, Replacement Kit All R0474900 21 Cover Speed Drive (w/ Hardware), ePump All R0475000 22 Cover Fan, 1-3 HP, ePump Replacement Kit All R0474800 23 Hardware Speed Drive, ePump All R0475100 24 Connector, Speed Drive, ePump (4-Pin Connector) All R0660900 jandy® ePump- Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 25 r 11 4® 15 1 go 10 (Qty 2)J% M—M 4 (Qty 2) J 16 (Qty 2) 3,16 2,14 Figure 17. ePump Exploded View 20 (Qty 4) 21 (Qty 1) 23 (Qty 4) 23 (Qty 1) 21 i r z r 2 (Qty 8) rrq* 20,21 17 (Qty 8) 1 (Qty 4) 24 20 18 (Qty 4) 22 0 ap ' 0 moo m 1 22 (Qty 4) 7 7, 1(Qty 2) J 19 (Qty 2) Page 26 ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Tandy. 7.2 Performance Curves Jandy ePump Series High Head Pumps Total Dynamic Head Full -Rated (JEP) Pounds Per Square Inch Feet of Water) (PSI) 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 so 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 Flow Rated, Gallons Per Minute (GPM) ePump' Series Pumps, Installation and Operation Manual Page 27 7.3 Physical and Operational Specifications 7.3.1 Specifications Model No. HP Voltage Wafts Pipe Size Carton Weight Overall Length 'A' JEP2.0 0.25 - 2.7 230 VAC 2,250 W 2'/2 - 3" 50 lbs. 34'/;' JEP1.5 0.25 - 2.2 230 VAC 2,100 W 2'/2 - 3" 50 Ibs 34'/4" 7.3.2 Dimensions 15 Bolt Holes, Center to Center Front Edge of Union to Center ) Bolt Holes NOTE When installing a pump, leave a minimum of two feet (2 ft) of clearance above the pump for removal of the strainer basket. 7.4 Replacement Motor Guide Pump Model A.O. Smith/Century JEP2.0 M48A40D58 JEP1.5 M48A42D58 jandy. Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc. 6000 Condor Drive, Moorpark, CA, USA 93021 • 800 822.7933 FAX 877.327.1403 Litho in USA 0 2009 Zodiac Pool Systems. Inc 0909 y0MM 1 C- ERCIAL.'% r ,I Natural Water Treatment System PZ24 Skid Mount System - Commercial Pools INSTALLATION GUIDE and Ozone Generator Systems OPERATION MANUAL PERNa-F #_ r S e2 3 VJ U r ma- T•0; NATURAL TE[HNOLOGY Reduces Chemical Usage, Improves Sanitation Produces Crystal Clear Water Copyright 2010 Prozone Water Products: 3004 11th Ave. -Huntsville, AL - 35805 Phone: 256-539-4570 Website: www.prozoneint.com IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Read and Follow All Safety Instructions I . Read and be familiar with this manual before installing, operating, or performing maintenance on the PZ2-4 Skid Mount System. 2. Voltage must be determined before unit is installed. 3. Wear safety glasses when drilling and/or tapping holes for installation of system. 4. PZ2-4 Skid Mount System should be securely bolted or fastened down to a flat level surface. WARNING: Short term inhalation of high concentrations of ozone and long term inhalation of low concentrations of ozone can cause serious harmful physiological effects. Do not inhale ozone gas produced by this device. QWARNING: Disconnect all power to pool equipment prior to installation, maintenance, or removal of the PZ2-4 skid mount system. WARNING: Do not permit children to operate this product WARNING: To avoid risk of electric shock, fire, or injury, service should only be performed by a qualified pool service professional. WARNING: Installation must be performed in accordance with the National Electric Code and any applicable local or state installation codes. QWARNING: When mixing acid with water, ALWAYS ADD ACID TO WATER, NEVER WATER TO ACID. NOTE: The instructions in this document provide general installation guides. Consult your dealer for specific installation instructions. Additional information is available at www.prozoneint.com. Check system for any visible shipping damage. If damage has occurred, contact the delivery company and your dealer immediately. Before beginning installation, please turn to the Installation Kit Inventory Section and verify that all listed parts are on hand. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS INTRODUCTION TO OZONE Ozone (Oa) is generated by irradiating air or oxygen (02) with ultraviolet radiation. Ozone is a molecule of oxygen that is formed when three atoms of oxygen are bound together instead of the normal two atoms. The extra oxygen atom makes ozone the most powerful oxidizer and sanitizer readily available. Since ozone is unstable and quickly decomposes to normal oxygen under normal conditions, it cannot be shipped or stored. Therefore, it must be manufactured on site for immediate use. In normal air it lasts about an hour. In normal pool water it lasts just long enough to purify the water - less than 1 second. Although ozone is mainly thought of as a sanitizer, it acts primarily as an oxidizer in the pool environment. In a typical pool run on chlorine only, up to 90 percent of the chlorine may be used up in reactions unrelated to disinfection. The byproducts of these reactions are combined chlorines. Combined chlorines are the cause of eye irritation, odor, and the other unpleasant side effects of chlorination. When ozone is used, it oxidizes a large portion of the contaminants (usually referred to as bather load) which result in the formation of combined chlorines. The result is that more chlorine is available for disinfection and less chlorine is required to maintain the pool. Ozone also provides some disinfection, but an ozone residual cannot be established, so the use of chlorine or bromine is always recommended. PREPARING FOR INSTALLATION 1. The Prozone Skid Mount System is normally shipped with the ozone side, and plumbing side, bolted together in a back-to-back configuration. The two halfs may be unbolted and placed side -by -side if desired, requiring less floor space depth but doubling floor space width. 2 A flat level surface is required for placement of the PZ24 Skid Mount System. Minimum of 48" by 40" for back-to-back placement or 90" by 20" for side -by -side placement. 3. 2" PVC plumbing, (or adapters if your plumbing is other than 2"), is required for Inlet and Outlet connections. 4. Check electrical system: 220/240VAC double switched per N.E.C. standards. 5. Balance the pH. 6. Shock the pool with a non -lithium based material. The use of calcium hypochlorite or sodium hypochlorite is recommended. The Table below summarizes the levels that are recommended by The Association of Pool and Spa Professionals APSP). It is important to maintain these levels in order to prevent corrosion or scaling and to ensure maximum enjoyment of the pool. Test your water periodically. Take a water sample in to be professionally tested by a Pool and Spa Professional at least once a month. See our web site for more information on Basic Pool Water Chemistry. pH 7.2 — 7.6 Alkalinity 80 —120 ppm TDS 1,000 Cyanuric Acid 30 — 70 ppm Free Chlorine 0.5 — 1.5 ppm Calcium Hardness 60 — 400 ppm Metals 0 ppm Nitrates / Phosphates 30 ppm PRESSURE RELIEF OFF -GAS) VALVE DE -GAS COLUMN WATER OUTLET INSTALLATION 9ALL VALVE WATERINLET 1. Place the PZ24 System on a flat level surface. System should be tied down using an appropriate tie -down system and may be placed back-to-back or side -by -side. 2. The PZ24 System is to be installed as a bypass system with the entrance of the bypass being after the main pool circulation pump but before the filter, and the exit of the bypass being after the filter/heater. 3. Install the pressure relief (off -gas) valve to the top of the de -gas column 4. Connect a 3/8" hose to the valve and run the hose to a vented location for the ozone off -gas. 5. Locate section of plumbing in which you choose to install the ENTRANCE leg of the bypass. Location should be in any accessible area after the pool circulation pump, but before the filter. 6. Connect the INLET side of the PZ2-4 boost pump to this location. 7. Locate section of plumbing in which you choose to install the EXIT leg of the bypass. Location should be in any accessible area after the filter, and heater (if equipped). 8. Connect the OULET, (coming out of the de -gas column), side of the bypass to this location. 9. Electrical Installation: Prozone PZ24 System is a 220/240VAC system. Do not connect system to any other voltage! Use N.E.C. or local code grounding installation procedures for swimming pool equipment. OPERATION 1. Turn on PZ2-4 Boost Pump, (top breaker), and allow water to fill the PZ2-4 plumbing and begin to flow completely through the system. 2. Close the Ball Valve, in between the Venturi Injector(s), by rotating it clockwise fully and allow the system fo run for a minute or two to stabilize. 3. Turn on PZ2-4 Ozone Generator, (bottom breaker). 4. Verify compressor and compressor fan are both running. 5. Open Ball Valve half -way by rotating it counter -clockwise until it points to approximately the one O'clock position. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY No light from Prozone unit(s) Loose wiring Check all wiring connections No power to unit Check voltage compatibility Check power source Defective lamp or other internal component Return unit to dealer No bubbles from injector or no evidence of ozone in pool Excessive back pressure Check for kinks or clogs in hose or plumbing Leak in fitting Replace fitting Filter not working Check filter Water in Ozone Generator Check Valve failure Verify Check Valve is operating property Cloudy water; foamy water; scum Water chemistry out of balance Check readings and balance accordingly Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) level too high Refer to dealer for proper water testing Filter not working Clean or replace filter NOTE Cloudy water may occur when the ozone generator is started. Filter and backwash as necessary. Deen, Jo From: Pool Inspection Requests <PoolInspectRequest@flhealth.gov> Sent: Wednesday, May 16, 2018 10:32 AM To: Aldrich, Dave; Pool Inspection Requests; Smith, Nancy M Cc: Minnetto, Matthew; Deen, Joy Subject: RE: Pool permit application Attachments: Swiml-ife planrev4.24.2018.pdf, Swim Life 11x17 Electrical.pdf, CHS.pdf, Swim Life 2863 revised).pdf, DOH Applicaiton Receipt Letter 10.02.2017.pdf Dave: OFFICE PERMIT# 4f--- /9Z3 Good to speak with you today also concerning the Swim Life Training Pool. I have attached the relevant documents that I have for this pool. The most beneficial for you is the CHS file. It is the 454.1 FBC review. I marked the plans as non- compliant (because so many things do not meet code). However, the State Health Office approved the pool with all of the construction provisos that are listed in the Variance Letter. I also attached the Receipt of application letter from Seminole County Health Department showing that the plans were received by them on 10/02/2017. The electrical page that the engineer submitted to our office is attached. We only accepted this sheet (we do not have the technical knowledge or authority to approve or deny electrical items). Maybe it makes sense to you. Please contact either myself or Miranda Oliver from the office if you have any questions with any commercial swimming pool plan review or inspection questions that you may have. Best Regards, Mark Mark Pabst, Environmental Consultant, Water Programs, Bureau of Environmental Health, Division of Disease Control and Health Protection, Florida Dept. of Health TO REACH OUR ENTIRE TEAM IN ORLANDO & REQUEST INSPECTIONS PLEASE EMAIL: poolinspectrequest@flhealth.gov Cell Phone: (850) 274-3362, Office Phone: (407) 245-0335, Fax: (407) 317-7328, Mailing Address: 400 W Robinson St., Suite S-827, Orlando, FL 32801, Email: Mark.Pabst@FLhealth.gov Florida has a broad public records law which includes written communications. From: Aldrich, Dave[mailto:Dave.Aldrich@Sanfordfl.gov] Sent: Wednesday, May 16, 2018 9:46 AM To: Pool Inspection Requests <PoolInspectRequest@flhealth.gov> Cc: Minnetto, Matthew<MATTHEW.MINNETTO@Sanfordfl.gov>; Deen, Joy <Joy.Deen@Sanfordfl.gov> Subject: Pool permit application Mark, Thanks for talking to me this morning. We just need clarification on the status of this application from FDOH perception. The plans also seem to lack some detail on some issues that we will have to address. I've attached a copy of the letter they gave us from FDOH and the permit application. I appreciate any help you can give us. Thanks, Dave Aldrich CBO, MCP Building Official City of Sanford 407) 688-5058 dave.aldrich@sanfordfl.gov PLEASE NOTE: Florida has a very broad public records law. Any written communication to or from City officials regarding City business is a public record available to the public and media upon request. Your e-mail communications may be subject to public disclosures. Rick Scott Mission: ° Governor To protect, promote & improve the health of all people in Florida through integrated state, county & community efforts. HOW= Celeste Philip, MD, MPH HEALTHSurgeon General and Secretary Vision: To be the Healthiest State in the Nation August 11, 2017 Certified Number: 7016 0600 0000 6291 5117 OFFICE Kelly Whittemore Swim Life, Inc. PERMIT 251 Gordon Street Sanford, Florida 32771 RE: Swimming Pool/Bathing Place Variance Request, Application #2863 (revised) Swim Life, Inc. Pool, 251 Gordon Street, Sanford, Florida 32771 Dear Ms. Whittemore: The Advisory Review Board for Swimming Pools and Bathing Places reviewed your application for variance on March 8, 2017. When a variance is requested, the Advisory Review Board considers whether the hardship was caused intentionally, whether a reasonable alternative exists, and whether the health and safety of pool patrons are at risk. The applicant is proposing to use a residential above ground swimming pool in a warehouse space to teach an infant drowning prevention self -rescue course to children. The Board recommended denial of your variance application requests for the following sections of the Florida Building Code: 1. 454.1.2.1: Pools shall be constructed of concrete or other impervious and structurally rigid material, have a smooth and slip resistance finish, be white of light pastel in color, and shall have the characteristics of reflecting rather than absorbing light. 2. 454.1.6.5.3.2.5: A minimum 6- inch (152 mm) water line tile shall be provided on all pools with automatic skimmer systems, each a minimum size of 1 inch (25 mm) on all sides. 3. 454.1.2.2.3.1: The floor slope shall be a maximum 1 unit vertical in 10 units horizontal and a minimum of 1 unit vertical in 60 units horizontal in areas 5 feet (1524 mm) deep or less. 4. 454.1.2.2.2: All pool walls shall have a clearance of 15 feet perpendicular to the wall, where interior steps protrude into the pool resulting in less than 15 feet (4572 mm) of clearance from any wall, such protrusion shall not exceed 6 feet (1828 mm) on any perpendicular line from a tangent to any pool wall from which the steps emanate. The corner intersections of walls which protrude or angle into the pool water area shall be rounded with a minimum radius of 2 inches 51 mm). 5. 454.1.2.5: Access shall consist of ladders, stairs, recessed treads or swimouts and may be used in combination. 6. 454.1.2.3: Depth marking requirements. 7. 454.1.2.3.5: Pool Rule sign shall state "Shower Before Entering." Florida Department of Health Division of Disease Control & Health Protection IN Accredited Health Department 4052 Bald Cypress Way, Bin A-08 • Tallahassee, Fl- 32399-1710 Public Health Accreditation Board PHONE: 8501245-4250 • FAX: 850/487-0864 FloridaHealth.gov Swim Life, Inc. (Variance 2863 (revised)) Page Two August 11, 2017 8. 454.1.3.1.3: Four feet of unobstructed wet deck is required around the pool. 9. 454.1.6.1: Sanitary Facilities Requirements 10.454.1.3.1.9: All public pools shall be surrounded by a minimum 48-inch-high fence. A latched, lockable gate shall be placed in the fence within ten feet of the closest point between the pool and the equipment area for service access. 11.454.1.4.2.2 and .3: Indoor and underwater lighting requirements. 12.454.1.6.5.1: Recirculation and treatment equipment such as recessed automatic surface skimmers, must be certified using the NSF/ANSI Standard 50-2012. 13.454.1.6.5.3: The design pattern of recirculation flow shall achieve 60 percent through the skimmer system. 14.454.1.6.5.3.2.3: Recessed automatic surface skimmers shall be installed with an equalizer valve and an equalizer line when the skimmer piping system is connected directly to pump suction. 15.454.1.6.5.9.1: Pools 30 feet in width or less, with wall inlets only shall have enough inlets such that the inlet spacing does not exceed 20 feet based on the pool water perimeter. 16. 454.1.6.5. 10: Main Drain Outlets — All pools shall be provided with an outlet at the deepest point. 17.454.1.6.5.11: An automatic and manual water makeup control shall be provided. 18.454.1.6.5.12: Vacuum fittings shall be mounted no more than 15 inches (381 mm) below the water level. I do not concur with the board's recommendation and hereby approve the above variance request with the following provisos: No wood based products shall be used as part of the pool wet decking or counters within 4 feet of the water's edge. Pool filters must be certified using the NSF/ANSI Standard 50-2012 per 64E-9.008(10)(a), FAC. The use of cyanuric acid stabilized chlorine is not permitted. Ladders and stairs shall be gated, latchable, and lockable from the floor level entry. The portion of the stairs that enters the pool shall be designed to prevent access and entrapment under the steps. The pool operator must test disinfectant levels throughout the swim day at a minimum of three times a day. The disinfection levels in parts per million is 2-5 for chlorine or 3-6 for bromine. The applicant shall install a second pool wall return inlet plumbed appropriately for code flow requirements directly across from the skimmer. A safety plan shall be submitted to the DOH -Seminole County that: ensures and commits to one student per instructor with a maximum of four people in the pool at the same time, a fecal accident response protocol in accordance with the CDC's guidelines, and an emergency response protocol ensuring that one adult is present at all times. The pool bather load shall be one (1) person per ten (10) gallons per minute of the approved recirculation flow. Any modification in the approved recirculation flow to alter bathing load shall be approved by the Department prior to the modification. A poolside or restroom shower and diaper changing station shall be available. Swim Life, Inc. (Variance 2863 (revised)) Page Three August 11, 2017 Indoor overhead lighting shall be a minimum of 10 foot candles at the water's surface. If the underwater lights are used, they must be code compliant. Water treatment and recirculation equipment area or room shall meet the standards in section 454.1.5.1 to 454.1.5.1.9 of the Florida Building code. The pool's interior color shall be white or pastel and must reflect light rather than absorb it must meet a luminance reflectance value of 50% or greater). The applicant shall submit the Application for a Swimming Pool Operating Permit (Form DH 4159) and the engineering plans to the Department prior to construction. This variance, as approved, applies only to those sections of the Florida Building Code for which the variance was requested. This variance in no way exempts compliance with other state and local regulations. Should you disagree with this decision, a notice of rights is enclosed for your use. If you have any questions concerning this matter, please call August Ursin at (850) 901-6517. Sincerely, i Kendra F. Goff, PhD, DABT C S late Toxicologist & Chief KFG/aau Enclosure cc: Nancy Smith, DOH -Seminole County Terry Lambert MSE P.E. Mission:, . ; Rick Scott To protect, promote 8 improve the health — Governor of aQ people in Florida through integrated state, county S community efforts. Celeste Philip, MD, MPH HEALTH1TH Surgeon General and Secretary Vision: To be the 11callhiest State io the Nation PERMIT # OFFICE Date: 10113 /201 7 Applicant Name: Swim Life Inc, Kelly Whittemore, Pres Applicant Address: 251 Gordon St. Sanford, FL 32771 Facility Name: Swim Life Training Pool Pool ® Spa Facility Address: 251 Gordon St. Sanford, FL 32771 IWF Other Public Pool Permit Application received on: % o/ 3 1 2 d l 7 RE: Public Pool Plans Compliance with Critical Health and Safety Criteria. To Whom It May Concern: Review of the submitted operation'permit application revealed: Compliance , Non -Compliances With the following items included in the Critical Health and Safety Criteria (See attached): Please see attached checklist; all items marked N and highlighted roust be addressed'or corrected to pass fnal co:nsfruction inspection. Please provide us with any changes to the application be plans submitted and approved by the Building Department and/or the -Florida Department of Health. After construction is completed and prior to opening, DOH -Orlando. Regional Office must conduct an initial inspection. Prior to issuing your operating permit, the local county Health Department will require: 1. A set of plans and specifications as approved for construction by the local building authority as well as a copy of Dli 4159 for each body of water. 2. A copy of the final inspection from the local building authority as defined in Section 553.71, Florida Statutes. 3. The annual operating permit fee. Any Critical Health and Safety Code inconsistencies found at the time of final inspection will prevent issuance of operating pclmit by the Florida Department of Health. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Please contact me at 407-317- 7172, or Miranda. Oliver(a flhealth.gov with any questions you may have. Sincerely, Uti N - g Mark Pabst Environmental Consultant Bureau of Environmental Health Orlando Office Revision 0810212016 ewwYloridasticalffixom Florida Depnrtment of Ilcalth TWl*l-l'ER:HcalthyFLA Division or Disease Control & Ilcalth Protection • Bureau or Environmental FACEBOOK:I-LDepartnientot}lcaldr f lealtlr YOUTU B E: Ildoh 400 W. Robinson St.. Suite S-S27.171.32801-1782 PIION'E: 407-317.7172 • FAX 407.317-7328 PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST - PU13LIC SWIMMING annl _nnu r aner vn.a 1.... n.. S. . Date: 10/3/17 County: Seminole Permit# Project: Swim Life Training Pool Reviewed b (2_1i;;_ Engineer: —\ L g frz--'v I Original ® Revision Modification Items needing correction or clarification are marked by an "N" beside the appropriate section number of the Florida Administrative Code citation (Current 64E-9, FAC, or current FBC 454.1). We have left the 64E-9 requirements in this checklist because they are critical for public health and therefore the pool will be checked for these items by the County Health Department at the first operating permitinspectionaftertheBuildingOfficial's approval of the construction. Compliance: Florida Building Code or Florida Administrative Code Section: Details: rraciatans 1 OISK Y N N/A 514.031(1)(a) Plans review fees received as required by Florida Statute 514.031(1)(a) Y N/A 514.031(1)(a) An application for approval of swimming pool plans received. N/A 514.031(1)(a) A set of signed and sealed engineering plans received (proper size). YOIXN/A 454.1.2.1 Pool constructed of impervious structurally ri id a smooth, noon -toxic, slip -resistantm`ateria1l,'w/itthh finish. V - 27c SG k*-D / V V MN13CE, (.c X-A.47TED Y N N/A 454.1.2.1(a) Floors and walls shall be white or pastel in color and shall have the characteristics of reflecting rather than absorbing light. V Prov%-5O V- IS , ft MR-6 cJ (-, Y ON/A 454.1.2.3.2 Pool shell free of designs which interfere with detection of human(s) in distress, algae, sediment, or other objects in pool. YONtli LIN/AO 454.1.6.5.3.2.5 A min. 4" the line (6" for skimmer pools) is at the water line, max. 12" If dark tile. Gutter pools may use 2' the line along pool wall edge of gutter li tiles are min. Von all sides). Tiles must be 454.1.2.1(a) glazed, smooth and easily cleanable. (%b p YONON/AEr 454.1.2.1(b) If 1" tiles are used in pool, adhesive is certified for underwater use. YONONIAFV 454.1.2.3.3 &.4 Lap lanes and targets on non -competition pools to meet code (2-6" wide markings). YONON/A 454.1.1.1 The filtration system is sized for at least 1 gpm per living unit for transient or 3/4 gpm per living unit for non -transient (for multiple pools: cumulative total GPM, excluding spas, wading pools and interactive water features). Y N/AO 454.1.1.1 Conventional pool filtration system turnover period is not less than 3 hours unless otherwise required (for sizing purposes only). a -Sy L-)OD 4 5 1-4Q6 - Y N/A 454.1.2.2.2 All pool walls (except steps and spa coves) have minimum 15' clearance perpendicular to a tangent to the wall (interior step protrusion does not exceed 6'). YONON/AEr 454.1.2.2.2 Corners shall be a minimum 90-degree angle. YON N/A 454.1.2.2.2 Protruding corners to have at least 2" radius continued through top of gutter edge. Coping does not overhang into the pool more than 1-1/2". Y N/AO 454.1.2.2.4 Pool water depth is at least 3' in shallow area. r Y ON/A 454.1.2.2.4 Pool water depth is at least 4' in deep area. YON;KN/A 454.1.2.2.2 The upper part of pool walls (areas of 5' or less depth) are within 5" of vertical for a minimum depth of 2'Y2' and the radius joining this upper section to the floor does not exceed 2y2' to the pool depth minus 2Y2' . YO /AO 454.1.2.3.1(2) Minimum 4" permanent contrasting depth markings, followed by the full or abbreviated words FEET" or "INCHES", properly located on both sides of the pool at shall o end slope break, deep jend3II, andeep point. Horizontal surfacesare slip resistant. ( ,1) j 0 0CA Y NKN/ AD 454.1.2.3.1(2) Depth markers shall indicate actual depth within 3 inches. t `O rx,-O,UD PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST — PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL —DOH / BOAF version October 3 2017 Project: Swim Life Training Pool YONON/Ag 454.1.2.3.1(2) Symmetrical pool designs with deep point at center have dual markings indicating depth at wall and at the deep point, followed by FEET or INCHES. YONPQN/A 454.1.2.3.1(3) Maximum perimeter distance between depth markings is 25'. W . YONR.NIAO 454.1.2.3.1(3) Depth markings are visible from inside the pool and from the deck. t YONONIAV 454.1.2.3.1(4) When curb is provided, depth markings are located on inside and outside riser (top of curb may be substituted for outside riser location). YOVN/A 454.1.2.3.1(4) When no curb is provided, depth markings are located at or above water level on inside vertical wall and on the deck (within 2' of water edge). YONON/A 454.1.2.3.1(4) When open type gutters are used, depth markers are located on the back of the gutter wall. 2) oe YONON/AEr 454.1.2.3.1(5) When deck level perimeter overflow systems are used, additional depth markers are on adjacent fencing or walls, large enough to be recognizable from inside the pool. Depth markers on deck are within Y of water. Or, depth markers may be at top of pool wall just under water level. YON;SN/A 454.1.2.3.1(6) In areas not part of an approved diving bowl, the "NO DIVING" markings are on the curb top or deck within 2' of water edge on each side of pool with a maximum distance between markings of 25'. N 0 11 N 0 0 I V% 0 Lc," AIR k-S 6,J CA,.Ss YON tN/A 454.1.2.3.1(6) The "NO DIVING" markings are at least 4" high and contrasting; dr a 6" the with min. 4" red international "No Diving" symbol. Y NCgN/A 454.1.2.3.1(7) All markings installed on horizontal surfaces have a slip -resistant finish. YON)$N/AO 454.1.2.3.1(7) All markings are tile (unless pool is fiberglass, Lhermoplastic or stainless steel). Y NONIA 454.1.2.2.3.2 Slope break (where applicable) has 5' depth or greater. Y NON/A 454.1.2.2.3.2 Slope break (if applicable) has 2-6" wide dark contrasting tile marking across bottom and up sides at the transition point. YONONIAY 454.1.2.2.3.2 Slope break (if applicable) has safety line mounted with recessed cup anchors 2' before contrasting marking, toward shallow end. YONONIAV 454.1.2.2.3.2 Safety line (if applicable) has visible floats at maximum 7' intervals. YONON/A 424.1.2.2.3 Pool does not have double level floor. YON N/A 454.1.2.2.3.1 The pool floor slope in areas of 5' depth or less does not exceed V in 10'. YONON/AV 454.1.2.2.3.1 The pool floor slope in areas of greater than 5' depth does not exceed V in 3'. YONONIA2r 454.1.2.2.3.2 The transition from a pool floor slope of 1' in 10' to a greater floor slope has a slope break and safety line. YOI N/A 454.1.2.2.3.1 The pool floor slope is at least 1' in 60' YON N/A 454.1.2.2.1 Diving areas meet minimum requirements of the FINA Handbook 2005-2009. YONRfN/A 454.1.2.5 Adequate number of steps, swimouts, recessed treads and/or ladders provided (Every 75' of pool perimeter, minimum of 2) including both ends (pl s deep point, if not at one end). If deep end F,f'S/ LABfaccess. : O z— 30' wide, both sides have means `` O tJ to SNrko- J ON 40 Uck4,3 YONONIAO 454.1.2.5.3 Pool steps have not less than 24" tread length(s), 10" tread width(s) nor more than 10" tread riser(s). Max. tread width is 48". 6 LjJ) A,3 YON,%VIAO 454.1.2.5.3 Intermediate step treads and risers are uniform in width and height (within'/2"). 1 PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST — PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL —DOH / BOAF version October 3. 2017 YONQ14/A 454.1.2.5.3 Dark, contrasting, slip resistant tiles are provided for intersection of tread and riser for entire length of each step (3/4" -2" on tread, 2" on riser, or slip resistant bullnose). LA em jr, Eja wj o j,3 (-A t'T < YON I/A 454.1.2.5.3 Step and bench seat edge markings on vinyl liner and fiberglass pools are permanent, permanently secured, dark, non -fading and sip resistant. NO qDE-V'P- t 1. a'co,-,J YONEINAK 454.1.2.5.3 Where the gutter is used as the top step, the tile on the gutter for the width of the steps shall be slip resistant. S f,FcSL P oV L Y N N/A 454.1.2.5.4 Swimouts extend 18" to 24" back from the pool wall and are 4' to 5' wide. YONON/Alr 454.1.2.5.4 Unless stairs are provided, the swimout is a maximum of 12" below the deck Y NON/A 454.1.2.5.4 Swimout is located in an area of the pool with a depth exceeding 5'. YONON/A 454.1.2.5.4 If pool is on skimmers, a wall inlet is provided within the swimout. Y NON/A 454.1.2.5.4 A dark, contrasting colored, slip resistant tile band is located along the intersection of the pool wall and the swimout, extending 2" on horizontal and vertical surfaces. Bullnose the may be used with %" on horizontal surface. Y NJEI/A 454.1.2.5.5 Handrail(s) for the stairs are correct length to mount in deck and bottom step (figure four mounted in deck ano extended over ottom step). N ST 5 rttLS At,G UrJ Q.S Y IUi 2W/A 454.1.2.5.5 Handrails shall exlend between 28" and 40" above the bottom step and the deck. YON N/A 454.1.2.5.6 If provided, lifts to accommodate handicapped persons have a four -foot -wide deck behind the lift mount Y N/A 454.1.2.5.1 Ladders) are cross -braced, corrosion resistant, are the correct length to mount in pool deck, extend 28" to 40" above deck, and extend over into pool. YOIkN/AO 454.1.2.5.1 Ladder treads are slip -resistant and the clearance between the ladder and -pool wall is 3 to 6". Ladder bottom braces have end caps. Top rung is at or below water level on open gutter pools and max. 12" below deck/curb top on all others. Y NON/A 454.1.2.5.2 Step treads installed into pool wall shall be flush with pool wall and have minimum 5" tread width, minimum 10" length, & a maximum vertical distance of 12" between steps. Y NON/A 454.1.2.5.5 Step treads installed into pool wall have a grabrail at each side of the steps and each grabrail is mounted in the deck and extends 28" to 40" above the deck. Y NON/A 454.1.2.6(2) Underwater bench seats are 14" to 18' wide and have a 2" wide dark contrasting slip resistant tile marking along the horizontal and vertical surface. Slip resistant bullnose tile may be usedwith % on horizontal surface. Y NON/A 454.1.2.6(2) Underwater bench seats are in areas less than five feet deep. YON N/A 454.1.2.6(2) Benches do not protrude into the 15' clearance requirement. Y0q;9N/A0 454.1.3.1.2 & 3 Pool deck has unobstructed area with minimum 4' width around perimeter of pool, handrail & ladder anchors, diving boards/towers, and slides. Pits and crevices more than 3/16" deep not allowed v C- PCA:kN Nc>T S7.5C',2_4_)0E0 prJ YOIaN/AO 454.1.3.1.1 Pool deck constructed of impervious material with slip -resistant finish. YONDNIW 454.1.3.1.2 Pool deck is not below maximum 10" from the curb top when curb is provided. YO N/AO 454.1.3.1.2 Indoor and outdoor pool deck has a minimum 2% and maximum 4%uniform slope away from pool or to deck drains. Exception plunge pool deck slopes toward pool. Y NON/A 454.1.3.1.4 Traffic barriers provided to prevent obstruction of deck by vehicles (where applicable). PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST — PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL —DOH / BOAF version October 3, 2017 Project: Swim Life Training Pool Y N /A 454.1.3.1.5 Hose bibb with vacuum breaker is provided to wash deck with potable water. on- Y N NIA 454.1.3.1.5 Walkways between the pool and sanitary facilities are constructed of concrete or other non - absorbent materials for the first 15' of walkway and have a slip -resistant finish. Y N N/ a 454.1.2.6 Pool water area has no obstru lion. L TFoZ' N D TtaTCPSL orzri l.s YONDN/AV 454.1.2.6 Structures located inside pool perimeter are additional part of the recirculation system and are 7 not located less than 15' from any pool wall and are not located within the diving bowl area. Y N N/A 454.1.9.3.6 Play features with overhead clearance of less than 4' are blocked to preclude children becoming entrapped. Y N N/A 454.1.3.1.8 The vertical clearance above the pool deck is at least 7'. Y fMN/A 64E-9.008(13) A lifeguard and/or safety plan shall be submitted to the department with the application for the initial operation permit of water slide plunge pools and water activity pools when climbable structures are installed. V-r o a2 a CAL - ') oT e dZ o v to 5E5:> rJ Y N N/A 454.1.3.1.6 Obstructions of the perimeter of the pool do not exceed 10% of total pool perimeter or 10 feet whichever is less, and are protected by a barrier or designed to discourage patron access. The min mum distance between multi a obstructions is 4 feet. PCK)L D b"L L Lea S. M N 20 YONONIACEr 454.1.3.1.6 Obstructions of the perimeter of the pool have a wet deck area behind or through the obstruction and within 15'of the water edge. Approved slides have the near edge of walk within 35' of water. Y N NIA 454.1.3.2 Bridge or obstruction over pool is at least 4' (5' for river rides). Y N N/A 454.1.3.2 Minimum 42" high handrails are provided along each side of the bridge Y NON/A 454.1.3.2 Bridge or walkway footing surface is constructed of concrete or other non -absorbent material having a smooth slip -resistant finish. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.3.1 Pool has perimeter overflow gutter or recessed automatic surface skimmers (where allowed). Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.3.1 Overflow gutter lip is level (max. I/V between high & low) and bottom of gutter is level or slopes to gutter drains. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.3.1 The gutter drain spacing does not exceed 10' for 2" drains or 15' for 21/2" drains. YONON/AgEr 454.1.6.5.3.1 Gutters may be eliminated for no more than 15' of pool perimeter (or max.10% of perimeter). In such areas, handholds shall be installed within 9 inches of water surface. YONON/Ae 454.1.6.5.3.1.3 Gutter lip has min. 2" of tile on pool wall (except if stainless steel). (tiles are min. 1' on all sides) YONON/AW 424.1.6.5.3.1.1 Recessed gutter is at least 4" deep and 4" wide with no part of the gutter visible from a point directly above. Y N N/A 424.1.6.5.3.1.1 Open type gutter is at least 6" deep and 12" wide with a 2" (' Y++") slope from the lip to the gutter drain level (may be 1" (or at steps if gutter used as tread) and back wall is smooth glazed tile. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.3.1.1 01 The gutter drains shall be located at the deepest part of the gutter. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.3; Gutter drain system is capable of handling 100% of the recirculation flow and shall discharge into 454.1.6.5.3.1.2 the collector tank. ` J 2 S k, -1M4n Y ,N/A 454.1.6.5.3.2 Skimmer pooTKater surface area does not exceed 1000 ft.Z (excluding offset stairs & swimout) and does not exceed maximum width of 20' (when measured perpendicular to a tangent to the wall). tjoo L- 3 3 ` Lv l O Y NENIA 454.1.6.5.1 Skimmers have NSF approval. NSRrV-)Qj l k1 erk-2ov PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST — PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL —DOH / BOAF version October 3, 2017 Project: Swim Life Training Pool Y N/A 454.1.6.5.3.2.1 Skimmer system designed to carry 60% of pool total design flow rate with each skimmer carrying at letast 30 pm. 11 Y /AO 454.1.6.5.3.2.1 Number of skimmers is based upon 1 for every 400 ft.2 or fraction thereof of pool water surface area. le S F .' 1{ 07 '= Z , l 3 S p rAr-xrms ? Lrz Cc1oc Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.3.2.2 Skimmers are located to take advantage of prevailing wind direction and to minimize interference from adjacent inlets or skimmers. _ ,J D 00 2. Y ON/A 454.1.6.5.3.2.2 Skimmers do not protrude into pool area. Y ONON/A 454.1.6.5.3.2.2 Pools with skimmers have handhold in deck or curb construction which is not more than gbove midpoint of skimmer. 7 YON N/A 454.1.6.5.3.2.3 Skimmer installation may be installed with spring loaded vertical check equalizer valve and 2' min. diameter equalizer line, installed at least 12 "below normal water level protected by an APSP Standard 16-2011 compliant grate, when skimmer system is connected to pump suction. No float valves allowed. Y NON/A 454.1.6.5.3.2.4 A wall inlet fitting is directly across from each skimmer. YO 1N/A 64E-9.004(1) Pool makeup water supply is from an approved potable water system or meets those requirements wip bacteriological/chemical reports to county health department. JAL z_C e;., 2.OU 0 GD YOt IgN/A 454.1.6.1.4; Hose bibbs have vacuum breakers. 454.1.3.1.5 NOT mow iZ) 0(;L L\ S'TEO Os.Z) gi.AJJs Y N N/A 64E-9.004(5) The pool recirculation system must be operated at all times when the pool is open for use. The IJSv rt recirculation system may be shut off three hours after the pool closes'but must resume operation three hours before opening the pool. Shut down time must be controlled by a time clock. When a variable speed pump is used, the recirculation system s a be operated such that it achieves the equivalent of 6 hours of treatment at 100% design flowrate during the daily closed period, or at least one complete water volume turnover, whichever is greater. Exception: vacuum DE systems are excluded from this allowance. "'If multiple recirculation pumps are used the required flowrate, filtration, & chemical treatment must be maintained or the entire system shall not operate. Example: System must not be able to operate without one pump if the additional pumps are not able to maintain the proper flowrate, filtration, and chemical treatment (some type of audible alarming system audible may be employed to ensure requirement is met). Y NON/AO 454.1.6.5.2 The recirculation/filtration equipment is designed to provide at least 4 turnovers of the pool volume per ,d.ad',H`e alth r fitness centers sh II provide 8 tumovers per da nless ool is 1000 ft2 or larger.aS ccva Zc=otil taU YON N/A 454.1.6.5.3 The design pattern of recirculation flow of pool with overflow gutters is 100% through main drai piping and 100% through gutter system piping. YO RKN/AO 454.1.6.5.3 nf The design pattern of recirculation flow for pool with skimmers is 100% through rRairrdrain and 60% through skimmer system piping. (unless the number of skimmers vs design flow dictates a higher percentage) nOUC— YOhM9NAO 454.1.6.5.10.5 A collector tank with an effective capacity of at least 1 minute of the design flow is provided. t > c'T T' u a S CAS to T IJ YOrb%N/A 454.1 Definitions Collector tank is a reservoir, with a minimum of 2.25-square feet water (0.2 m2) surface area open to the atmosphere, from which the recirculation or feature pump takes suction, which receives the gravity flow from the main drain line and surface overflow system or feature water source line, and that is cleanable. N Ot'_;_ YO NCF I[AO 454.1.6.5.11 An automatic water makeup control and a manual pool fill spout are provided to discharge into the collector tank with an air gap. N 0,.-31L Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.4 The recirculation pump is sized 9J, the proper T.D.H. according to the type of filter system. YON N/AO 454.1.6.5.4 The recirculation pump (when mounted above the water level of the pool) is specified as self- priming. r Sv err cv UK- 4'1 -r rJ PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST - PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL -DOH / BOAF version October 3, 2017 Project: Swim Life Training Pool Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.17 Waterfalls or features: Return piping is capable of handling additional feature flow when feature turned off. Feature requiring more than 20% of flow rate has additional pump that drafts from a suitable collector tank. Feature water is not counted toward designed turnover rate. Water from the features returns to the pool. YONONMET 454.1.6.5.17 Spray features mounted in deck are flush with pool deck. Y N/A 454.1.6.5.9.6 The number of inlets handle the reci cu ation flow with a maximu flow of 20 gpm per inlet. 00ZV-1-\C 2() O = (0 tv -71 t rJ L. z YON%N/AO 454.1.6.5.9 Wall return inlets are directionally adjustable and do not protrude into the pool. Wall inlets are a min. of 12" below nor gj_WateLlev_el unless otherwise justified. 710o LL 2, YONON/ ALvj 454.1.6.5.9.1 Pools 30' or less wide, with wall inlets only, have maximum spacing of 20' between inlets based on pool perimeter. I Ow 20.15 z Re - Y NON/ A 454.1.6.5.9.2 Pools 30' or less wide, with floor inlets only, have inlets located such that they are not over 20' apart nor over 10' from adjacent walls. Y NON/ A 454.1.6.5.9.3 Pools 30' or less wide with combination floor and wall inlets meet requirements of either 424.1. 6.5.9.1 or .2. Y N/ AO 454.1.6.5.9.4 Pools greater that 30' wide have floor inlets only or a combination of floor and wall inlets. 33' - t. J ALk 5 0 `) L_ YONON/A 454.1.6.5.9.4 Pools greater than 30' wide, with floor inlets only, have inlets local d such that they are not over 20' apart or 10' from adjacent walls. YON N/ A 454.1.6.5.9.5 Pools greater than 30' wide with combination floor and wall inlets have wall inlets not over 20' apart (based on pool perimeter) and floor inlets are provided for the water area beyond 15' perpendicular distance from all walls. (Floor inlets are located not over 20' apart and 25' from adjacent walls.) YONONIA9 454. 1.6.5.9 Floor return inlets have a means of flow adjustment. YONON/A 454.1.6.5.9 Floor inlets do not protrude above pool floor and do not have sharp edges or protrusions. For vinyl liner & fiberglass pools, floor inlets are not more than 3/8" above floor. YO N/ AO 454.1.6.5.10 The main drain grate(s) are located at the dee est point in the pool. S M( A 1,3 I)fLpo'3 "_) ejo L. YON N/ A 454.1.6.5.10.1 The depth at the deepest point/main drain grate does not deviate more than 3" from side wall. YOtqANIAY 454. 1.6.5.10.2 Outlets are covered by a secure g to which requires the use of a tool to remove. N .J 2k' Y NON/ A 454.1.6.5.10.2 The open area of the main drain grate(s) is such that the flow velocity at the grate(s) does not exceed 1'/ 7' per second at the design flow rate of the recirculation pump. YONYN/A. r& 454.1.6.5.10.3 Pool over 30' wide in deep end has multiple main drain grates, equally spaced from the pool side walls and each other. 33' YON NIA 454.1.6.5.10.4 Hydrostatic relief devices have been provided if high ground water exists at site. YIKNDNIAC3 454. 1.6.5.4 If the recirculation pump takes suction prior to filtration, the pump is specified with hair and lint strainer. Y N NIA 454.1.6.5.12 A portable or plrntbed-[aLuumiag system is provided which allows vacuuming the pool with a hose not more than 50' in length. '4 V ,' r-\ s F t Y ON/ AO 454.1.6.5.12 Vacuu leaning system pum .s provided with hair and lint strainer. ooL- o = V Y NON/ A 454.1.6.5.12 A vacuum fitting with spring -loaded safety cover, is flush mounted no more than 15" below water level. (12" acceptable in FBC, 15" max. per 64E-9.007(12). V S , '-) to S 1C" r'nr'\k:5 Y NON/ A 454.1.6.5.12 Bag type cleaners that operate as ejectors on potable water supply pressure are protected by a vacuum breaker. PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST — PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL —DOH / BOAF version October 3, 2017 Project: Swim Life Training Pool YO N/AO 454.1.6.5.13 A flowmeter capable of reading at least 1 Y2 times the design flow rate is properly located with proper clearances upstream and downstream. (Located in the pump discharge line for sand filter systems and in the pool return line for other filter systems.) kTL 5A w aJ JP Q P, ,J YOIXN/AO 454.1.6.5.14 If heater is provided, a fixed thermometer is mounted in the pool recirculation Ine downstream of the heater outlet line connection. O rZ7_ v O J .r Y N/AO 454.1.6.5.14 Sufficient valves and piping are provided to allow isolation or removal of the pool healer. Y N N/AO 454.1.6.5.14 Heater bypass valve is designed for proportioning flow (gate valve is unacceptable). YONON/A6 454.1.6.5.14 Material used in solar and other heaters are non -toxic and acceptable for potable water use. Y N/A 454.1.6.5.6 Plas 'c pipe has NSF-pw seal of approval and is completely specified. A-- Q0-_ kik V'kT *"i, Y NONlA 454.1.6.5.6 Plastic pipe exposed to sunlight is coated for UV protection. S.3 Ooo rz. Poac— YONON/AO 454.1.6.5.7 Return n e, main drabs line,and surface overflow system lines each have proportioning valves. Y N/AOO 454.1.6.5.8 All pressure piping is sized such that the flow velocity does not exceed 10' per second at the design flow rate. (Exception f r precoat lines when higher velocity is needed for agitation purposes.) Vt _ 2Zo IZO Y ON/AO 454.1.6.5.8 All suction piping is sized such that the flow velocity does not exceed 6' per second at the design flow rate. (Exception is vacuum filter header assembly where velocity may be up to 10' per second.) YOIAN/A 454.1.6.5.8 Main drain systems and surface overflow systems which discharge to collector tanks are sized such that the flow velocity does not exceed 3' per second at the design pattern of recirculation flow. N 0 Y kLV4,N/AO 454.1.6.5.15 Each waste line has a unique air gap and is not connected to other lines. Method of water 8, DE powder disposal is acceptable. goo(_f.v SXEL N+_ YONONJ 454.1.6.5.5.1 Sand filters: The filter is sized such that the filtration rate does not exceed 3 gpm/ftz for rapid sand filter or 15 gpm/ft2 for high rate sand filters (or 20 if so rated by NSF). YONON/A 9 454.1.6.5.1 Sand filters meet the requirements of NSF/ANSI Standard 50— 2012. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.8 Sand filters: The recirculation pump(s) and piping is designed to be capable of backwashing. YONON/AM 454.1.6.5.4 Sand fillers: The recirculation pump provides a min. T.D.H. of 60' for filtration unless hydraulically justified by the design engineer. YONON/A 454.1.6.5.5.2.1 Sand filters: Pressure filters have influent and effluent pressure gauges with minimum 2" face diameter(s) and scale(s) of 0-60 psi and a sight glass in the backwash line. Y NON/A 454.1.6.5.5.2.1 Sand filters: The pressure filter tanks have air relief valves. YONON/A 454.1.6.5.5.2.2 Sand filters: Vacuum filter has 2", or larger, diameter vacuum gauge in suction line with 0-30" mercury) scale. YONON/ACD 454.1.6.5.8 Sand fillers: Piping system permits filtering to pool, vacuuming to filter, vacuuming to waste, backwashing individual filters, complete drainage of the system, and space to allow maintenance. YONON/Adi 454.1.6.5.5.1 D.E. Type filters: The filter is sized such that the filtration rate does not exceed 2 gpm/fl2. YONON/A i 454.1.6.5.15 If diatomaceous earth type filters are used, separation devices are provided and properly sized for the waste water system. Y NON/AM 454.1.6.5.1 D.E. type filters: Components and materials have been tested and approved using NSF/ANSI V Standard 50-2012. PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST - PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL -DOH I BOAF version October 3, 2017 Prdect: Swim Life Training Pool A Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.5.2.3 D.E. type filters: Pressure filter(s) have precoat pot or collector tank for precoating purposes YONON/Al 1 454.1.6.5.8 D.E. type filters: Pressure filter(s) have piping to backwash to waste by reverse flow procedure and filter can be completely drained. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.5.3 D.E. type filters: The filter area is determined on the basis of effective filtering surfaces with no allowance given for areas of impaired filtration. YONONMI 454.1.6.5.5.3 D.E. type filters: Filter septa have a minimum 1" clear spacing between elements (up to 4 ft2 effective area per septum) and the minimum spacing between elements is 1/8" larger for each additional square foot or fraction thereof of septum area over 4 ft2. YONON/All 454.1.6.5.4 D.E. type filters: The recirculation pump provides 60' T.D.H. for pressure systems and 50' T.D.H. for vacuum systems. YONONIAI 1 454.1.6.5.5.2.1 D.E. type filters: Pressure filter(s) are equipped with air relief valves, influent/effluent pressure gauges (2" minimum face diameter), and a sight glass in the waste line. YONON/AM 454.1.6.5.5.3 D.E. type filters: Vacuum filter has vacuum gauge with minimum face diameter of 2", reading 0- 30" of mercury located on suction line. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.5.3 D.E. type filters: Vacuum filter tank has coved Intersections between the wall and the floor and the tank floor slopes to the filter tank drain. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.8 D.E. type filters: The system allows filtering to pool, precoat recirculation to filter, vacuuming to waste, vacuuming to filter, backwashing (pressure filter) to waste, and complete drainage of filter tank. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.5.1 Cartridge filters: The filter complies with the maximum filtration rate of 0.375 gpm/ft2 for pleated type cartridges. Y VN/A 454.1.6.5.1 rtridge filters: The filter model has met the requirements of NSF/ANSI Standard 50-2012. 1r •L-VVL O -,c- N ep EprL 6 s Y N/A 454.1.6.5.4 Cartridge filters: The recirculation pump is selected to give 60' T.D.H. yrr .. 04 P1 Y /A 454.1.6.5.5.2.1 Carte dLsq: Pressure ty a filter(s) are self-purginW have air relief valves and have diam 0-60ueUeffluentpres-" sggauge wi mi imum ce ers and reading psi. yJ N 0 Su— C. YONON/AEr 454.1.6.5.5.2.2 Cartridge filters: Vacuum filter has vacuum gauge with 2" minimum face diameter (0-30" mercury reading) located on the suction line. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.8 Cartridge filters: Filter system is capable of filtering to pool, vacuuming to waste, vacuuming to filler, a complete drainage of filter tank with space for maintenance. T300. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.5.3 CartridgeTillers: The filter cartridges are permanently marked with the manufacturer's name, pore size, and filr area on one end cap. Y NON/AO 454.1.6.5.16; Hypohaloge nation: The feeder has adjustable feed rate from zero to full range and meets the 454.1. 6.5.16.2 r uimleAnts of jJSHAANJSI Standard 50-2012. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.16.2 Hypohaloge nation: The feeder is capable of feeding a dosage of 6 ppm to the minimum required turnover flow rate ( if solution type feeders, a 5% calcium hypochlorite or 10% sodium hypochlorite solution). Y N N/ A 454.1.6.5.16.2 Hypohalogenation: An electrical feeder, when used, has electrical interlock with the recirculation pump. A flow sensor controller may be used. Y%SN/A 454.1.6.5.16.2 Hypohalogenation: Solution crock has a volume equal to at least 50% of the maximum daily feed capacity of he chlorine solution feeder. N o C " c mac_ .fzoc s s Ab o Op— \f T fiv Y yJE N/ A 454.1.6.5.16.2 Hypohalogenation: Solution crock is marked to indicate contents. YONON/ANr 454. 1.6.5.16.2 Erosion type feeder shall have a flowmeter and flow adjustment valve. PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST - PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL -DOH / BOAF version October 3, 2017 Pro ect: Swim Life Training Pool Y ON/A 454.1.6.5.16; pH adjustment feeder: A positive displacement type feeder adjustable from zero to full range & 454.1.6.5.16.3 ryets NSSFF//AN$l Standard 50-2012 is provided. Y NON/AO 454.1.6.5.16.3 pH adjustment feeder: An electrical feeder has electrical interlock with the recirculation pump. Y /AO 454.1.6.5.16.3 pH adjustment feeder: The solution crock volume is at least 50% of the maximum daily capacity oShe feeder and i marked to indica` a the contents. O 2 PCAfA YON N/AO 64E-9.004(9) A test kit is provided and is capable of testing for free active halogens, total or combined available chlorine, total alkalinity, calcium hardness & pH. 2C-- C - L k co- a . r,, TEsT T v o PLa,,,a Y NON/AO 454.1.8.12 Automated ORP & PH controllbrg are provided (ONLY REQUIRED FOR SPA TYPE POOLS). P YONON/A 64E-9.004(9)(a) If a cyanurate type feeder is used, a cyanuric acid test kit is provided. YONON/A 64E-9.004(9)(a) If a salt solution in the pool water is necessary for a chlorine generator, a sodium chloride test kit is provided. YM NON/AO 454.1.5.1 An equipment room or enclosure is provided which is protected from unauthorized entrance and from the weather on 3 sides and overhead. Equipment designated by manufacturer for outdoor use may be located in a 4' min. fenced equipment area with self -closing, self -latching gate with locking device. YONON/A 454.1.3.1.9 A gate through the pool fence from the pool area to the equipment area is provided within 10 feet C'; .5'J q, of the equipment area is provided. cz a oT,Eo 6LY_nno S -o Y t- o-- YONON/ A 454.1.5.3 The equipment room floor is constructed of concrete or other nonabsorbent material having a smooth slip -resistant finish and uniformly sloped to prevent standing water. G, 3S Y NON/A 454.1.5.3 Ancillary equipment, such as a heater, not contained In an equipment enclosure or room shall rl, e cessitate an equipment area as described above. (FBC 454.1.5.1) VZ1JSJR- E Y NON/A 454.1.5.3; The equipment room has forced draft, or adequate cross ventilation, and positive floor drainage 454. 1.5.4 with sump pump if needed. M 6_\ P, rJ YONONIAV 454.1.5.4 Below grade equipment rooms have a stairway with forced draft ventilation or fully louvered door and powered intake within 6' of floor. Ship's ladder may be specified by design engineer. Y ON/AO 00 454. 1.5.5 The equipment room access is at least 3' x 6'. YON N/AO 454.1.5.9 The equipment room is provided with a hose bibb with vacuum breaker. Y NON/AO 454.1.5.6 The equipment room size and layout provides clearances for all equipment as prescribed by the manufacturer to alto ormal maintenance and removal. c>- g-.— v , M 81K, isC : rU_: YONON/ A 454.1.5.6 The equipment room with a fixed ceiling has a minimum height of 7'. S 11g_7YOP! / AO 454.1.5.7 The equipment room is lighted to provide a minimum 30 fc of illumination at floor level. NC —\ Y ON/AO 454.1.4.2 Lighting: Artificial lighting is provided when natural lighting is not adequate or when night swimming will be allowed. ` L , S t-ZcJD od L. "TL- YON N/A 454.1.4.2.1 Outdoor pool lig ting: If night swimming is to be allowed, lighting will provide at rtrast 3 fc of illumination at the water and wet deck level. YONON/ A 454.1.4.2.1; Outdoor pool lighting: If night swimming is to be allowed, underwater lighting will provide at least 424. 1.4.2.3 1/2 watt per square foot of pool water surface area. (Except where above water lighting is at least 15 fc of illumination.) YIXN0N/ A0 454.1.4.2.2 Indoor pool lighting: If natural illumination is inadequate, or night swimming is to be allowed, lighting shall provide at least 10 fc of illumination at the water and wet deck level. PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST - PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL -DOH / BOAF version October 3 2017 Project: Swim Life Training Pool Y NON/AO 454.1.4.2.2 Indoor pool lighting: If natural illumination is inadequate or night swimming is to be allowed, 7 1 S F C underwater lighting will provide 0.8 watt per square foot of water surface area. (Except where J bpve water level lightinq is at least 15 fc of illumination.) .J DOUn- POcy— — rJ O LAj-Js `1L v Y NON/A 454.1.4.2.3 Lighting: The underwater lighting utilizes transformers and low voltage circuits (15 volts maximum) with each underwater light grounded. (When dependent upon submersion for safe operation, lights have protection from overheating when not submerged.) YONON/A 454.1.4.2.3 Lighting: The underwater incandescent lamp size does not exceed 300 watts and is located at least 18" below normal water level. (center line of skimmer, or top lip of gutter) Y NON/A 454.1.4.2.4 Lighting: The plans do not show overhead service wiring within 10' horizontally of the pool walls qLdeck appurtenances; or clearances meet NEC standards. Y NXI N/A 454.1.4.1 The electrical equipment wiring and installation will conform to the Chapter 27, of the Florida Building Code. { Cw.Q - 2,-?tzd ^i LD N N/A 454.1.1.1 Bathing load: The bathing load is computed on the basis of 1 person per each 5 gpm of water recirculated. c r.3 /Ao GPI= vL- Y NON/A 64E-9.008(9)(a) The bathing load will be posted at the pool as required in the bathing rules. YONONMEJ 454.1.6.1 If bathing load is between 20 and 40, Separate sanitary facilities for each sex are provided, entrances are labeled for men or women, and entry doors are within 200' walking distance of the nearest water's edge for each pool. YON N/A 454.1.6.1.1 Fixtures are provided as indicated on the following chart: (suitable for deck area up to 3x pool surface). Aen's Restroom Women's Resiroom Size finals WC Lavato Size WC Lavato 0-2500 fF 1 1 1 0-2500 ft: 1 1 2501-5000 W 2 1 1 250175000 ft' 5 1 5001-7500 W 2 2 2 5001-7500 111' 6 2 7501-10,000 ft' 3 2 3 7501-10,000 ft' 8 3 O (ZO v,/\T P i L 201310 rkD O Y N N/A 454.1.6.1.1 Supplemental family -style restrooms may be used to meet requirements. w r3 bt S Y N N/A 454.1.6.1 Unisex reslrooms: may be used if bathing load is 20 or less (1), or 40 or less (2). Each has a AP water closet, a urinal, a lavatory and a diaper changing table. Y N NIA 454.1.6.1.1 Pools greater than 10,000 ft2 have one additional fixture set for each 7,500 ft' or major fraction thereof above 10,000 W, and meet 3:2 female/male ratio requirements. Lavatory counts are equal. YONONIAW 454.1.6.1.2 Sanitary facilities for outdoor pool have outside access door. If in adjacent building, doors are within 50' of the exterior door. ON/AO 454.1.6.1 Sanitary facilities are not required if all units served by the pool are within a 200' horizontal radius from the nearest pool water edge, are not over 3 stories high, unless served by elevator, and have private sanitary facilities. YON N/A 454.1.6.1.3 Sanitary facilities' floors are to be constructed of concrete or other impervious material and have Z a smooth, sli -resistant finish. V ry Fv S O to YONONIA 454.1.6.1.3'7 Sanitary facilities' floors are sloped for positive drainage to drains. Y N N/AO 454.1.6.1.37 Intersections between floors and walls are coved if either floor or wall isn't waterproof material. YONON/AO 454.1.6.1.3 "7 Sanitary facilities: There are no foot baths, carpet or duck boards on the floor. Y NON/AO 454.1.6.1.4 -7 A hose bibb with vacuum breaker is in or within 25' each restroom for ease of cleaning. 10 PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST - PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL -DOH / BOAF version October 3, 2017 Project: Swim Life Training Pool Y N N/A 454.1.6.1.2 Sanitary facilities: Where separate non -private sanitary facilities are provided and are not visible r from any portion of the pool deck, signs are posted showing directions to the facilities. Signs are legible from the pool deck, with letters at least 1" high. S ME Y INN/A 454.1.6.1.1 One diaper changing table is provided at each restroom unless all pools restricted to adult use. G U , TZf r r7_ \ .J Y N N/A 454.1.6.2 If the pool is outdoors, a nnse shower is provided on the pool deck. Y NZiNIA 454.1.3.3.1; If the pool length is 50' or less, at least 1 shepherd's hook with one-piece pole (minimum 16' 64E- long) (min. 16' long) and multiple lifesaving rings (min. 18" diameter) with sufficient ropes 9(3)(b)(cHd) attached to reach all parts of thepool from the deck, mounted along each of the longer sides of sz- G-0 thepool. 1Zf=Q ? Y N /A 64E-9(3)(d) Safety equipment shall be mounted in a conspicuous place and be readily available for use. Y N N/A 454.1.2.6 The pool water shall be unobstructed by any type of structure unless justified by engineering 7 design as part f the recirculation system. S c. L R ip D .ems 7 06T SiAoujAJ o K) Y NON/A 64E-9.008(5); If solar blanket or pool cover is specified, it is either secured around entire pool perimeter and 454. 1.3.3.3 can support a live load of an adult person, or the pool area can be made inaccessible to unauthorized persons when cover is in use. Y N5?V/A 454.1.3.1.9 Pool is surrounded by min. 48" high fence with self -closing, self -latching, lockable gates opening away from pool. Latch is 54" above bottom of gate or min. 3' below the top of the gate on the pool side. Fence does not allow passage of 4" diameter sphere. Locks, if self-locking, may be 34 - 48" above floor r ground. Z ? 0oUrt-- 0J L - t J OT v ` o YONON/ Ae 454.1.3.1.9 Access through the fence from dwelling units is via minimum 48" self -closing, self -latching, lockable gate. Doored access from public rooms need not be through gates. if the door(s) meet the same self -closing, self -latching requirements as a gate. Y N NIA 454.1.3.1.9 Other substantial barriers may be considered by the department. YONCIN/ A92r 454.1.3.1.9 Screened pool enclosures are hardened on the bottom 3 feet. Y N NIA 454.1.4.8; Provision is made for storage of chemicals in well -ventilated area. 454. 1.3.3.4 Y N N/A &Ef 454.1.3.1.9 Swimming pool slide is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specification. Y NON/A 454.1.6.5.11 Over4he rim fill spout prohibited. E-, LL. Sv¢'p- - ob vo D vt C-L s Row,.1 Y N/AO 454.1.2.3.5 The following rules will be posted at or near poolside and will be legible from pool deck: 1. No food or beverages in pool or on wet deck. 2. No glass or animals within fenced pool area (or 50' from unfenced pool) 3. Bathing Load: 1 D persons. 4. Pool Hours: —A.M. to P.M. spy 5. Shower before entering pool. 6. Do not swallow the pool water. Y N N/A 454.1.2.3.5 The lettering for the pool rules sign is at least 1" high. Y N N/A 454.1.2.3.5 Pool over 200 ft2 without an approved diving bowl configuration has "NO DIVING" included on the pool rules in lettering at least 4" high. Y N/A 454.1.3.1.7 11. 1 There is no provision for drink or food serving facilities within 12' of the water's edge. Y N N/A 64E-9.004(e) Landscape irrigation water that wets the wet deck area of the pool, the pool itself, enters the collector tank, or wets an interactive water feature must be potable water from a public water 11 PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST - PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL -DOH / BOAF version October 3, 2017 Pro'ect: Swim Life Training Pool system or shall meet the bacteriological quality of potable water as evidenced by annual laboratory analysis submitted to the department. Reclaimed water may not be used in these areas. If reclaimed water is used in the vicinity of the pool (inside of the pool fence or within 100 feet of the pool water's edge) it must employ drip irrigation or soaker hoses. Signs shall be posted notifying pool patrons that reclaimed water is in use, and is not to be consumed. ZEA^ ENTRY POOLS Y NON/A 454.1.9.6.1 Continuous floor slope. Y NON/AO 454.1.9.6.2 Grate system across entire ero entry portion. Y N N/AO 454.1.9.6.3 Deck slopes to grate for maxi um of 7 f (max. 1 in 12) Current code states 7 inches however this is a typo that should read 7 eet additionally this is not being addressed in the next code rewrite. YON N/A 454.1.9.6.4 No Entry" and "Shallow Wate sig provided for areas less than 3 feet deep (every 15 feel). No Entry signs are slip resis ant tile, 'high letters, flush with surrounding areas, within T of pool edge. Y NON/AO 454.1.9.6.5 Additional inlets provid din areas less th n 18 inches deep (to double flow). Y NOWAO 454.1.9.6.6 Min. 1 turnoveFev ry 2 hours in areas 3' de p or less. >3' area has max. 6-hour turnover rate. Plans show voof water in areas >3 ft., ft., and total, with calculations to verify flow rates. YON N/A 454.1.9.6.7 Six foot can es of lighting on deck and waters rface is provided in areas too shallow for underwate ighting. Y N N/AO 454.1.9.6.8 Play st ctures in 0-Tare within 15' of pool walls a meet sound engineering requirements for safe/ . ULTRAVIOLET ( UV) LIGHT DISINFECTANT EQUIPMENT Y N N/AO 454.1.6.5.16.6 UV system is supplemental tre tmenl to systems that provide a residual. YON N/AO 454.1.6.5.16.6 UV equipment & electrical compoii nts & wiring compl with NEC. Manufacturer certification of conformance is provided. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.16.6 UV equipment meets UL standards an is elect tally interlocked with recirculation pump(s). YON NIA 454.1.6.5.16.6 IWF: If UV equipment fails to produce red 'red dosage measured by automated sensor, feature pumps are disabled and feature does n6I op rate. Y NON/A 454.1.6.5.16.6 UV equipment is validated to co y with USE Ultraviolet Disinfectant Guidance Manual, Nov. 2006, # EPA 815-R-06-007. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5.16.6 UV equipment shall ons ntly produce a validated dos a of min. 40mJ/cm2 at the end of lamp life. 76 Y NON/A 454.1.6.5.16.6 UV equipment is n located in a side stream flow & is located to treat all water returning to pool or water feature . OZONE/ IONIZATION EQUIPMENT Y WN/A 454.1.6.5.16.4.1 Ozone generating equipment electrical components and wiring shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 27 of this code and the manufacturer shall provide a certificate of conformance. The process equipment shall be provided with an effective means to alert the user yuhen a component of this equipment is not operating. PCPv U —\ r-n i" rl_o 0 -j rf -15 Y t&NIA 454.1.6.5.16.4.2 Ozone generating equipment shall meet NSF/ANSI Standard 50. - TA I T I S K s I' Qz Y N N/AO 454.1.6.5.16.4.3 The concentration of ozone in the return line to the pool shall not exceed 0.1 mg/L. r AT N ry 12 PLANS REVIEW CHECK LIST — PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL —DOH / BOAF version October 3, 2017 Proiect: Swim Life Trainina Pool Y NON/A 454.1.6.5.16.4.4 The injection point for ozone generating equipment shall be located in the pool return line after the filtration and heating equipment, prior to the halogen injection point, and as far as possible from the nearest pool return inlet with a minimum distance of 4 feet (1219 mm). Injection methods shall include a mixer, contact chamber, or other means of efficiently mixing the ozone with the recirculated water. The injection and mixing equipment shall not prevent the attainment of the required turnover rate of the recirculation system. Ozone generating equipment shall be equipped with a check valve between the generator and the injection point. Ozone generating equipment shall be equipped with an air flow meter and a means to control the flow. The generator shall be electrically interlocked with the recirculation pump to prevent the feeding of ozone when the recirculation pump is not operating. A flow sensor controller can also be used to turn off the feeder when flow is sensed. Y N N/A 454.1.6.5:16.4.5 Ozone generating equipment shall be installed in equipment rooms with either forced draft or cross draft ventilation. Below -grade equipment rooms with ozone generators shall have forced draft ventilation and all equipment rooms with forced draft ventilation shall have the fan control switch located outside the equipment room door. The exhaust fan intake for forced draft ventilation and at least one vent grille for cross draft ventilation shall be located at floor level. YONON/AO 454.1.6.5.16.4.6 A self-contained breathing apparatus designed and rated by its manufacturer for use in ozone contaminated air shall be provided when ozone generator installations are capable of exceeding the maximum pool water ozone contact concentration of 0.1 milligram per liter. The self- contained breathing apparatus shall be available at all times and shall be used at times when the maintenance or service personnel have determined that the equipment room -ozone concentration exceeds 10 mg/L. Ozone generator installations which require the self-contained breathing apparatus shall also be provided with Draeger-type detector tube equipment which is capable of detecting ozone levels of 10 mg/L and greater. Exception: In lieu oe self-contained breathing apparatus, an ozone detector capable of detecting 1 mg1 may be used. Said detector shall be capable of stopping the production of ozone, venting the room and sounding an alarm once ozone is detected. YONON/AV 454.1.6.5.16.5 Ionization units may be used as supplemental water treatment on public pools subject to the condition of this section. YDNONIAV 454.1.6.5.16.5.1 Ionization equipment and electrical components and wiring shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 27 of this code and the manufacturer shall provide a certification of conformance. YON N/A 454.1.6.5.16.5.2 Ionization equipment shall meet NSF/ANSI Standard 50, Circulation System Components and Related Materials for Swimming Pools, Spas/Hot Tubs, or equivalent, shall meet UL standards and shall be electrically interlocked with recirculation pump. 13 Rick Scott Mission: Governor To protect, promote & improve the health of all people in Florida through integrated ;Z Faslate, county & community efforts. Celeste Philip, MD, MPH HEALTHATH State Surgeon General Vision: To be the Healthiest State in the Nation PERMIT OFFICE October 2, 2017 Swim Life Training Pool "/ " — I 9 Zy sto 251 Gordon St. Sanford, FL 32771 RE: Receipt of Application for Public Swimming Pool Operating Permit Swim Life Training Pool 251 Gordon, St., Sanford, FL 32771 To Whom It May Concern: This is to acknowledge receipt of an application for an operating permit for the above referenced public swimming pool on September 29, 2017. You have met the preliminary submittal requirements of Chapter 514.03(1), Florida Statutes (FS), and may file an application for a public pool construction permit with your local building authority. The department will review your application for completeness and notify you and the local building authority of any critical health and safety code inconsistencies found in your proposal that must be addressed before an operating permit can be issued. The Florida Department of Health (FDOH) may request additional information within 30 days. Please provide us with any changes to the application or plans submitted. After construction is completed and prior to opening, FDOH must conduct an initial inspection. Please provide at least 5 working days' notice to schedule this inspection. Prior to issuing your operating permit allowing you to open to the public we will require: 1. A set of plans and specifications as approved for construction by the local building authority, 2. A copy of the final inspection from the local building authority as defined in section 553.71, FS., 3. The annual operating permit fee. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Please contact Kurt Jennings at the FDOH in Seminole at 407-665-3610 if you have any questions. Sincerely, Kurt Jennings Environmental Specialist II Florida Department of Health in Seminole County Accredited Health Department 400 West Airport Boulevard, Sanford, Florida 32773 INPHONE: 407-665-3000 Public Health Accreditation Board www.Semino[eCoHealth.com f:; fr f l,dyrlouv_lr 3, NFPA 5000 2015 edition 32.1.3.7.3 Swimming Pool. Any constructed pool intended for swimming or diving, permanent or nonportable, that is over 24 in. (610 mm) in depth, has a surface area exceeding 250 ftZ (23 m2) or a volume over 3250 gal (12,300 Q. 32.1.3.9.3 Membrane Structure. A building or portion of a building incorporating an air -inflated, air -supported, tensioned -membrane structure; a membrane roof; or a membrane -covered rigid frame to protect habitable or usable space. 32.1.3.9.4 Tensioned -Membrane Structure. A membrane structure incorporating a membrane and a structural support system such as arches, columns and cables, or beams wherein the stresses developed in the tensioned membrane interact with those in the structural support so that the entire assembly acts together to resist the applied loads 32.2.1.4 Fire Protection Systems and Equipment. All membrane structures shall be in accordance with Chapter 55. 32.2.2.3.3 The authority having jurisdiction shall require one of the following as evidence that membrane structure fabric materials have the required flame resistance: 1. (1)Certificate or other evidence of acceptance by an organization acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction 2. (2)Report of tests made by other inspection authorities or organizations acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction Al F ex Nr wf r 117) r // . e //r / i A-1-rJ I- Aeth OFFICI N FAW PERMIT # 1,F-- S PERMIT # 2 a 2 er+x TOT[e a v r2[ca•unaL Ca M .IwLV uL M CYI..R. M at Mf.a.Nwa any d2 s A ac A NEW OFFICE/WAREHOUSE FOR: ABYGAIL PROPERTIES, L.L.C. 251 GORDON STREET OFFICE SANF012D, FLORIDA f..a. cfo.f r ..na mn w.r.aw.a o n.ay.cu w'w`.si. ow.a w.aena• a os rJaww.cca w irw•wwas.a. tr "wriu'raa WTa r .O n M Owoa+fat.tl.r r+M r awOC. a O•wYp'ita./O A M KamW.610 •'uft f M• w ra.efw+swwrwwwwswf r.oeur T Q.WtP M.LL LTOwT YLL Onw . O.1.mr 6Y. w ro"iusna.wr fL.re n u.a r r ne.cT. SHEET NDEX r. SNE_l inlP I C•1 GOrER SWEET A•1 as R.00R FUN A-2 TOT ELEVATI" A-3 oT D=-TARS T 5CWEDUM S•I TOT RXXVATION PLAN 5.2 TOT SWENS T DETAILS 9T 10.1 MONA2dCAL FLAN TOT CNANIW.DETAILSn-2 CT TOTI ELEC E ELECTFYJL LKtN W, PAN P•1 TeT PLIf'Q:PY+FILN SITE LOCATOR 7L COflTT.a O a raT ll9 O •4 w TN Tt. r, Lf T T PROJECT DATA was.. r.+ ...wnuaaav wcwr.ra .s. r.....s.r.•we r.wi s. u..u..wnr.w.w AKi rb ww.tY a. • wPY lTl . tf.T a K. ry STRUCTURAL ENGINEER KENNETH R. COYNE, P.E. 942 DELFINO PLACE LAKE MARY, FL 32746 a (4m) 322-TSB FAX (4m TT -cm DESIGNER / CONSULTANT ATTENTION 0 Lance TRl WICI CP.&A / A1RD. cTOT920V a'32CL TTnnCLJDL »S>H PIIN[\ TT41lNOT i BUILDER / CONTRACTOR Conrad Construction, Inc. STEVE CONRAD President P= OFFICE BOX 470424 TBJ 40758O= LAKE NONM FL 52474 cEW 407702AW FA* 407.3232445 y, Kyrxy' TRAWICK CCRILS / Aun 1 _ llS "M T1Oi1 C:, D H m Li 1LumJi OFFICE d NTRACrOR y C ITT Ow'.. 7G as bf.IpOY T. 41 121V+ I KENNETH R. CO P.E. 942 DELFINO PLACE LAKE MARY. FL 32746 LET M 141 32I-11S31 — W ( 402) 324-M KF2G oau STF: C11'JQLY ADEOLTE FOR QO MPN C?D5. 01/9L/01 TW osYse rTTrt. T.a n^IL NOTED Tom. TcT a * r n.oims TTvacm `lIA`l'y 601•Ib2 M SIAM 0' IL DA [_•1 O\ Mlt Ma ATO o/0LC97 a, TA \\• 'i LOCAL A 60CTM I EAT wesrcvw,,.,x,. r'ina rowan u+.w e w.aa u M 'ew provo rwrw:ir wa,s uw tma. • ru®r.r, v A• .ogee n mw%o Mp uvi.aa.. MTN I.IrrOrclr. rw iJ wnv, 1,w Enl aoi ..•p ww a..on CM1..m p.oY I WxOAllOmCOO.p,O W!L Soya r OFFICE x c.m• I I I c RECEPT. OFFICE c-e• x e•-o• v-a• x v..r I II FLOOR PLAN 7,604ea ". aaka ErACE (r MMM FMOTIW") AyJp rb PT. aAFl.O{ME !PACE 6" 4 eo. FT. TOTAL AREA . e of ie Ka r„ •wu emi.oaawo m iw uoff". uomno': cea:w...w p.0 uun,. m unwmr,.ao w% r.u,apu..wwrrw n awa wwa r.en.m n ... rmeoo. ra„w rporma'"ioumi..•na wa am.paawuo nwew, ru Y1 Y.n.pYD p 'fw1 Kw. V 4 u our w waa rrA i um n.,x.a or¢ aruca ' Au ra.ewso wr,v ,mwb WAREHOUSE LEGEND, m warr.,u rrow.er.mom. rwr. rmr.+wi m., 4... ram.....+,• Ex1T 51pKW11T KENNETH R. COYNE, P:E. 942 DELFINO PLACE'iLAKE MARY, F'L 32746 F942 ruinxraanEMT A4. f FRONT ELEVATION v .W --' REAR ELEVATION LEFT SIDE ELEVATON I u IlNlal llll, 9 III RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION T Z— NNETH R. COYNE, P.E. 942 DELFINO PL.AC letLAKEafARY, FL 3274 s-uu KRC. ra Bqf m-05n 01/cw0iSTAXTUTAGEOIAtEFORGOHPAEM& f W Oluatl 1'Rn M rsoucan..n rc.,rIMMROIS• !.'tDb SRC F os,• 11lKW 2O OT gym a rLOYp ['I'A'J T MLOC4J]E pC'I 1, " 0M rl.W.e.. W wO a 1M •CaQ! YmA•Yple Nrt IYY tlr YYt WN a) DOOR me DETAIL - TTPVL wo• anlm w m.i °w a}nia..., i'ia iraveo 1' K 1111 r0[IOiuO iWd rran R/Vf p0nlVCptlr W),tlrQaGTllli\!RO m O,cM0 0KviF RLIO. K l91.ACIir rr0. TY• rVCNEIIww,nw tl rare w a s,mao. wt rraa M YorTci rrar oe.na a M wa.uia aarrm w M guru • N vnm Io wo Iatr uo N T. •CTCrY91OtN rT 1.O 0000 r•rY Mm nn.o yr rroar rvu co,+T ut •'r 000 T rr,r.ri• OTr[DR M {CC•L 6rpl NgiT. w rawmu°"rw nn rtcnol.o.w o arer m re rwuna N'w.owu rp1Yi .101v,rtmviYaroomeomortoawc YiL.7uC'o Y.•• , O I 4riM CAMW M :MOT fOCR Pr oOM w o rao•t m11NlcTw maoorooaorR•III1.61Cm N rpKCr NTIrbalrMTmIl 'Q W KC6f\•l W:1 WI M IC]rr6L wmr. eis^r, Yoisnocro°o•roci YCM MpiOMrC,K le.rasruo d/4Y/N•r•a Nir•,R D ' R/ iYFICl.I SQ1aD U:M1I.L T dl CEILRG Om•Yr. w reo! C TTPr.& OLLLL T{C•ZC" CEILD& r®rY! W sa.cia •ui °eoo`o• nrco e N M• rn wwur, noeci. N tlRNOr6lrw MAT•b0 71t 1lNi rw K Q.VONir'!• w.4 rE1NC rL-gYJ NV1{DrW IQ YMK iNNCr Y') ANRVtl ra a M rle.ca\ Inw e Wo`riord rw moxlio al lemur 'urtr o rr6rrY A! OIId POGtlM4 QlOm rTKt tr vooeocwn o M,O•N p R wwo. IO /tl Ra.® ebb Q OOI MR amb wu Q rcloo •1 oomuc na w! M mmunaN ruu rb t ..P aww ION vmo IIw Isolic r,N v cwtNetr ro Q n bmruQaluic..0ww WMVA 1 M• rim 0 W R O trig G•?IND wtSA1UlOOOO/ILA. N gOp1AC1P,i 61111L' Ylr0M4t.tGOrirC1,01r(aRIiC pY1C0MpFTrtDI1C1i{ a M M M IpM, ,Mf KrM O rnT I,Fl\ NO •rlPLY • M RwrnamOK WENCfC,a YartrG': ItMW r,liT rOr R M Ayy Iy.O yic wlMD, yb OR,r• Y iaGyYa,dS rilYtl Wrt1rC1C•r WrM1 r•WK w°u v.a a Oi lu rImsu Q,s cr 1wilwi ui rv i IN e sv aMv !!io mGNW ulA M,Wm N M OK QIINIWf rrlMb Mr• fc'rI I4 Mb wT nuo our loos nl N y wn mllM rY Mb wT. r.I rti MbYT Ml r lu• L 1IIAr I,4. Y tilt pN>m NO WNretw.voro CW rY T Y'fPO^ii. Y r WNw OD•1 YT•M Qllb IN?Q N iY,•R14L N[r __.._ ________ ru IMV. o /D 61W41d0 Ip OIrGr 6 Y C\ HlCMNKtr YlL wp•lr6M l.Y wl rrr.r w.•A• rowtn \e• o wmr lu ..o auo ia. o M m\rraa e•\rf•oeC) ~vi OKYrl•` 1 FINISH SCHEDULE ^L.: I FLOOR 2 BASE wR.. 13 WALLS 4 ,CEILING m•r u ' "` ..,,,•,• +`. r W )N•K1D01)5Al ID •!/Qnu O •l:flmpY4 Jm vNdvw ,w wr..,b ws! R • vwm 7 • QIIEQt ilL 6C! +I ..wu v •)+m ecx e • ntnwr au rr))n) Il'PICAL UALL TI"rZ" CEILM A I PMR O LPL - NCH LOAD•BEARM EEltID[M,Cf rD 6LY I N•wlNr I rr. y i R•~1 ili~ uacrwi wa as nm mo&=mY•wirmarna KENNETH R. COYNE, P.E. 942 DELFINO PLACE LAKE DIARY, FL 32746 S 1104 21-am FAX 140" sa-an) 5TR1CM LY ADE=TE FCR Q0 HPX tM& ir.. cluva) rvr\ fry I _ wGvl c GY Lane TELAWICK CJlh / AJiR W N W O 61 Z QQ z C Q uGnp: Q LLLYL, 44"- 4hgl- BE pOVNpATION NOTES V Yl moan ru WN.RrVTmriCrNl xlrC, m Tv rltOrrdYuwn.avr Prwa O WN lw rA r.1CUTlrl O • r,OCV Wi°1 l0 aCCR Lt10 O NC u cern°rxw r °rm a w uaa.aa wa r.orr Y rl INOOC ®p 1.0 pa4 a'Jr.Crm.R r YrrO rr . L rcwcY edma u itrKwOr CaIIaira r°arrtc ova.m r'••• m.a.rn ro YCT.•N M.W a u •owru+: r+u ca.Pnn Ynwmwa unm n YtrT r Y° mnY, Y uYr ar orr ra mY, rN r. 4L morn uawt Wr.l s r.CCporo tan 1N bV tDOd rD 1APCY Ot• .IIaCL14 mGrfC R.rr 4W4.G r\ Y MTV 1N•YT°MrA WLL r,•IV,tO,Erfqa>aav fYl uHNT nr LMr io r rcw at o,Na cuc. ruaw,mc onau u Y mrJrlt Wr MYDYAMA1trYM1 p aa.. mr.am u rarnt rwarm rr T wr wa°r wua a . a `ram. Y rV.q .m rrbod TrM9 ti,r.LsrWuaY W TIKrwA Vr rCTI • r`Cm rr/Cu. Ym Y {CCJrnr p llMr v'MC1L'\,OPr rMCW Y rrlgrv,ummYrvor ar rar•MrorrNmraMKViraCimMCOOOCINaOpN. ntT11 rurJr Y I ee /O p eCn gyp. P PMCt• rrrrn r• W rY9 rrl r• rL,.a..r•Mr u urawwr ocaroaruncr Ycwo.otw tl YM uO C WaY Yl /rrrp mCKl art rrr,Vwrrru.. o rYT.TL M1/O moan auu rvr. w rr aam.eeT rrua Ni+r ua orrw aaPrnr w :N rN nxw.ca r rnorta o w..n ar woro um P aarrrsrw °urr mrr+np.cTMrea Y Trcww.a Crrl YMIL aa.¢rr r rk wC v61r1°Cr LYw YarlrYl MQSCII P ppt114 •im e,aor,• uvT aara r cs r P rr i r wcin r caR N bA CCLa rYll a]Cir1 r YCYrt r IC21000C P/Y10 RARa [L CNLrM rowM4TtYC OCOVY. N CI.OrYr YGW d TN mrTYTCY H.M wL fug 1•r 0 da Yl CrilID pp Or fJ M 4T•rr]r ro rowua arm rR.LLL rtP tta rD r a M' wM C mffrnsim I III k xq b • I I YW I I a i ..... . t• FOUNDATION PLAN o=— a m. wmrla rtR •sr . •n• Trr worun 'c• rr. rcemn.-so Fri FOO-WG TYPE DETAILS FaJmATIM x r-MULE rta r7?! L X W ZT lEod•ONL°Y LOCLTI°N w o• ••cx•o l n voo••oxo v car.. rrx•r nI•our ma iLane TRAWIC5 ra.ra'0 iid" i rrrorm , Z j Q {J S8 Cpp Q K 3 Ea, z 32 LL T1s 4 F%L" 1• fY1V ETH R. COYN , P.E. 942 DELFINO PLACE LAKE NARY. FL 3274 ° LT m (CC7( 21-Lib ru (407) =4-= KQC SRUCTALY IDE=,E FOR QU MPAtM OVED/Ol rw cww rem TI! M n NOTED T TAMrtaa gRtV, ol•IID7 n Aa er f S rs•r wa r a P . Q awavcrm °r rrr L' ' I I f.. awrrrnoa Y69 nAm n1 R"Y10•r'R4 SERICN SECT ICN p7 .,... WL.fIOL rrrC4 a6 1nr • • Y r . rlt! rlrtatr OCMIfn1 ; m4TRl k ar*caCCs ll lrtal WYl^.•fM o-7 EECT!a r nerioriiwurarvawr.orr p7 r a.w .ro ax.mrxaa"a oua"a enira m m.aurn rla.orcea vtrn¢ m. utarr.•m ana wnrss "w af YL MI6TE. a SECiKJN uRr. orivuaa., 7 C -- iYK TTA'Jl'WRL.0 m'rOM r o-. sEcnor+ i 60.rr11( urNlORriwjtYl fit' 4r a r r-- Ham 61 LERICN. z G 2'AED. orao O na+u n. A; O,uj oruma zao6 96 KENNETH R. COYNE, P.E. 942 DELFINO PI•ACE 9tl r LAKE MARY. Ff. 32749 M (4M 024-M ru (407) 324-OW KRG 5TRUUT ADECUTE FOR ICD0 NPA WW& Tm 01/08/01 IID DU.161000E n NOT a4DW fLOL7001 Fn1I« a+ rn mnal7N mt?oJ` 0 wnra 5- 2 oelacr°i rnai MECHANICAL PLAN Lane TRAW [CK er.aa , .una to .OSawr..AT tr.x 4M KENNETH R. COYNE, P.E. 942 DELFINO PLACE LETLAKEMARY, FL 32746 l (cn III-r.6 ru (Wn 324as KAC 01/08/015MCM41YGDEGUTEFMOOMPA205, NOTEDtwwuanrmr:. neC.VA5 mmvm to rcwt+ obcr2-rd2MMRdtOGla.0 `• R aFcaoatoe. rna av w_` iTAn o P. ty A V uo wo per na AJYfa:tWLOCAL ct coriaeirt- tcm u.a tw aOC c,•na, uao. M . i uem riot Lane m _ .,...,.... .. d i TRAWICK w..rr.w 0 j 7u3040S a M a I mill I Q i Lu did Has ram.,.; ,.... = krt o g eLOWOR-1—I-LATION W 3usIE µ...me,. rl1V•, KENNETH R. COYNE, P.E. 942 DEMNO PLACE LAKE MARY, FL 32746 w. LEi MECHANICAL DETAILS I's stirxnuur aoealer_ ras ao rt x «as. ovoerol riu. w•.r.v m o...w rm r,a HMED aawcart per row,+ w nn wni Ram etiue 01.1167 roo,ca r,w C r w tt n o. noso• FZEY15ION5 e`JPSt71 po s p rfrElr C il11fe1 we. I re1111 roa.u A faW1 1a'rvG oy Lane11n .,fa.o-1 ua:o ao. „m1p1O ro 1Fwrrq ar . ai orwa„mYo TRAWICK aian. i .urn. ELEC. R15=R DIAGRAM 2VV. 42 CIwaat rsf¢M WAMQQ.RI a. o ufu ra uf.n 1w u cw L—M foa tl n uoaufe.r ns fea ` r axmava Lc VA e frYQ' x r.W f>MYI CaCIf 1d 1. rOOY.N :fJ RdOrr4vrYa11Yu ]er !. Io.a000iR1 1?. 3r 1E. 11W/ w) ifl 17 iOV ix yy6 n onorcw uaun te. » xo >ar wo >. xe >ow oru 1r u w+afa fa ,. r.fe Par 7a t Y ci at r.r >• r.+a u v.fe a wa JJ/ d 0 ELEC. PANEL DIAGRAM N a I u IQ j wW 3a1 ai Z aecrwr wfee u.Mw.nr r. t• ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN K.L4 H'.14 i N uC1ru..lY 70 fY.R r hSaCitnM .mrl6f> YYs a.101.r...W , riAaYlYn.OY , a.a.....T_.d.. KENNETH R. COYk, P.E. aa.,1o..T"."• tti[cmc runrtl rraa 942 DELFINO PLACE nuac...a an . LAKE MARY. FL 321A8 ITLmr ,o..rr w ra uu>w.w f.fa oml w+r, .aa 1r per. KCC mwrtn....n rraaarf..w.wee. Q.,..raau ooe 1 wuornl iwnrua ura 111 pan =1&-= w Ol/0LM1eur..r'".. . 0 aln.cr u+or.o wn.r.w. w1M STRCIIIFLLY dMLT: FOR GO NPH CC D& O wr fMoir wNm prrMw Mu.•r..n r ri uu 1.ar.i.ntor I a.1 No 1f c wa rw.. ayi ... n..nM1.o 0 o.w1 wa a uu ra.r. rm ur rofar to rouo.m,nfafn.ua nl,a rRa a eMe..pa u `, a Mu riunmmw wrrw u nenami na Yv1 uinra . Q t1 , ( 51`` uwGUll6t a..n.:,na... 1rn o.wwra,nm renrrm> in. w ..ron mon w.m tcu.iac/xti . Gcv ` i CC - 1 t rc imn. leaf ,,.rr 1w.¢ac crno/unc to • wm i FrvISICNS an ELE_MAL KOrE, T[tAWICK aria I;XI — DnAm va rmainnacna • I\wo+a\ mr.u.r.rr'ucwm. a ® Icmuuru .aw••w .. i C j1 9 mmucxr wu r+•..nn u u,wua J w m sw.ca r.0 n.ew over no•rra+ ZQ w q w..r. •r.anro i G f ,WrM•r0 YJ4brO IL J FnTR MD..:.. .. 0 C e r's.ee.a.. ••• 3 a Mw W ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN YI4 WK OlILT YD ravel R`br:i IOC+ITIL.J ec4l• •s••f-O' r+r \ V i ritl,r Pnrla prC n •,Mr.OarA o4 vorL/ / / w KENNETI-I R. COYNE, P.E. 942 DELFI\0 PLACE LAKE VARY, FL 32746 er. m (4m Ya-G15 LET DUD DKQGt/[ )40) m-m Dart. 01/EE/01STRKWLLTADEWATEFORQOKPAUVS. t AS KOTEDnc. wssn frm ty 0601482MTNM1C.Ima w^ ^b Y µpLWpD \T ` R Sp FO E - 2ra .raw w IIOMToocvo eT ryP u O Dcx Yc•orcrnl CIGQrIrWlr•TC0ILW :A.tYD(VDD/a1 D W.w R R•rcra 1CryflW ltfflD D' 6'4IIT ! O[ 9 lM Y1 M0.11. O f•/Ni1wSV larr• IW 4rtrc 4mnaD .n1 P!17.1J.QPlYLL• rrrw,orur•rlrt ruo Yrouarealr.al m,1 rr •ra a n ie wu alc>amwr.ur rnrlw v xrton a .rove mw :r•aw rtiu-xaas r+oTe i' aw.ir `•`•wwanes. any r+w •rw.ee+wvo.e. m•o n® awun r PLUMBING PLAN wr..rn...rr•a.nc.. mnr. U.- JW ua SANITATION RISER NO SCALE d Y a old ram PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM NO SCALE KENNETH R. COYNE, P.E. 942 DELFINO PLACE LAKE MARY• FL 32740 m l+rt( xr-" ru. auo«e r.m n. AS NOTED r t wom• esow foe.. tca mmw Y P1:LLIW7 \T pLLpICK7D T FIELD LOCATED ACCESSORY DETAILS ACCESSORY SCHEDULE GLossARr of ABBREVIATIONS ril q IRt Im Rai( of r. I ¢Samlml af[l K! • YDn fLQ.Ca 1tml 6 - 4H laa W - 4.r rW[ i a Ir•a . 117 taro atiM ./ trw.0 ruaiK IKlar a¢.a0 Y 4q - 11iaG A - rTlau naD tlb - aav" tm 0 • n Limn raD. • nwa.•c as -sat TYT . 1:•cKl m - IrKa rR>x P • s.cN BUILDINC NOTES: llll - -.1 a -1 ` ¢, . pl.[- YT alavi a u n.cnta am a ¢ rwa{ Nn M so mf W mD¢ ra[R maw r Ir•Y cM - IW suna rn to •sass uc t1L7r. D..•rlos w Palm Ym1a n ¢ Y ruDra a.a - o+I.n Kv . ImI >alru na - Taat14 tal - taro - aua uIrt S- WWa I[! al • ILY a m . F- V s 1R falm YIIlll4 n ¢ Y rala6 iA[ICK •M _ _ Y tal - r.fa -.[ta wR q • awn a2)1 nv - 1W Suva la • n ¢ nalln I. LIYII Ira aamll4 a ¢ Y Initls m - m1r. aY avYw M - tW ¢ am mC - mall 1l0 - Krl.1a( 1. - TTY111a1 laa TW n l rrLL Ylla14 A a Y lalan. a . a- Iry a] • aaaa.I tp - IIR.t • 3 1 . m1. K -a • afrl........rt tl • alStrc rYu r - KY im i - v. r.. KRa tly 7 NALKOOOR a. u n•sw Y:1na a a a r. a NM .wrs a rma • aw.n R¢ 2 6 q. r]p Vac Yn.•• r w - wKTq w • a.gRt . - w4q r..t v a . A 5 mT a LIw TIER [ Ta zwvla - sort atra[ ma an rYt SCREW SCHEDULE wKma a CIA v -versa: rmn tit q 4na A u ' aan mr-ITuw - 11• - ma -I- - ar+v[talw CENERAL NOTES: It • 4K a1a rla - w.n d - •1a1 y y 6 a a ail ITK as MEN LOWTWT 1. a.- ¢TW u/ 1. 4r1 flm oiml .1Iq w w "'um m m Ittr • ft V.iP av aveP - - M m via " awe W hello. TAM ¢f•IO 4oK .In M Tr{0; ¢t•la{ .na ¢ par - Onv4l a - m•la rwn ' ! y a .WnlV. Qr/L w6 tar Pilot T. at -.. MK- IWiKI{Ya Y9Dni.Ma11lrEa, _ 6 Ortt a Vr.1..IA aN[ wR imlY ID[v{ a a9 q w mrvt a fG•1D[ a t. a[ aR[IK Yl ¢ [ffnD .®pIK 10 ,K 14vm IIYR. flYa•Y 6 J 1 a .w. a v. Ivor[ Tu cnG tpav! rq tme m Ts must nc m s[nt m.as, uo Kls n Yv[ mn Iua nn mla I01a uD DOLT AND NUT IDENTIFICATION MARKS a . I. J 11. Ta4 wrt v;s wau nI K m calms DOLTS LARGER THAN I/2" D/A. A @ 9 a vr• l..an ar4. wl vu rrnsa r.n vane r rlTi ravluT q W M waves a -14 -n wDI nu prM apDD _ wKta¢a a Iwm u. n•iw .a.sac a maliD IT, K sTaclw I.ImIn v M RwIK .0 m ¢ uDla nnrTn u Aura4 IT, Y an"I K at11a3.t•i1r[ ¢ tW a•ro ii,aa a Yr•141N n.DD6 .a•aac a nY100 u Oir tlDrolva 1.1LI a I10R0[r a TT11u1a K/ I IT.. A325 /O ITT O tw Prat 1nI laces s;aa rwc sots ¢ aa. a r+as uo Ivain (stna r••InP hate r I1a6 a rr[t W R.IVK r.WCIK). a .It- n•1 ill -1eIM w 1prR r•1Ql S at M wlpnK Ill TO W W W 1[t4 Rllam mrftIIM 1G[ FRAMED OPENING a na-...I u. hart rKnII 1= rws W wn .nl m a oar is 1- uniwit. ala n ¢un{ r n I 3 Ia 1II- n•l u. 1DarI rK.a fatl was o T ra Inux va. "'m v wn I. a as Y -a,-. q•a M .a f=111 wwnas nn oar VMS ailplp W fu:at I. bm.,lq "ri1G .... mr Iva w, q LIVE .14S a v.-IW Y. aDK SIP[ IDlaa sMI, rYu . n•, n rut uafl a Umrt •t Wl ¢ ..ran .IM rut. OIrrHI rrAD.DY a sr L 1 ... a 11E•I.r Y. tat art fYt» a W IIavt 10 G,ac wu •I l.p.fDl. maul r Ir•VI - Cl IJTS a. a - as Iuwam n sn.Iaa m ATTaas au a aD.1 n w as T • 11 f Q ; 1J1114q Hx a1 fIDIa1Q >mv3 fq IM7f 4H lAI. oath. lrY. MT, a.. O M .Ra lints Y G rw1 nrttL Im w Taltsam m Itav -1t,IfaD ER CT NOTES: BOLT SCHEDULE sum wwul a na Du M ass u Y aiu rq • A325 BOLT AND NUT o =vrl sl4ena aaI u uP1;f .9 rsWpar mnn uD ! 5 Y . me • .Y¢aa nu vaaG v art Na[ slsvo n atn an I/2" D1A. BOLTS e r [ rY rYIIypj Off - TYK SIZE tRA101 I tE Wn Y rOn a M tcT vc .. o plait .- 1Rlq. 5 ' oA ilasva W M stuDrt, SIC tattlq wataltYt f1.1t Ir 41VKMa la. 9 iG' 1 M all w . 1 VI 4t 1scYw Rini Y m[a it n nfJr a[ fIrR10 W M sncmc. T[InaTn sallq G SILT w . O - 1Klurta YII-nt Na1. O.attlq •t ru[a1a rIL uaR To 41a ro 1. arnla M smcavl us w . 1 p. Y C1KwL r..a 1aYttlav I.b . (-art) u ''t 11 M aatNltRll IT, K m0!a laartslava. • a a. r . Ties 4l •.1„ Rn ITCH. rr.11L .IK liaal4 r1L lust a Im air n it w . I V. O • IKIURI I atT mK[t1t. Wi l`tf w . 1 p. 0- .M.efs (11 m, Cma2nq a4 ra.Q41 an, mat q pIID Ialq n M u614Yt1a W M m r lm rRaT01 N¢ a ¢ Yn w . 1 VI Illy mar[ mtrn male a W Iq Otaw IIGVI 1(a loaf C.-DaW q a w 4t W i SPECIAL PURPOSE FRAMED OPENING .rt "[' 1 v. '[" mnl. msa1P a rrr -T°1 olaanr io fM[ tiles ([Ki 011i1[ite I :Ives>:1u am 'K-:` 'ap „ ,u "'mac' g v. 1- a pavu mTw1 as.aTP a u. W Ta wa•n I1p'ar salt a Ia cn w .aa noam. I. o cat Dpu AJ2S DOLT AND NUT m" v -I t iI 1G } nt t1l v...• .[v W Iv 1G[ ti.a1P Gana sw[ a® L•at IaIR nn r Vlt q m c>r, a LIVE [nTi ar! w . 1 w 1[tr W m au¢ mrarP u n rs a nn• Iuam .o u mlal r a•rTp Intl nY¢ al1¢a ra nun r o. WTu m.atP taro- IaCei rrc fit® t rat tool{' Y alai K taC®w toot a!n surctu4 [won ra1G m.arP O O rJ64 _ ¢ nqs. m w avo q .u1 a IImvar Twin slam tWl Y uan. 1K1aL rs s. Iant misw a o. m.[nP 1a.'0.. t ml ors rr.,a mnco n tww span- b aK stun uasss e[s rt r1.ar ial[D Y foD1 pm TK LImwr svram. ml YT'! oust M TO ID -I mr61P vim- 1. I )i t¢ I Ta TT 1ITT a . lata la a4 as alala MuKea .firm I4R LL W to n [aYw rwa[ - I ll.lr IYRl0;1 Rn m ra - IW L YVa Rf I[.D I i 11 At,'1.[ W tq a t[KQI mrarP ., a14 - rafts w - q Ottn To "... neitcf la "'K b R•} QZ • Th ...am -s cc man YII m16tO1 s1Ia1K - fiat•¢. M W art .n rM runsXITTOr uo AM w . 1 w vauR mu. a t•H .Da1 aw lm¢.umaaue ITP ,Ta .4a a slt. M w q Wa w rat a a aaa. A307 BOLT AND NUT Y rt .ltf 1[rt wR[ vw] In maw m.mv a.aa• Ya QagIK Y11K QIKIK a r;[IK t [Ma n/aGif un v.lwiol sv.aalP 1wAaD. rs v.I.ua m. alP a w tuTn w vat vet mtIT as naafi rat ru Irl Dar. Iar[a K c..valuas .cwalwaa ¢ uv;uD M RnaIY ins. tsata W M uu1a. W M rl al 1w.a mKCIP I. aR K Clgrituaa .ILL w MITI Nnif .11 Llans Iq IKITY.nt aclP b B CHANNEL FRAMED OPENINC .r+ •r w p m.aTP _ . g1uiK m{. rt v.Iu sn.a1P [. au Seas m LrtR Y[ m aa,DG fa rw t rlc a a strait - •!' na tale R rrA mIP le r1 V. rtY mIaTP M 11w W Y IKInt4l .1Don Iass1r[ lair n M 1YnlDlr rR lJ a•v. q M a as ar rsr mI[cTo. a.. a a M m Ilgl. mart Coll. soap a [u.SED LIP MOW STANDARD SECTION SPECIAL SECTION ppa mf q LIVE Ian a am rasp m upns mIK a.mn a r• a r• nrwa soon ¢ XEY PUN - N 4- ss V. ai m.cnP uza aRTi m Inf4lYlq, m lG•a. a Ia M aII W un rM[ µi:'. : -ram r y . sn u. nl¢ m.[[ TP .vr a m. i iy .sa ar. w¢ m.[ un L as-M m nolmlm - .G M twa•M iu1 .[Din n I¢D ID 'tj71 / 'i IM V. sal¢ -T.. Ir1aIQ M eI Il.. 1. 110I .Ha I1n1 a t,C 6R a e) I •-?BU1L I_ (1j' . pat fat iron' mDlllt 11 Doll wT rYT1 a M .IT M< a:W I laa [ a1 •lrt V. An taR:IP mat milKl nM [b1 OaG 9T4IIw Ia to la0 •5 M ngfl[St I i r''aYtf'WIuriI - T.- a"." Ir.cn W Y mai .0 3 I . rut oraTWA- : PE[I SI lY• :'.• . a r Dal.ur sIro soq. Iasam MIS 1.1114 W{Uilginn gal a I un SL11 a MI Y M mi. K Tl .D.aal ID l 1DRAUIIINGS: uDlna. u fors n M tan salt M..1 Imn1aD Tmmlaw. R M Talalcaat Yalu W wrl nnnqa, tW 1n N M 1Ka[ mat, aF i .. •o-_r-. v i IIDTLiK 1am[{!1K {Ismanuar fa M .¢ t . 1cn rYt W M W W1 M UMD R MIM OL D[Rnq It. nu a b MITI. W M THIS DUILDINC SYSTEM l DISMSITIm a' OVER F[a5 V OOLIED FARR BY ANGLE FRAMED OPENING Kt Ins Kira n M aa. i u.s. wq run saw Kl m Ia IDYL 11 YIS •V In. IM. Vn; o ml IYIA'DURACINC IDENTIFICATION MARKS r-I m or IIv1 Yrs (¢sts usa w via) 1r -- - rr a. vru,ew: uuI .r Irr lY annr r. lrcw.a. vnG rYynvnu rY vn - __ __ `'nI/n1 (j'/G.-(J) A00NOA. 1 Ya [ ! a' a, WIwrK ua[t .I SIT LY rt.11 N n[ YGa vYK..Y all ml IDDM KImT 1iKM Iq TLL l[KM W pl1 V (/t/'Ll u L7V/ Cr'l1Ci vi • Iry au NCr.[M, U.It .0 rr IM IKnI w tl[ Wrl. V•Ila .0 tin 1100 i a Dlu/Rl6 IrmnK s Diwnn ' 1` w v.o [ t4 varKsc tint ..0 nc w. fn v.sn .Y vn a sm[{ a a Wes l-5 aa 1 v.T:y. >T w v'rntr Ua wu IK W. V.M..Y W. _ Vt MI rA Ma t.c r " v1. 1. yr w w! 1R![ i inn . w11[ ran....... 1taM KT•Ilq n . ME aa.11Tr Mani aurora W M rltarl (m a lI IJ WLY[DL lID .0 II[IKn vole .Y I --' RI) Ta iglG. mturtq a¢YIOD i ¢Dan (Dan ff " lu rave) MANUFACTURERS C , J . N vKr cl.a Yaf .w T1C R.rs. v.'N..Y _ O4• Tr 1Ka. la ml6[ ie. mg M I l Im.l ears W u /laf P vial a LfT v v.n._c_ sn Ials +u Irc r.Du an vn ,_ _ Do vKM 1[aH at un-fun[D w{. an11tKM n .twlD Iaq o)u7, cuu STATES YANu7ARs)Atll! 1" 1 OF 4 v:ri i 1 ur to vaaiKw ma rw vc rKdvnG or ir. _ -_ nama a aY fe ntaK vow ".I. _.. -__ ---_-- CENERAL ERECTION NOTES: i T) (0) DENOTES (7) 1/7• . 0 I/7• A307 BELTS. 7) (o) DENOTES (2) 1/7• DIA. A775 .MIS. I J) THE ILlsvm [ALL BY DINERS LUST K DESiGNED TO VAN TEIIEEN THE COLLv6. uI LSSAAIE NOT DESSK= TO TRANSFERSER TIE .NOD LOAD TOP Or ng "h.31is )1{:Ja Rol M LALL 10 THE COLLY6. tl 6 LrI 9 r n ci^ •: s *' lF i ]figg T: 0In339BE9B *' fiooS a 1 rl 7 ROOF FRAMING PLAN "s= w Iro. ouii. n 413 E 2 OF 4 I I. FACADE FRAMING ELEVATICN Z, gum-• cQl i + L s y' : C 0 ----------- == rc ------- G 91, I; nj ELEVATION #1 AT COLUMN LINE 'A' W I till. su CZ16 wc xu Ir. SECTION rB\N 4 MuBIpI ELEVATION # 2 AT COLUMN LINE -D- CV, pFpRD PILE YelZi sti Qa FACADE FRAMING ELEVATION 0 0 0 ELEVATION Q3 AT COLUMN LINE #1 rtT I O 0 0 C 0 ELEVATION #4 AT COLUMN LINE #5 YPPt ALL•3.73' I J V 110 P OF 4 TT •- `ou a s.c wyai.t.. r.•rza a • .a w a SCYI.iI I•A•pl • - 1. CaAZ um• rn[ eta Duna COLD FORMED MEMBER MARKING - "no.'t Lvr Rlwr i - - _' 00 m. ct, ro al e I • KI Ef pac '• '• O (nau n Dal d +) QLn Oman moa) Lur Q!• li a.f nR VJ1I-CVO•rJ m c•"6 m COLD FORMED MEMBERS m (•'' "a'"+C1+41 . 0 (• • rn' mua uar. STANDARD DIRECTION — 1 — — _ .; ot• •• tr.eA can) ar t. t w Tn cnu wac ®p wor (.t. a nvJr rvr) t• . Ip Tn cu1 R.o-r r•n •oril 9 Go uac all m nay> mt• wv. t.>_ q rwp c•on COLD FORMED MEMBERS o 1Am _ REVERSED DIRECTION K' GIRT END CONDITIONS Ci '°' EAVE STRUT END CONDITIONS ES — CIRT CHANNEL END 1 ® O CONDITIONSTIONS GC f o r. n. am.na P"'m r14 ••r r.p Kr rr nsK,r cm r © u'".v"n •• a+ cash T JAL SUPPORT as JAL SUPPORT DUII I aK a w.r. I Ir ao o j' tpLge) an r/ In MACH. Dars an ./ In• in •a In' ..arsMOR'11A01. ars n ) 1 t 0D1 Jun w Ia I rF=__I 1 ry - 0• .mrn.rvn `m n..m Ecul 1 I I I y •ma 1 Wiw Y- A• JAL SVPRiI EAY oLK sccna A K•'a •u l Nd urn I e I a•ra b ua w nn .Art ar p•C r. ua w rnnmi.r SWIM 'c' n.•Y nKUt fIDI' IYI.O •KI rw'Ia +Kn rC•K G •1 JAL SUPPORT OEM AT Ir AS$ GIN[$ a Momqc•n p [nglq Car. JAL TO SUPPORT OCAL ,++ ,_- II -- 1 a K rr Afi. n.vm • _ S1PPC17 KAu 4u (94-) CQa[I1 Cq-)_ wrm wYn o n'icn I,.1a o•.a, r .01 r''`a Clia[I1 CaUq SUPPORT Vwc1w.1 -• rrr - 17 TIE At1/J• aA01. Da15 t10 Ts (°»), n aAOI. br, lai_-' o JAL SU1 • In" wn MA" MIT JAIDI SIPr01T aAvSPPORT SCAM ¢IP - u Yr -"' O O . e •auI tiIRnIK w•n rr tii. rQI rw • a 1m.ur..w Ao n. . u ar o+a•t w ua . an. rOQ LRMIi76l uK MANSARD STRUT END CONDITIONS M3 y°a "T"'"+"t "" - "t1i0i Int Ault wrq Icc taccllm yI+ [/. JAVD Slf'Pc1ii DFIVI AT IUOiO fDDIN C0.U1N D+•al cTt+ 0. I!, = yu •fiAli.-l' y Ip ( 1141q CKa 1 AAjOA ay ie' Tigwii np.n Orr. -a Inn1q can 1 r2yyD/ 71 i 1 II•"Cr M1'ulSh• CFEDu. oala• Istw g ¢ N. ,. anl` Iy w rn' vv u aµ rlew • lid[7' 3¢tr Na IM' n r lllw r•- r T • I I/i m l I,. tlnw.•w tlorrf a-" NO VP t IS M t nrw w O Y pl W 0 a.1liia Sw Wm Id I n' I' YO Y aI.q.. Im l I t .a.'r.oa I ytl n' I mnonran j Ip In• 4.1, I il wsu ITTRIT u.[fatCYtrnaKrI0lRllnw..I a•n. Q tanm fwlKa. r[wrx.. mur.ra oa 0ll taltl r YYYYY tlm siL aID[r.Ml 1 oAu rwrn 1 j'1°.Il ail I. I ru nss nn . rmunmp Yifvw w•[. rlcrlr.w dI 1>m it [, 31 Wa .G,IYacfaiwKrltIYllWnnIauuowY.a s. r•ws new Wry rrr. r 1, 1 Iw.o r [, p„a acllw r. L_ i[tlw. fNrui`•Y.Krwni m[kun I I. Ia apt uul mw mnnrw n m3 I. / ool.a I[t3.K m.cn.w n /Gr •aa W va naNl aLoal nalr d an Ir K•I an t[I.cnld a mw Kal I_ ran I W.'; 1°a I. - ta.a uw[nlo ' w nnlw*..• S tirstr fLpl ITTSd7l:.' a a I__ __ _ uwd m M.. IT Iw WQ • IDYn, Wn run rya W9] pw ''ii,re.[ na Wn w _ arnu. alll Wn nld • ald • o alai[ a[ tll t.ut lar SIII I tln. qnirlY. iRar alKw rt KYO W W n IQO y 1SNAd Wn ISmtLr Yl I W 0 wr[n. r ar.a i Yf] U r Z - nw 3a/r rn np rlt a I lw • nlm • IOnI y q / Ic IIpL• r i ul w [aiuu[ .s K a[Kln nI¢ .en Wri m:anw rlKnvJra cac mlan.w YI n mYa w waI o [ aau [dQirw n y .oa3• r wn nn Tra nn MIr w n wlw .00f. I m/ 1 r I.rala pwKnlw •ocra anrrari"u. r.. I alv nv v m.cnlw •run , tnw m•[cnw I ilr melu f¢n :o iw wloouai r. Yrl SdI uN m oru71 Ir`s tar aw a 11- w SnY[Nat 0...6 Yr n gin;; -: w s Sm Y.[ .a• Mr TI L1 r- c a rails 1 0 0 I N•• rnualo lWl. 'Y3I.. ll,.r... wl pnvYn.rn of K Slam w.o. ont A u[a.a r.a 10 wa KI.n nm Ir K.a w fa[ b q.. w saccu Intl .IK 4 r [ w nrnn :.0 i a'•nr[w'•tw[au ara vwn r. Q W I.p /Yw s :Ipil .lui awamaa irlo fir i- e4 rtIw .: v."`[li Km[. r 'KYn fi5w .a tlpr 2E uK slap mwrnd ./I/ un w•Kl mr[clld n mw YO/ nra Y urI t3au rmfJuarr «..0 can w FT ya n t au d •nl fRnwl OUIiI tIIKCI.d Ynr ttrrrnwlld I[ Hall ` race r fxl rat IYat .I Ivtw[ourt an KII Iaa rWt .1 [K.ru asr n3L r"a w vrtip Ia3Ylw r a.cw rwn g ma.-urin".ar Yo.[• Y•1 LIcTRGIT1a r- ..11 w. alI'.ii'.. a IIn,n.ra a) as cut r.I ¢r. rpI tice s.+¢ K Ynu rl.wlt `nK lw 1I uw sM 7" --------- 1I 1 I ar I'y Yr• w Iwil aY ll I Gtt GIR190. /Y al ( 1 : i. YIKn J IGIG IrIRi.. awr rurin Inon r.n JOtl NO. O ILK art lIK na[ aSIWa I ---- wale Yra pRi rwlKraaK.aal C1 •af . ,Y.K. w • Ir. trft Iw WTI R ar sa•sa rlrttlav •••. I 3%lawt urr trot an wl•1fr.• r/IKr' • al tl n w lfs4 •owr [ In" ne / m•• flaw urn. nw . I Gut I rrf e.anrnewt YlaUll wIKIK Inaf. s. Sn q w Iwc nstrn rrinnr3aratlt, 1 I Sw lu alas n trta KIwQ IIK. VT yaCJ' nVll cm n mun tuu[ulw Nll P.- rlwn~.ryrrpT ; •,t! wain mr[nld III Ka I/1 TOIro ttuaCilw W` r rto.uc an 6aR1 Y 1.• Ka I"Iri .1 alw ll[t I•K illnl KM u tests w Ya Y[11411 Km I IIL 6p1M. 1 rrr N nw.0 R r_ wN W m1. 1 ItlK[q .l„u" KI v tla ltl If •.al rW mIIOJ / L r.6 w s lr ru4. aMYK In. 4 nC R Yn 0. rW Ifkln IYU tlrplN rgaaa ay,Wrc IL y. `.ran mrW liMY ytlJriK YIYa aaY IRf 1. Q P rwa Ia.a m:atslla . r.pr rt.a. Ps ...... .Yllcrlml I .• u s 1 rRrn r YR. Y w1rMm YrG grcf0. Ate. 1. ow rYn c ocaY ne.s. Yn. mmaas v umc aoa a u1. a iolirita.wRwmi'f. W run amina ru stm4r. tr a aw un wlK IrwulP ra uY[ rYtl L l slrnr lurrr sQl suer m u vArsllr,. s.P^ ce. r Ira s• oe WOnc a.rc m rrry / m ran . wm I.r n.A rR.Y Wirt Wll.grltl.a .!<. wuarnr wtrc 1" Y wIrC 4nY61q.A .M. Rw W n alaYrrr w,lK I" rY w1 II wut IR n wtu m. I' rriw«ilrW I awiii iw i:ru• I. v I.wil Rani lilaaa.ilwii.:1. wr apmis . n1 mr Y Ical 7T n1 Mli aM K rIr Pl rws n u.u[rtltl1Q 1 r. Q anlR IatLL.l w alP tlal4l n.wrr .IP wa aORi 7:p lltlma r:, m ran 'I U[ Iw4 (t i - Sf Ilrrrw q IrYM .rO W ppnpoGar.YyYa ri!ri1rr6IRYOII.g4r aa.lp[InL IYf_I Q pr no-i rrN. rYu rORf le{ly+llP I Q f.4 rLM1f fO RGar .O lull f a '--• ra.wra .al u r r/. w VOlylr oR_ r Q O4 ataR IR V .aluurw anal I fatal Iw.Wf R.aaY Q IwiwrNaYGYIdIaDr[, faUI.G rW trN' t. 1 iY M IY Y flilY 1. Q rr r.0 !q. Rl rrtY..lw .a ) I.IY m.o P. q [a r,[ 1c..s n....' 1 uw I RUn .I 4allie " I I IF' n- 8i am j! t1 Oc I© Q Il rartf I. I.w l lr1 sv ll. • wlrc. n l Q mlrc r.lYur>ttw1. t rwr wtu r rrls rt . ur. t<cl rW l w low tC1 a .IQ w utu nQ rant n a OOI YP.a mr wa umtr Yo tto w pla Ir lgllc lrJna6 t- Y aK as iiru' '•v i-1 . i. 4 [ OJn w pPaan.]p I..rl..a..la Ia_ liJifi In_I rr .aalrclP r4 oRPo oKa . trclas rtuYr rIaLW 1iP rl.at tl`P`ur. ui ui:. a uiQia`mr rci.'ul,w an.. oars r1.9II.0 L. un ncwr n.ouc pY .. 1 tl almll.r619 fr•{ 1 r ` r l IY a. U tti[I Rl' MJ q„an+ rm ln na awl r. rn wtrc nrw.aM ucrtf.Of .R wV' y ra wlK MIIrUKalattYlul. w part nGllr4 W MI[ u! Im IaY I41M rrlal.lrP u.t 6 u p YIP an I r "m w 41I IGt •• P aY,P ran r >K1011. rlw Ilir w wtlC , mrt..o ssP alr wlrc I I mrc tml ,•• w I 1 xg'3i 1 E m r.6 rRr. Na. IKIrIr IIP r.ltmlt v.n ••• n I'ra4.amir im w'io::nt, ur...mman Ira mn ufu t'• a .mu rb ' v PlyJ a... ra wr ax. r..r^+ii cLLilmlr r uK.v d. ' .a. o pnrr nirci n iart:r a`su.rtlr• r. l oasw•' o r wua wi .islrtla+. n cnc rrns oa mturc tr+u nuYlr: rnr rruK I.a w.P 1m.s nn4cminus .. r w!rc acr w w. WIIC q1Y+IIP IP I.R. .gllC IYSIIWIIP ra rl rrns •Ro SCrIP .IR MSIt[ asn snlr .m rru Q.R nl. RgYlr I.aiioa'ii lva+a;la loolla uru vnl vroo. r.n rmll tnriQ rwuc. w.n ,,+, r, w wnc m wn lr1!¢ I`.nrc o..ra rI Sl9 nu ,. Irc ry7; r, Sn'.!a 3Y rmt.II -- r Ul1 Jll —__.. rr c.n M..rrr. r W I Iqi K r .sr ra aar .l ao ra clrw aaRwrrii .alll I ttcllP.-. a wrwn un: rc nr l rr I. 1'.r lr. Ir wmis[. muaa[ 1. n+u ns lr.cuc nnury rut wu1 q rar wrc. .R q e. qK n r• wu1lr. JOO u0. 41 53 Mu ' nalYu 4f d ; n_ _J r —1 l ter .{ Nlr-Jn•aF Mw E-Ij ruR.t • w a Y UR Ma poi IV. ru r • nu•I4 v[arwa i a.rw t[mni r yg i n'arNK.K n sKrc L , f gnu t r'Riwnnnw n.ar w n1 Yaw •'l +lla wl LS1'iX pt iw a w q , n M , < rl UK aM. I 1A[ttn. F x111S Ni r K66 w Y rp. N w,Pw a .. UK M, Yp n'anlci '• Ut Y•i•iul,iin a nY •r '•61a,D nY rw I.SMO r(<d fTala,.t Mt. w[A ., n rum<a R! ri. mP fta ja tt11 rat v t... A prat nalc ,itawlw YW Mw Y.a RCIIP .al Krl r \r r.Yl aN rYll llw lU.Plp IItll4nw Nrl <tY RaIIW I.rA w[,Pl pl.11 Y rYl 1 wl r •I <,w :Weal <Ip Yw r.rLf rrnl tw n•Nlp a41a iYltlllw rlitmtrtp •i uol.0 ajll Na SNf11 t al 1f1R1Q <Yatr a I.im[01•rt NLIF p<d I .Ip nD 4R rYat. a•.a n Mnrw RI.K riT an •a r KN an • K ..n A an n(NY Wfrw 1Y ra•IrRKw as P M ]awl M1Dui twat rl.Yli , <. .t {wn IKl // / Y.p.w ••. rlt . a• minunn • lKV IwV J.-wl uR Nr rnn.w —.. r.naw 1. l - t K. (ter aTl t r 4x ntrula l 11 6 f.Un Ma Mrl IY CIN Nr(<Irw r/ ••. „ aaD U{ M ¢ y twI .n1 al llutt i R J 1` lU 1 m n \ itta Krsf r Y'(' Wan A n 1 crown lion WE vlcr . a . u u.a .ac .0 rutou— F+t 1 r. Muratrttw nrtlr tyro taw ' r'P'L. iR-' rliR tuo.. races--..( rr"a t'silo nW.r•Imw .rtaww• r`L 1 r mna.Fm rtu ,aw t..an ItYa•p n nr a<awlw • aT 1 tQ nr fao•c1 I. Irtu oat r Rre •Rao, rlauwf pn D rrllrlw +awl a. .,wit •anon irrrtm halo h IF m • R YCIIw c< '•' Y.tw YFt m+n tD-' Rpai M , n r.•Itrtw ti'Jrwl M1rRi w IwO,R IYL r Yw• aDlw Odp rYll Ira M1•!Ip NN nn .mrt411d rw NN aDll<4 I•[aY n Flp nalu ltuS w.a cal al•M1 !wl w , •taw DR I•<.a <Ifi mra I rYllitw f/rwi ( •J•Ip WILLA lw AT Yllrlw I;Ullp •T I I9 1 _ lr Ra•A aY . NQf ICY• M1•YlrIn.a • -..aa n.a i i av ran w rrn as r • KI NJ - Pl' uaatl r.Y 1{.m.' r4<°ura c'o$" i :,I < 'uiW i7 u. ary j Yirm aYn 1 ri~alT IµK`KarvlwrYwi aT"') Nta Yll w Pat raa J m rrn w wn w .ra J 1 tmr roan w n rw\ ru iT 1 lraY un t l •ua r ] (' KI lid IeLlf y., rtaN a Nan lm,< {ar M LIKn.Qsnew .Y r.0 r.W A MI pRf I L Yf1U' NLLI IrtalnwlT'J pR1d (I.YI 1 _ .Rai r.R yi. jr ' d or.K.Kma .npjc lrW '• 19 n591wt'1nd'1.3:.u IP r avF. a a ww IctRatr. uu wYl `° 1 r t.YaaY mlaWla nano. i rw it o. ri eY Yar i.a% ~ m(awlalr. DEW, A :!OtP Fa y-•-• Ulw rYaal nlYHWI mt [Iw.0 Ynrlcalxrwa va aQlm nn• Trn YcnP® r11 1»lu .o.<+on YllTlca r...+ to Iva al•n IaY f•w ra4 •1 nP nn ulta awn . vi rant a Kalw® wi anJ K nn n.wm I• n1.P raY 4 rra w..na Iu.t11 p I r, iu .a•.w\ runty t'?9ujl YN:IY.<• `w W aJ wrti and A.+na mran 1 In loj .}r lv rant w ` n1 1YupJpl rV aa[ ..a[ m r.rlt rC41.a trot , Ma r.rir — `ItY K rq 1J \ f • `- rrtl.<.3 Ns`` ptart • K aaY .ar,{ 1 u araN oar L tq ru fvu <TO I1 rKA rRp aa•rrD Dw< raiaa 4na • raRKn Y LL- M r.nK 11nw.Yif, cK e.0 .0 r i:.n w," r Y'n"d: w1n"°'J'" C it 1 1 — 17 1•V lWi'"rIl r 11 1 ant .ot nl lia' ' (7„; K J pn wl. m.a , A r.ra A r.0 i• rKaa Vo rwtr r. nOran mn Iruwtw Yana yy. . JCIIL . v ly rC,Y d rrrlr nano u mj I, u tIILI IKp A t.rtr Y4af 1. N rallK ,..... A IU.tp lalL . 1 tY to r.<aY 1C wYlil 1. n*1 ria Ip raaUl I. =N — w rw110 i KM a, ,w a nuA Y n f. . reu Iw rtw.+r alv. Ynro Its acnw nn Yctlw® rw YVIP@D _-- Nr Iain •i I fMrvI Iwi:ulr n,I rw• .n • [lo\u Inner-- aN <attllan [uw OF a0. S 4 tI ra w luto J Ma • Y Itrr iYb . I I' lY. ua nm rta wll. lmtl r wn Q [.a tmn RttLJ w 1. =w.. An Int orii rY ¢rMr 1. • na Yln rn wnn aaA a art. rr1. uan uRYlw.• t!ti tmu 1.1 uY:nl uwrtl'. • vnntrig .n L uo wlo am ntRnYxw rat. 1 .uf. nit1101 t.t .Yrt. r Nr Ytl. w Ylu m uc Y fin tItMAJ t!a 6lIRt I V QIYI tll. ORIQ QY QIYt Pal1fttlN!p 4R11 to WIRt Qla 1QItnP CIR PJ QI.M1 p YY.nA Anil Y @ JYM1 QQ tIM M'IA rAQ pQ t+Nl tQ r N) t tY.l a W. alr t t!u r tn. it:I.II.IIP.f_ nrtrt l.11A ln'GD yyy 1. rRr Att tAY1C Q Ir V O PI• rat. 1. IIt1 l (YaY1 r 10 W r Ha rK. p G RC ut V •r.Y Yal rr I t. M iV atR Mlt Rr tl1YQ • d W war Rlw rY (r.I Kf< r1 Rn (ll) Y YIO. S It t4u rr M oan YI) . N" mIIla. X yy anm•mxcanmi. .. w.t•r<n .rc ocsrPla `n 6 3 ir a Ilarlr W.t,<Y t. `:Itrt4Qi as trw.0 la Gtrt ILLa tlort tan yriq Yp w IrlWrlp tIM a w ucuAnA QYM1 Quu a a"• fiffil lk JLB NO. 41J08 PALL i fttE r In IM 9 rlra'aiit r.iC^^ :•r-re._ruzr•:ss 7L.: as W7! D 2II.11LU ERECMX rfO EW= r01 1 O D1 Dr OGS nuj= CIE?= UMTIIIATDII D[iW Um OrDD *G Um nR m— DR+W r r go K - - T:Q 1 - j` r•a7- 'riff I&= OPEN= RSTWAnON MAILS TM SAMI runLLS sWArfAYm OrO(DIC D6TWATM DRAMS RM CLTM= rAI1D. auLt 6 v w ' m nr- •' 77' 4,. 7' srSQ Y r31f tar _ lt a r ayf / rm r -%Y- LL_ f. ff'--" err y Y IwL := v;v . r,'.' r t '.' _' ' ti._ :3a- r•,,r' .. ..--.- Ym ..... TSA WN p? ii17" :iy rY+A r IIILLL titl " L:" ' 75! R Y,.. ! _1...- TT77TT i' 17-YI I C••1 7 S7Q scu 7! ri'Q I cl, 109 uD. w IAAII, OMMC D6'lWdnOV DUALS c- 1' -- LhS". v LL51 i ` i7S";.. n.... IRtl Y1 1 tt a n 0a +r T :.... m. lYl' Itu W'[i TRIM AT LLT650DF] M. nD TRAMIGM rum. VAW SAIL-itYu biiLLYR J::YtJ J 1 CSi' i 0f A 8 LOW SIDE17ALL ANCHOR BOLT SETTING PLAN A-sumud Fin FI El.- 100.0 I .EO O Ur i i%. I Vr N. n. ,•,. 1.OAC110. 02 r51[D 04K[II 9= ILD DUCK I= LCTAIL NfO.O - NOR: AIP ULM silt TO Of Wit.p41r[IT Sllt AID ".C. a aTUNlnfl O1 awcn tDOSKIa R'3. _ -- IAW YIDL IIK TO OC OC11W140 NmI Ir M43.1 _.0•0 to Jr ^ r, L-J e GENERAL NOTES: 1. Tells RAN Is rot UIE LATWI AND SE"INC Or NJEI A 00_TS MT. IIc FOLMATIOR olSICK PROTESSIDUL 9aL0 ITEVIET AND INCo CK r[ MIS PLAN INTO TIC rQ.WATION OESIC" AND w 0EIAILS. s. nc r0l"TICN "..I Ic OCS10cD 1010 SISi OE IOAC1. STILTON, ON I'll:gAGi1m SHEET. D. 1k4INC 1dACT1OS MJSi K CPNIIXD •ITN tACIMIW. YItO ((I OG NItD TROY 11E ELLY. I. rW[ IIEACTIOG I MIRK IWIULV 9CNt AND ULII T. ALL DIWNS104S ATc UInDINC STEEL DIUENSID S- dWIRUENIs r01 9EITINO tg10(i. NICK tEMS. Jtil hn. DMWEIIS. ETC. IL61 IP ACCOL"rE0 rM \T 011G5 S OIOSSNA10(D (L^7 AWS INDICATE ACRSSWIES. ACC0i&iMTJTAILS( AM NmW nITINCS. Y. l11011.. u WIIn.rL,IS IN Te9dff Mw4EE,. [1C V%IQ IIEOII c c t,11 erD UT Wg".n. CON NACTUi MES NOTLO• UEIRITn1 Wdel. WASIWS AMC NOT To SOLE. + QF 1. OI Y. N1010t ULLT LIZES ARE WAD 0[ A UATtNIAL TI[tD LIEN Mill r. . SO Nil. pAa III OF Z m, CI•.en I.1/ LAwo R•ocli•nLIl" A13ao-_o 1 LEFT ERORALL 11•V Jul 17 01:43:29 2007 ev.[nim r •. wee . is i .13 -01. r.. • i'= 'it jai Ir . •` i •aij ''i 'Li EIL•oenl.r7 L••. Re•el lone 1308M R101i ENOfALL Th. Jul 12 09:32:30 2007 m:noc IS tA Ele.enlor7 L••D R.oel l.n• JOB•130R-01 SLD000: FRI101; DTL00. CES REVOD: REV OATE07/12/07: REV TIYE0915.. LEFT TS. Glum tin— 2.3•4 VER R-50TtIIII07 I I. DBACINC REACTIONS RE•CTID6 RAID DI ORACED OAT; 910M COIL— LD[S 'A' NO 'D'